Kia, THE COMPANY
Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehi-
cles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you
with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.
All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the
time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes
at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can
be carried out.
This manual applies to all trims of this vehicle and includes images,
descriptions, and explanations of optional as well as standard equip-
ment. As a result, some material in this manual may not be applicable
to your specific Kia vehicle. Some images are shown for illustration
only and may show features that differ from those on your vehicle.
Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!
JFa PE CAN(ENG) FOREWORD.qxp 5/10/2019 11:27 AM Page 1
i
Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.
When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer
knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech-
nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace-
ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac-
tion.
Because subsequent owners require this important information
as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is
sold.
This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-
nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-
plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual
that provides important information on all warranties regarding
your vehicle.
We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the
recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation
of your new vehicle.
Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features
for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment
described in this manual, along with the various illustrations,
may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.
The information and specifications provided in this manual
were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to
discontinue or change specifications or design at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you
have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.
We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring
pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.
© 2019 Kia Canada Inc.
All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or
mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any
information storage and retrieval system or translation in
whole or part is not permitted without written authorization
from Kia Canada Inc..
Printed in U.S.A.
Foreword
JFa PE CAN(ENG) FOREWORD.qxp 5/10/2019 11:27 AM Page 2
ii
table of contents
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I
Introduction
Your vehicle at a glance
Safety features of your vehicle
Features of your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
What to do in an emergency
Maintenance
Specifications & Consumer information
Index
JFa PE CAN(ENG) FOREWORD.qxp 5/10/2019 11:27 AM Page 3
Introduction
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol. . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
• Operation in foreign countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders. . 1-7
1
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 1.qxp 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 1
Introduction
21
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can
assist you in many ways. We strong-
ly recommend that you read the
entire manual. In order to minimize
the chance of death or injury, you
must read the WARNING and CAU-
TION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words
in this manual to best explain how to
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your
manual, you will learn about fea-
tures, important safety information,
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents.
Use the index when looking for a
specific area or subject; it has an
alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
Sections:This manual has eight sec-
tions plus an index. Each section
begins with a brief list of contents so
you can tell at a glance if that section
has the information you want.
You will find various WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this
manual.These WARNINGs were pre-
pared to enhance your personal safe-
ty.You should carefully read and follow
ALL procedures and recommenda-
tions provided in these WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.
✽✽
NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situa-
tion in which harm,serious bod-
ily injury or death could result if
the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation
in which damage to your vehicle
could result if the caution is
ignored.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 1.qxp 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 2
13
Introduction
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having a pump
octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or
higher. (Do not use methanol blend-
ed fuels.)
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-
mize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified.(Consult an
authorized Kia dealer for details.)
• Tighten the cap until it clicks one
time, otherwise the Check Engine
light will illuminate.
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alco-
hol), and gasoline or gasohol con-
taining methanol (also known as
wood alcohol) are being marketed
along with or instead of leaded or
unleaded gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15 percent ethanol, and do not
use gasoline or gasohol containing
any methanol.
Either of these fuels may cause dri-
vability problems and damage to the
fuel system, engine control system
and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
WARNING - Refueling
• Do not "top off" after the noz-
zle automatically shuts off.
Attempts to force more fuel
into the tank can cause fuel
overflow onto you and the
ground causing a risk of fire.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to pre-
vent fuel spillage, especially
in the event of an accident.
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 1.qxp 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 3
Introduction
41
Vehicle damage or drivability prob-
lems may not be covered by the
manufacturer’s warranty if they result
from the use of:
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
3. Gasohol containing more than 15
percent ethanol.
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-
prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
percent gasoline, and is manufac-
tured exclusively for use in Flexible
Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati-
ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85”
may result in poor engine perform-
ance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. Kia recom-
mends that customers do not use
fuel with an ethanol content exceed-
ing 15 percent.
✽✽
NOTICE
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
does not cover damage to the fuel sys-
tem or any performance problems
caused by the use of “E85” fuel.
✽✽
NOTICE
Never use any fuel containing
methanol. Discontinue use of any
methanol containing product which
may inhibit proper drivability.
Other fuels
Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si),
MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene
(Fe), and Other metalic additives,
may cause vehicle and engine dam-
age or cause misfiring, poor acceler-
ation, engine stalling, catalyst melt-
ing, clogging, abnormal corrosion,
life cycle reduction, etc.
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may illuminate.
✽✽
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or per-
formance problem caused by the use
of these fuels may not be covered by
your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 1.qxp 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 4
15
Introduction
Use of MTBE
Kia recommends avoiding fuels con-
taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl
Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen
Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle.
Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0%
vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight)
may reduce vehicle performance and
produce vapor lock or hard starting.
✽✽
NOTICE
Your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty may not cover damage to
the fuel system and any perform-
ance problems that are caused by
the use of fuels containing methanol
or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl
Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0%
vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful man-
ganese-based fuel additives Such as
MMT(Methylcyclopentadienyl
Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia does not
recommend the use of gasoline con-
taining MMT. This type of fuel can
reduce vehicle performance and affect
your emission control system. The
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the
cluster may come on.
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood
alcohol) should not be used in your
vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
vehicle performance and damage
components of the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
control system.
Fuel Additives
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasolines treated with deter-
gent additives such as TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, which help pre-
vent deposit formation in the engine.
These gasolines will help the engine
run cleaner and enhance performance
of the Emission Control System. For
more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com).
For customers who do not use TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,
and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, addi-
tives that can be purchased separate-
ly may be added to the gasoline.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive should
be added to the fuel tank at every
12,000 km (7,500miles) or every
engine oil change is recommended.
Additives are available from your
authorized Kia dealer along with infor-
mation on how to use them. Do not
mix other additives.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 1.qxp 5/17/2019 4:33 PM Page 5
Introduction
61
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could
affect its performance, safety or
durability and may even violate gov-
ernmental safety and emissions reg-
ulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modifi-
cation may not be covered under
warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire.For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could
affect its performance, safety or
durability and may even violate gov-
ernmental safety and emissions reg-
ulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modifi-
cation may not be covered under
warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire.For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
No special break-in period is need-
ed.By following a few simple precau-
tions for the first 1,000 km (600
miles) you may add to the perform-
ance, economy and life of your vehi-
cle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is
needed to properly break-in the
engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-
gencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
• Don't tow a trailer during the first
2,000 km (1,200 miles) of opera-
tion.
VEHICLE BREAK-IN
PROCESS
VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 1.qxp 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 6
17
Introduction
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an
air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle's
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety sys-
tems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
• How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/ fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was travel-
ing.
These data can help provide a bet-
ter understanding of the circum-
stances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only
if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by
the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data
(e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as
law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of per-
sonally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash investiga-
tion.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 1.qxp 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 7
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 2.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 1
Your vehicle at a glance
22
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Hood (Features of your vehicle)............4-37
2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle).4-100
Head lamp (Maintenance).....................7-68
3. Fog lamp (Features of your vehicle) ...4-100
Fog lamp (Maintenance).......................7-68
4.Wheel and tire (Maintenance)...............7-37
Wheel and tire (Specifications) ...............8-5
5. Outside rearview mirror.........................4-56
6. Panoramic sunroof ................................4-43
7. Front windshield wiper blades
(Features of your vehicle)....................4-108
Front windshield wiper blades
(Maintenance/Service Mode
Replacement)........................................7-30
8.Windows................................................4-32
OJFA019001C
■ Front view
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 2.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 2
23
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Door locks .............................................4-21
2. Fuel filler lid...........................................4-39
3. Rear combination lamp (Maintenance).7-68
4. High mounted stop lamp
(Maintenance) .......................................7-68
5.Trunk ............................................4-26, 4-28
6. Antenna...............................................4-153
7. Rear view monitor .................................4-99
8. Parking Distance Warning - Reverse ....4-96
OJFA018002
■ Rear view
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 2.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 3
Your vehicle at a glance
42
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Inside door handle...................................4-22
2. Driver position memory button................3-11
3. Power window switch...............................4-32
4. Central door lock switch..........................4-23
5. Power window lock button.......................4-36
6. Outside rearview mirror control...............4-57
7. Outside rearview mirror folding...............4-58
8. Fuel filler lid open button.........................4-39
9.Trunk open button....................................4-26
10. ESC off button .......................................5-26
11. Instrument panel illumination control ....4-61
12. BCW On/Off button ...............................5-55
13. LKA On/Off button.................................5-65
14. Steering wheel.......................................4-50
15.Tilt and telescopic steering control lever..4-51
16. Inner fuse panel.....................................7-52
17. Brake pedal............................................5-21
18. Parking brake pedal...............................5-23
19. Hood release lever.................................4-37
20. Seat..........................................................3-4
OJFA018003
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 2.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 4
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
25
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Light control/Turn signals ..................4-100
2, Driver’s front air bag............................3-60
3. Horn.....................................................4-53
4. Instrument cluster................................4-60
5.Wiper and washer control lever.........4-108
6. Ignition switch........................................5-6
Engine start/stop button........................5-9
7. Cruise control......................................5-48
8. Passenger’s front air bag ....................3-60
9. Hazard warning flasher.........................6-2
10. Manual climate control system........4-117
Automatic climate control system....4-127
11. Shift lever A/T....................................5-13
12. Heated steering wheel button ...........4-52
13. Drive mode button.............................5-52
14. Seat warmer....................................4-147
15. Center console storage box ............4-144
16. Power outlet.....................................4-148
17. USB charger....................................4-149
18. Glove box ........................................4-144
OJFA019004C
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 2.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 5
Your vehicle at a glance
62
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
OJFA078152
■■
THETA 2.4L - GDI
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir...................7-20
2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-18
3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-23
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-26
5. Fuse box...........................................7-52
6. Negative battery terminal..................7-34
7. Positive battery terminal ...................7-34
8. Engine oil dipstick.............................7-18
9. Radiator cap .....................................7-20
10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir....7-24
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 2.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 6
Safety features of your vehicle
Important safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Always wear your seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Restrain all children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Air bag hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Driver distraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Control your speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
• Keep your vehicle in safe condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
• Driver’s seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
• Front passenger’s seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
• Rear seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
• Front seat adjustment - manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
• Front seat adjustment - power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
• Driver position memory system (for power seat) . . . 3-11
• Headrest (for front seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
• Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
• Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
• Children always in the rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
• Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . . 3-35
• Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS). . . . . . . . 3-38
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
• How does the air bag system operate? . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
• Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
• Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
• SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
• Adding equipment to or modifying your
air bag-equipped vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
• Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
3
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/17/2019 4:36 PM Page 1
Safety features of your vehicle
23
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout
this section, and throughout this man-
ual.The safety precautions in this sec-
tion are among the most important.
Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in
all types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts,
not replace them. So even though
your vehicle is equipped with air
bags, ALWAYS make sure you and
your passengers wear your seat
belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain all children
All children under age 13 should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in
a rear seat, not the front seat.Infants
and small children should be
restrained in an appropriate child
restraint. Larger children should use
a booster seat with the lap/shoulder
belt until they can use the seat belt
properly without a booster seat.
Air bag hazards
While air bags can save lives, they
can also cause serious or fatal
injuries to occupants who sit too
close to them, or who are not prop-
erly restrained. Infants, young chil-
dren, and shorter adults are at the
greatest risk of being injured by an
inflating air bag. Follow all instruc-
tions and warnings in this manual.
Driver distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious
and potentially deadly danger, espe-
cially for inexperienced drivers.
Safety should be the first concern
when behind the wheel and drivers
need to be aware of the wide array of
potential distractions, such as drowsi-
ness, reaching for objects, eating,
personal grooming, other passen-
gers, and using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off
the road or their hands off the wheel
to focus on activities other than driv-
ing.To reduce your risk of distraction
or getting into an accident:
• ALWAYS set up your mobile
devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones,
navigation units, etc.) when your
vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:53 AM Page 2
33
Safety features of your vehicle
• ONLY use your mobile device
when allowed by laws and when
conditions permit safe use.NEVER
text or email while driving. Most
countries have laws prohibiting
drivers from texting. Some coun-
tries and cities also prohibit drivers
from using handheld phones.
• NEVER let the use of a mobile
device distract you from driving.
You have a responsibility to your
passengers and others on the road
to always drive safely, with your
hands on the wheel as well as your
eyes and attention on the road.
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
the higher the speed, the greater the
risk, but serious injuries can also
occur at lower speeds. Never drive
faster than is safe for current condi-
tions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe con-
dition
Having a tire blowout or a mechani-
cal failure can be extremely haz-
ardous. To reduce the possibility of
such problems, check your tire pres-
sures and condition frequently, and
perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:53 AM Page 3
Safety features of your vehicle
43
Driver’s seat
(1) Seat adjustment, forward /
backward
(2)
Seatback recliner
(3)
Seat adjustment, height
(4) Lumbar support
(5)
Driver position memory system
(6) Headrest
Front passenger’s seat
(7) Seat adjustment, forward /
backward
(8)
Seatback recliner
(9) Seat cushion height
(10) Headrest
Rear seat
(11) Armrest and Cup holder
(12) Headrest
(13) Seat-back release/folding lever
SEAT
OJFA039001C
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:53 AM Page 4
35
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
Do not press the release lever
on a manual seatback without
holding and controlling the
seatback. The seatback will
spring upright possibly impact-
ing you or other passengers.
WARNING - Loose
objects
Do not place anything in the dri-
ver's foot well or under the front
seats. Loose objects in the dri-
ver's foot area could interfere
with the operation of the foot
pedals.
WARNING - Driver respon-
sibility for passengers
The driver must advise the pas-
sengers to keep the seatback in
an upright position whenever
the vehicle is in motion. If a seat
is reclined during an accident,
the restraint system's ability to
restrain will be greatly impaired.
1KMN3662
WARNING - Seat cushion
Occupants should never sit on
aftermarket seat cushions or sit-
ting cushions. The passenger's
hips may slide under the lap por-
tion of the seat belt during an
accident or a sudden stop.
WARNING - Driver’s seat
• Never attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is mov-
ing. This could result in loss
of control of your vehicle.
• Do not allow anything to inter-
fere with the normal position
of the seatback. Storing items
against the seatback could
result in serious or fatal injury
in a sudden stop or collision.
• Sit as far back as possible from
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable con-
trol of the your vehicle. A dis-
tance of at least 25 cm (10 in.)
from your chest to the steering
wheel is recommended. Failure
to do so can result in air bag
inflation injuries to the driver.
WARNING - Rear seatbacks
Always lock the rear seatback
before driving. Failure to do so
could result in passengers or
objects being thrown forward
injuring vehicle occupants.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:53 AM Page 5
Safety features of your vehicle
63
WARNING - Unexpected
Seat Movement
After adjusting a manual seat,
always check that it is locked by
shifting your weight to the front
and back. Sudden or unexpect-
ed movement of the driver's
seat could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle.
WARNING - Luggage and
Cargo
Do not stack, pile or stack lug-
gage or cargo higher than the
seatback in the cargo area.In an
accident the cargo could strike
and injure a passenger. If
objects are large, heavy or must
be piled, they must be secured
in the cargo area.
WARNING - Seat
adjustment
• Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat forward will cause strong
pressure on the abdomen.
• Do not place your hand near
the seat bottom or seat track
while adjusting the seat. Your
hand could get caught in the
seat mechanism.
WARNING - Small
Objects
Use extreme caution when pick-
ing up small objects trapped
under the seats or between the
seat and the center console.
Your hands might be cut or
injured by the sharp edges of
the seats mechanism.
CAUTION - Precautions
with seat covers
Use caution when working on
the seat cover. A short circuit or
disconnection may occur, which
could lead to noise, damage the
ventilation system, and possible
fire.
WARNING - Seat short
circuit risk
Be aware of wires or air vents
when placing a seat cover or
covering the seat with plastic
cover. A short circuit may
occur, which could lead to fire.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:53 AM Page 6
37
Safety features of your vehicle
Feature of Seat Leather
• Leather is made from the outer
skin of an animal, which goes
through a special process to be
available for use.Since it is a natu-
ral substance, each part differs in
thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature and
humidity.
• The seat cover is made of stretch-
able material to improve comfort of
passengers.
• The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving
comfort and stability.
• Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage and is normal.
✽✽
NOTICE
Wrinkles or abrasions which appear
naturally from usage are not cov-
ered by warranty.
Front seat adjustment - manual
Forward and backward
To move the seat forward or backward:
1.Pull the seat slide adjustment
lever up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked securely
by trying to move forward and back-
ward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
OJF035003
CAUTION
• Belts with metallic acces-
sories, zippers or keys inside
your back pants pocket may
damage the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat.
It may change the nature of
natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which con-
tain bleach may contaminate
the surface of the seat cover-
ing fabric and cause damage
or discoloration.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/15/2019 2:55 PM Page 7
Safety features of your vehicle
83
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat
and adjust the seatback of the
seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its orig-
inal position for the seatback to
lock.)
Seat height
To change the height of the seat,
move the lever upwards or down-
wards.
• To lower the seat cushion, push the
lever down several times.
• To raise the seat cushion, pull the
lever up several times.
Front seat adjustment - power
(if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on
the outside of the seat cushion.
Before driving, adjust the seat to the
proper position so you can easily con-
trol the steering wheel, pedals and
switches on the instrument panel.
OJF035005OJF035004
WARNING - Unattended
children
Do not leave children unattend-
ed in the vehicle.Children might
operate features of the vehicle
that could injure them.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 8
39
Safety features of your vehicle
When in operation, the power seat-
consumes a large amount of electri-
cal power. To prevent unnecessary
system drain, don’t adjust the power
seat longer than necessary while the
engine is not running.
Forward and backward
Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seat to the
desired position. Release the switch
once the seat reaches the desired
position.
Seatback angle
Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seatback to
the desired angle. Release the
switch once the seat reaches the
desired position.
CAUTION - Power seat
adjustments
The power seating controls
function by electric motor.
Excessive operation may cause
damage to the electrical equip-
ment.
CAUTION - Power Seating
Do not operate two or more
power seat control switches at
the same time. Doing so may
damage the power seat motor or
electrical components.
OJF035008 OJFA035009
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 9
Safety features of your vehicle
103
Seat height
Pull the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or press down to
lower the front part of the seat cush-
ion. Pull the rear portion of the con-
trol switch up to raise or press down
to lower the seat cushion. Release
the switch once the seat reaches the
desired position.
Lumbar support
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support
switch on the side of the seat.
1.Press the front portion of the
switch (1) to increase support, or
the rear portion of the switch (2),
to decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reach-
es the desired position.
3. Press the upper portion (3) of the
switch to move the support posi-
tion up, or press the lower portion
(4) of the switch, to move the sup-
port position down.
4. Release the switch once it reach-
es the desired position.
OJF035010L OJF035075L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 10
311
Safety features of your vehicle
Driver position memory system
(for power seat)
A driver position memory system is
provided to store and recall the driv-
er seat and outside rearview mirror
position with a simple button opera-
tion. By saving the desired position
into the system memory, different
drivers can reposition the driver seat
based upon their driving preference.
If the battery is disconnected, the
desired seat position memory will
need to be re-saved.
Storing positions into memory
using the buttons on the door
Storing driver’s seat positions
1. Shift the shift lever into P (for
Automatic transmission) while the
engine start/stop button is ON or
ignition switch ON.
2. Adjust the driver’s seat and out-
side rearview mirror comfortable
for the driver.
3. Press SET button on the control
panel.The system will beep once.
4. Press one of the memory buttons
(1 or 2) within 5 seconds after
pressing the SET button.The sys-
tem will beep twice when memory
has been successfully stored.
WARNING - Driver
Position Memory System
Never attempt to operate the
driver position memory system
while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of con-
trol, and an accident causing
death or serious injury.
OJF035065L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 11
Safety features of your vehicle
123
When recalling an adjustment mem-
ory button while sitting in the vehicle,
you can be surprised by the setting
chosen if the memory has been
adjusted by someone else. If that
occurs, immediately push the seat
position control knob in the direction
of the desired position to stop further
undesired movement.
Recalling positions from memory
1. Shift the shift lever into P (for
Automatic transmission) while the
engine start/stop button is ON or
ignition switch ON.
2.To recall the position in the memo-
ry, press the desired memory but-
ton (1 or 2). The system will beep
once, then the driver’s seat will
automatically adjust to the stored
position.
Adjusting the control switch for the
driver’s seat while the system is
recalling the stored position will
cause the movement to stop and
move in the direction that the control
switch is moved.
Driver position memory system
reset
If the Driver position memory system
reset fails to work, initialize the sys-
tem as follows.
How to initialize:
1. Stop the car and open the driver’s
door with the Engine start/stop
button in ON and the automatic
shift lever in P (parking) position.
2. Pull the driver’s seat forward as far
as possible and have the seatback
upright as much as possible using
driver’s seat forward adjustment
and seatback angle (recline)
movement switches.
3. Push SET button and seat fore-
ward movement switch button for 2
seconds simultaneously.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 12
313
Safety features of your vehicle
Initialization in the process :
1. Initialization begins as the alarm
sounds.
2.The seat and seatback will auto-
matically move backwards. The
alarm sound will continue while
the system is in operation.
3. Initialization will be all set after the
seat and seatback move to the
center with alarm sound being
raised. If, however, any of the fol-
lowing occur, the initialization
process will come to a stop and
the alarm sound will stop as well.
- When pushing driving position
memory system button
- When pushing driver’s seat
height adjustment switch
- When relocating the shift lever
from P position to other positions
- When the driving speed exceeds
3 km/h (2 mph)
- When the driver’s door is closed
Easy access function (if equipped)
The system will move the driver's
seat automatically as follows:
• Without smart key system
- It will move the driver’s seat rear-
ward when the ignition key is
removed and front driver`s door is
opened.
- It will move the driver’s seat for-
ward when the ignition key is
inserted.
• With smart key system
- It will move the driver’s seat rear-
ward when the engine start/stop
button is changed to the OFF
position and front driver`s door is
opened.
- It will move the driver’s seat for-
ward when the engine start/stop
button is changed to the ACC or
START position.
- It will move the driver's seat for-
ward when you get in your vehicle
with the smart key after closing
the driver's door.
You can activate or deactivate this
feature. Refer to "User settings" in
chapter 4.
CAUTION
• If alarm sounds and driver
seat adjustment stops while
initialization is in process,
restart initialization.
• Make sure that there are no
obstacles around the driver
seat before proceeding with
initialization.
• After initialization is complet-
ed, adjust the seats so they
conform to your ideal driving
position and save the cus-
tomized seat settings.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 13
Safety features of your vehicle
143
Headrest (for front seat)
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with a headrest
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides com-
fort for the driver and front passenger,
but also helps protect the head and
neck in the event of a rear collision.
For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height of the
center of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of gravity
of most people's head is similar with
the height of the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this rea-
son, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
WARNING - Headrest
removal/adjustment
• Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed.
Headrests can provide critical
neck and head support in a
crash.
• Do not adjust the headrest
height while the vehicle is in
motion. Driver may lose con-
trol of the vehicle.
OMG038400
CAUTION
Excessive pulling or pushing
may damage the headrest.
OJF035013
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 14
315
Safety features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards
the front with the headrest and seat
cushion raised, the headrest may
come in contact with the sunvisor or
other parts of the vehicle.
Removal and reinstallation
To remove the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline lever or switch (1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3. Press the headrest release button
(3) while pulling the headrest up (4).
OJF035015
OJF035016L
■ Type B
■ Type A
OYFH034205
WARNING - Headrest
Removal
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed
or reversed. Headrests can pro-
vide critical neck and head sup-
port in a crash.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 15
Safety features of your vehicle
163
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1) or switch(1).
2. Recline the seatback (4) with the
recline lever or switch (3).
3. Adjust the headrest to the appro-
priate height.
Seatback pocket
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front passenger’s and
driver’s seatbacks.
OJF035017
OJF035018L
■ Type B
■ Type A
WARNING - Headrest
Reinstallation
To reduce the risk of injury to
the head or neck, always make
sure the headrest is locked into
position and adjusted properly
after reinstalling.
OJF035020
WARNING - Seatback
pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure vehicle occupants.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 16
317
Safety features of your vehicle
Rear seat adjustment
Headrest
The rear seat is equipped with head-
rests in all the seating positions for
the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides com-
fort for passengers, but also helps
protect the head and neck in the
event of a collision.
For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height of the
center of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of gravity
of most people's heads is similar with
the height as the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this rea-
son, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
Adjusting the height up and down
(if equipped)
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
OMG038401
OJF035021
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 17
Safety features of your vehicle
183
Removal and reinstallation
(if equipped)
To remove the headrest, raise it as
far as it can go then press the
release button (1) while pulling the
headrest upward (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the
headrest poles (3) into the holes
while pressing the release button (1).
Then adjust it to the appropriate
height and ensure that it locks in
position.
Armrest
To use the armrest, pull it forward
from the seatback.
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks may be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
OJF035026
OJF035077L
WARNING - Folded
Seatback
The purpose of the fold-down
rear seatbacks is to allow you to
carry longer objects that could
not otherwise be accommodated.
• Never allow a passenger to sit
on top of the folded down
seatback while the car is mov-
ing. This is not a proper seat-
ing position since the seat
has important crash protec-
tion features and seat belts
are not available in this seat
configuration.
• To reduce the risk of injury
caused by sliding cargo within
the passenger compartment
of the vehicle, objects carried
on the folded down seatback
should not extend higher than
the top of the front seats.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:54 AM Page 18
319
Safety features of your vehicle
To fold down the rear seatback:
1. Make sure the rear seat belt web-
bing is in the guide to prevent the
seat belt from being damaged.
2.Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
3. Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.
4.Pull out the seatback locking
knob(1) in the trunk, then fold the
seat toward the front of the vehicle.
5.To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward. Pull the
seatback firmly until it clicks into
place. Make sure the seatback is
locked in place.
WARNING - Objects
Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of
the front seatbacks. This could
allow cargo to slide forward and
cause injury or damage during
sudden stops.
OJF035081L
OJF035025
OJF035024
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 19
Safety features of your vehicle
203
6. Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
When you return the seatback
to its upright position, hold the
seatback and return it slowly. If
the seatback is returned with-
out holding it, the back of the
seat could spring forward,
resulting in injury caused by
being struck by the seatback.
WARNING
Unless the driver's position is
properly set according to the
driver's physical figure, do not
fold the rear seat. It may
increase body injuries in a sud-
den stop or collision.
CAUTION
Be careful when loading cargo
through the rear passenger
seats to prevent damage to the
vehicle interior.
WARNING - Rear
Seatback
To ensure maximum protection
in the event of an accident or
sudden stop,when returning the
rear seat to the upright position:
• Be careful not to damage the
seat belt webbing or buckle.
• Do not allow the seat belt
webbing or buckle to become
pinched or caught in the rear
seat.
• Ensure the seatback is com-
pletely locked into its upright
position by pushing on the
top of the seatback.
Failure to adhere to any of
these instructions could
result in serious injury or
death in the event of a crash.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 20
321
Safety features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Damaging
rear seat belt buckles
When you fold the rear seat-
back, insert the buckle between
the rear seatback and cushion.
Doing so can prevent the buckle
from being damaged by the rear
seatback.
CAUTION
-
Rear seat belts
When returning the rear seat-
backs to the upright position,
remember to return the rear
shoulder belts to their proper
position.
WARNING - Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the
automatic transmission is in P
(Park) and the parking brake is
securely applied whenever load-
ing or unloading cargo. Failure
to take these steps may allow
the vehicle to move if the shift
lever is inadvertently moved to
another position.
WARNING - Cargo
Cargo should always be
secured to prevent it from being
thrown about the vehicle in a
collision and causing injury to
the vehicle occupants. Do not
place objects in the rear seats,
since they cannot be properly
secured and may hit the front
seat occupants in a collision.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 21
Safety features of your vehicle
223
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system
• For maximum restraint system pro-
tection, the seat belts must always
be used whenever the vehicle is
moving. A properly positioned
shoulder belt should be positioned
midway over your shoulder across
your collarbone.
• Never allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. See child
restraint system section for further
discussion.
Seat belts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body, and
should be worn low across the front
of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as
applicable;wearing the lap section of
the belt across the abdominal area
must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly as possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection for
which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid con-
tamination of the webbing with pol-
ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic-
ularly battery acid. Cleaning may
safely be carried out using mild soap
and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
contaminated or damaged.
WARNING - Damaged
seat belt
Replace the entire seat belt
assembly if any part of the web-
bing or hardware is damaged as
you can no longer be sure that a
damaged seat belt will provide
protection in a crash.
WARNING - Twisted seat
belt
Make sure your seat belt is not
twisted when worn. A twisted
seat belt may not properly pro-
tect you in an accident and
could even cut into your body.
WARNING - Shoulder Belt
• Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind
your back. An improperly
positioned shoulder belt can-
not protect the occupant in a
crash.
• Always wear both the shoul-
der portion and lap portion of
the lap/shoulder belt.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 22
323
Safety features of your vehicle
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
would either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating to
remove slack, or prevent the seat
belt assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
• When you fasten the seat belt, be
careful not to latch the seat belt in
buckles of another seat. It's very
dangerous and you may not be
protected by the seat belt properly.
• Do not unfasten the seat belt and
do not fasten and unfasten the seat
belt repeatedly while driving. This
could result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death, serious
injury, or property damage.
• When fastening the seat belt,
make sure that the seat belt does
not pass over objects that are hard
or can break easily.
Driver's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the seat
belt warning light will illuminate and
warning chime will sound for approx-
imately 6 seconds each time you
turn the ignition switch ON if the seat
belt is unfastened.
WARNING - Seat belt
buckle
Do not allow foreign material (liq-
uids, gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to
obstruct the seat belt buckle.
This may prevent the seat belt
from fastening securely.
OJF035091L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 23
Safety features of your vehicle
243
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 9 km/h
(6 mph), the warning light will stay
illuminated until you drive under
6 km/h (4 mph). (if equipped)
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 20 km/h
(12 mph) the seat belt warning chime
will sound for approximately 100 sec-
onds and the corresponding warning
light will blink. (if equipped)
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving under 20 km/h (12 mph), the
seat belt warning light will illuminate
until the seat belt is fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving over 20 km/h (12 mph), the
seat belt warning chime will sound
for approximately 100 seconds and
the corresponding warning light will
blink.
Front passenger's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the front passenger,
the front passenger’s seat belt warn-
ing lights will illuminate for approxi-
mately 6 seconds each time you turn
the ignition switch ON regardless of
belt fastening.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 9 km/h (6
mph), the warning light the warning
light will stay illuminated.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving in case of under 20 km/h
(12 mph) the seat belt warning light
will illuminate until the seat belt is
fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving over 20 km/h (12 mph), the
seat belt warning chime will sound
for approximately 100 seconds and
the corresponding warning light will
blink.
OJF035092L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/17/2019 4:36 PM Page 24
325
Safety features of your vehicle
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
the retractor and insert the metal tab
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be
an audible "click" when the tab locks
into the buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap
belt portion is adjusted manually so
that it fits snugly around your hips. If
you lean forward in a slow, easy
motion, the belt will extend and let
you move around. If there is a sud-
den stop or impact, however, the belt
will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the
seat belt from the retractor, firmly
pull the belt out and release it. Then
you will be able to pull the belt out
smoothly.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the shoul-
der belt anchor to one of the 4 posi-
tions for maximum comfort and safety.
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so that it lies across your
chest and midway over your shoulder
near the door and not your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
B180A01NF-1
B200A02NF
OJF035031
Front seat
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 25
Safety features of your vehicle
263
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
Seat belts - Front passenger and
rear seat 3-point system with
combination locking retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
Combination retractor type seat belts
are installed in the rear seat posi-
tions to help accommodate the
installation of child restraint systems.
Although a combination retractor is
also installed in the front passenger
seat position, it is strongly recom-
mended that children always be
seated in the rear seat. NEVER
place any infant restraint system in
the front seat of the vehicle.
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency lock-
ing retractor seat belt and an auto-
matic locking retractor seat belt. To
fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
retractor and insert the metal tab into
the buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. When not securing a child
restraint, the seat belt operates in the
same way as the driver's seat belt
(Emergency Locking Retractor Type).
It automatically adjusts to the proper
length only after the lap belt portion
of the seat belt is adjusted manually
so that it fits snugly around your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the instal-
lation of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to “Using a child restraint sys-
tem” in this section.
✽✽
NOTICE
Although the combination retractor
provides the same level of protection
for seated passengers in either emer-
gency or automatic locking modes,
have the seated passengers use the
emergency locking feature for improv-
ed convenience. The automatic locking
function is intended to facilitate child
restraint installation. To convert from
the automatic locking feature to the
emergency locking operation mode,
allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully
retract.
WARNING - Shoulder belt
positioning
Never position the shoulder belt
across your neck or face.
WARNING - Seat belt
replacement
Replace your seat belts after
being in an accident. Failure to
replace seat belts after an acci-
dent could leave you with dam-
aged seat belts that will not pro-
vide protection in the event of
another collision.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 26
327
Safety features of your vehicle
The seat belt should be locked into
the buckle on each seat cushion to
be properly fastened.
➀ : Rear right seat belt fastening
buckle
➁ : Rear center seat belt fastening
buckle
➂ : Rear left seat belt fastening buckle
When using the rear center seat belt,
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark
must be used.
CAUTION
Do NOT fold down the left por-
tion of the rear seat back when
the rear center seat belt is buck-
led. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the
rear center seat belt before fold-
ing down the left portion of the
rear seat back. If the rear center
seat belt is buckled when the
left portion of the rear seat back
is folded down, distortion and
damage to the top portion of the
seat back and seat belt garnish
may result, causing the seat
back to lock into the folded
down position.
OCK037065OJF038126
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 27
Safety features of your vehicle
283
To release the seat belt:
The seat belt is released by pressing
the release button (1) on the locking
buckle. When it is released, the belt
should automatically draw back into
the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the
belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
Pre-tensioner seat belt
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's pre-tensioner
seat belts (retractor pretensioner and
EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)).
The pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated, when a frontal collision is
severe enough, together with the air
bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if
the occupant tries to lean forward too
quickly, the seat belt retractor may
lock into position.In certain frontal col-
lisions, the pre-tensioner will activate
and pull the seat belt into tighter con-
tact against the occupant's body.
B210A01NF-1
OXMA033101
WARNING
Prior to fastening the rear seat
belts, ensure the latch matches
the seat belt buckles. Forcefully
fastening the left or right seat
belt to the center buckle can
result in an improper fastening
scenario that will not protect
you and/or your passengers in
an accident.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 28
329
Safety features of your vehicle
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pre-
tensioner is to make sure that the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against
the occupant's upper body in cer-
tain frontal collisions.
(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)
The purpose of the EFD is to
make sure that the pelvis belts fit
in tightly against the occupant's
lower body in certain frontal colli-
sions.
If the system senses excessive ten-
sion on the driver or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-
tem activates, the load limiter inside
the retractor pre-tensioner will release
some of the pressure on the affected
seat belt.
✽✽
NOTICE
When the pre-tensioner seat belts
are activated, a loud noise may be
heard and fine dust, which may
appear to be smoke, may be visible
in the passenger compartment.
These are normal operating condi-
tions and are not hazardous.
The seat belt pre-tensioner system
consists mainly of the following com-
ponents.Their locations are shown in
the illustration:
OJF045207L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 29
Safety features of your vehicle
303
(1) SRS air bag warning light
(2) Front retractor pre-tensioner
assembly
(3) SRS control module
(4) Emergency fastening device
(EFD)
✽✽
NOTICE
• Both the driver's and front pas-
senger's seat belt pre-tensioner sys-
tem may be activated not only in
certain frontal collision, but also in
certain side collisions or rollovers,
if the vehicle is equipped with a
side or curtain air bag.
• Because the sensor that activates
the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
SRS air bag warning light on
the instrument panel will illumi-
nate for approximately 6 seconds
after the ignition switch has been
turned to the ON position, and
then it should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner seat belt system
is not working properly, this warning
light will illuminate even if there is not
a malfunction with the SRS air bag. If
the SRS air bag warning light does
not illuminate when the ignition
switch is turned ON, or if it remains
illuminated after illuminating for
approximately 6 seconds, or if it illu-
minates while the vehicle is being
driven, have an authorized Kia dealer
inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt
and SRS air bag system as soon as
possible.
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not attempt to service or repair
the pre-tensioner seat belt system in
any manner. Do not attempt to
inspect or replace the pre-tensioner
seat belts yourself. This must be
done by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Skin Irritation
Wash all exposed skin areas
thoroughly after an accident in
which the pre-tensioner seat
belts were activated. The fine
dust from the pre-tensioner
activation may cause skin irrita-
tion and should not be breathed
for prolonged periods.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 30
331
Safety features of your vehicle
Pre-tensioners are designed to oper-
ate only one time. After activation,
pre-tensioner seat belts must be
replaced. If the pre-tensioner must
be replaced, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
Seat belt precautions
Infant or small child
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your country. Child
and/or infant seats must be properly
placed and installed in the rear seat.
For more information about the use of
these restraints, refer to “Child
restraint system” in this section.
✽✽
NOTICE
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when
properly restrained in the rear seat
by a child restraint system that meets
the requirements of the Safety
Standards of your country. Before
buying any child restraint system,
make sure that it has a label certify-
ing that it meets Safety Standards of
your country. The restraint must be
appropriate for your child's height
and weight. Check the label on the
child restraint for this information.
Refer to “Child restraint system” in
this section.
Larger children
Children who are too large for child
restraint systems should always
occupy the rear seat and use the
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
portion should be fastened and
snugged on the hips as low as possi-
ble. Check periodically to insure that
the belt fits.A child's squirming could
put the belt out of position. Children
are given the most safety in the event
of an accident when they are
restrained by a proper restraint sys-
tem in the rear seat. If a larger child
(over age 13) must be seated in the
front seat, the child should be
securely restrained by the available
lap/shoulder belt and the seat should
be placed in the rearmost position.
Children age 13 and under should be
restrained securely in the rear seat.
NEVER place a child age 13 and
under in the front seat.NEVER place
a rear facing child seat in the front
seat of a vehicle.
WARNING - Hot preten-
sioner
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies for several
minutes after they have been
activated. When the pre-ten-
sioner seat belt mechanism
fires during a collision the pre-
tensioner becomes hot and can
burn you.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 7/5/2019 11:41 AM Page 31
Safety features of your vehicle
323
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center of
the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck they need to
be returned to a child restraint system.
Restraint of pregnant women
Pregnant women should wear
lap/shoulder belt assemblies when-
ever possible according to specific
recommendations by their doctors.
The lap portion of the belt should be
worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS
POSSIBLE.
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should
consult a physician for recommenda-
tions.
One person per belt
Two people (including children)
should never attempt to use a single
seat belt. This could increase the
severity of injuries in case of an acci-
dent.
WARNING - Small children
Do not allow small children to
ride in the vehicle without an
appropriate child restraint sys-
tem. If the shoulder belt comes
in contact with your child's neck
or face your child is too small to
ride in the vehicle. In a crash the
seat belt will inflict injury to your
child's neck, throat and face.
WARNING - Pregnant
women
Pregnant women must never
place the lap portion of the seat
belt above or on the abdomen
where the fetus is located. The
force of the seat belt during a
collision will crush the fetus.
WARNING - Lying down
Do not allow passengers to lie
down while the vehicle is oper-
ating. The seat belt cannot pro-
vide appropriate protection to
lying occupants and they have a
risk of serious injury in the
event of a collision.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 32
333
Safety features of your vehicle
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addi-
tion, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry.If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assembly
or assemblies should be replaced if
the vehicle has been involved in an
accident.This should be done even if
no damage is visible. Additional
questions concerning seat belt oper-
ation should be directed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Pinched seat
belt
Make sure that the webbing
and/or buckle does not get
caught or pinched in the rear
seat when returning the rear
seatback to its upright position.
A caught or pinched webbing/
buckle may become damaged
and could fail during a collision
or sudden stop.
WARNING
Seatbelts can become hot in a
vehicle that has been closed up
in sunny weather. They could
burn infants and children.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 33
Safety features of your vehicle
343
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)
Children Always in the Rear
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must always
be properly restrained to minimize the
risk of injury in an accident, sudden
stop or sudden maneuver. According
to accident statistics, children are
safer when properly restrained in the
rear seats than in the front seat. Even
with air bags, children can be serious-
ly injured or killed. Children too large
for a child restraint must use the seat
belts provided.
Most countries have child restraint
laws which require children to travel
in approved child restraint devices.
The laws governing the age or
height/weight restrictions at which
seat belts can be used instead of
child restraints differs among coun-
tries, so you should be aware of the
specific requirements in your coun-
try, and where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. You must use a commer-
cially available child restraint system
that meets the requirements of the
Safety Standards of your country.
Child restraint systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle
seat by lap belt portion of a
lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys-
tem in the rear seats of the vehicle.
WARNING - Restraint
Location
Never install a child or infant
seat on the front passenger's
seat. A child riding in the front
passenger seat can be forceful-
ly struck by an inflating airbag
and seriously injured.
WARNING - Hot Child
Restraint
A child restraint system can
become very hot if it is left in a
closed vehicle on a sunny day.
Be sure to check the seat cover,
buckles and latches before
placing a child in the restraint
system.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 34
335
Safety features of your vehicle
Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-fac-
ing or forward-facing CRS that has
first been properly secured to the
rear seat of the vehicle. Read and
comply with the instructions for
installation and use provided by the
manufacturer of the child restraint.
✽✽
NOTICE
After an accident, have a Kia dealer
check the child restraint system, seat
belts, tether anchors and lower
anchors.
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
• Make sure the CRS has a label
certifying that it meets applicable
Safety Standards of your country.
• Select a child restraint based on
your child’s height and weight.The
required label or the instructions
for use typically provide this infor-
mation.
• Select a child restraint that fits the
vehicle seating position where it
will be used.
• Read and comply with the warn-
ings and instructions for installation
and use provided instructions with
the child restraint system.
WARNING
-
Child Restraint Installation
An improperly secured child
restraint can increase the risk
of serious injury or death in an
accident. Always take the fol-
lowing precautions when using
a child restraint system:
• Always follow the child
restraint system manufactur-
er’s instructions for installa-
tion and use.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Always properly restrain your
child in the child restraint.
• If the vehicle head restraint
prevents proper installation of
a child seat (as described in
the child restraint system
manual), the head restraint of
the respective seating posi-
tion shall be readjusted or
entirely removed.
• Do not use an infant carrier or
a child safety seat that
"hooks" over a seatback, it
may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 35
Safety features of your vehicle
363
Child restraint system types
There are three main types of child
restraint systems: rear-facing seats,
forward-facing seats, and booster
seats. They are classified according
to the child’s age, height and weight.
Rear-facing child seats
A rear-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the child. The
harness system holds the child in
place, and in an accident, acts to
keep the child positioned in the seat
and reduces the stress to the neck
and spinal cord.
All children under age one must
always ride in a rear-facing infant
child restraint.
WARNING - Holding
Children
Never hold a child in your arms
or lap when riding in a vehicle.
The violent forces created dur-
ing a crash will tear the child
from your arms and throw the
child against the car’s interior.
Always use a child restraint
system which is appropriate for
your child's height and weight.
WARNING - Unattended
Children
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle.The car can heat up
very quickly, resulting in injuries
to the child in the vehicle.
WARNING - Seat Belt Use
Do not use one seat belt for two
occupants at the same time.
This will eliminate any safety
benefit provided by the seat belt
to the occupants.
CRS09
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 36
337
Safety features of your vehicle
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats
typically have higher height and
weight limits for the rear-facing posi-
tion, allowing you to keep your child
rear-facing for a longer period of time.
Continue to use a rear-facing child
seat for as long as your child will fit
within the height and weight limits
allowed by the child seat manufactur-
er. It’s the best way to keep them
safe. Once your child has outgrown
the rear-facing child restraint, your
child is ready for a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness.
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child’s body with a
harness. Keep children in a forward-
facing child seat with a harness until
they reach the top height or weight
limit allowed by your child restraint’s
manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the for-
ward-facing child restraint, your child
is ready for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed
to improve the fit of the vehicle’s seat
belt system. A booster seat positions
the seat belt so that it fits properly
over the lap of your child.
Keep your child in a booster seat
until they are big enough to sit in the
seat without a booster and still have
the seat belt fit properly. For a seat
belt to fit properly, the lap belt must
lie snugly across the upper thighs,
not the stomach. The shoulder belt
should lie snug across the shoulder
and chest and not across the neck or
face. Children under age 13 must
always ride in the rear seats and
must always be properly restrained
to minimize the risk of injury.
OJF035032
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 37
Safety features of your vehicle
383
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
After selecting a proper child seat for
your child, check to make sure it fits
properly in your vehicle. Follow the
instructions provided by the manu-
facturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
• Properly secure the child
restraint to the vehicle. All child
restraints must be secured to the
vehicle with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt or with the
LATCH system.
• Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured. After installing a
child restraint to the vehicle, push
and pull the seat forward and from
side-to-side to verify that it is
securely attached to the seat. A
child restraint secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly as
possible. However, some side-to-
side movement can be expected.
• Secure the child in the child
restraint. Make sure the child is
properly strapped in the child
restraint according to the manufac-
turer instructions.
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH) System
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an
accident. This system is designed to
make installation of the child restraint
easier and reduce the possibility of
improperly installing your child
restraint. The LATCH system uses
anchors in the vehicle and attach-
ments on the child restraint. The
LATCH system eliminates the need
to use seat belts to secure the child
restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built
into the vehicle. There are two lower
anchors for each LATCH seating
position that will accommodate a
child restraint with lower attach-
ments.
To use the LATCH system in your
vehicle, you must have a child
restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will pro-
vide you with instructions on how to
use the child seat with its attach-
ments for the LATCH lower anchors.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 38
339
Safety features of your vehicle
LATCH anchors have been provided
in the left and right outboard rear
seating positions.Their locations are
shown in the illustration. There are
no LATCH anchors provided for the
center rear seating position.
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and
right rear seat backs to identify the
position of the lower anchors in your
vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
❈ (1) : Lower Anchor position indicator
(2) : Lower Anchor
B230D01NF
WARNING - LATCH Lower
Anchors
Never attempt to attach a LATCH
equipped seat in the center
seating position. LATCH lower
anchors are only to be used in
the left and right rear outboard
seating positions.You may dam-
age the anchors or the anchors
may fail and break in a collision.
OJFA038035
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 39
Safety features of your vehicle
403
Securing a child restraint with
the LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard
seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away
from the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the
child restraint and the lower
anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the
vehicle seat, then attach the seat
to the lower anchors according to
the instructions provided by the
child restraint manufacturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instruc-
tions for properly adjusting and
tightening the lower attachments
on the child restraint to the lower
anchors.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
• To prevent the child from
reaching and taking hold of
the unused seat belts, buckle
all unused rear seat belts
before the child is placed into
the vehicle. Lock each unused
seatbelt following the instruc-
tions in the “Automatic lock-
ing mode” subsection, and
place the webbing behind the
child seat or against an
unused seatback. Children
can be strangled if a shoulder
belt becomes wrapped
around their neck and the seat
belt tightens.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single
anchor. This could cause the
anchor or attachment to come
loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH sys-
tem inspected by your author-
ized Kia dealer after an acci-
dent. An accident can damage
the LATCH system and may
not properly secure the child
restraint.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 40
341
Safety features of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint seat
with "Tether Anchor" system
First secure the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchors or the seat
belt. If the child restraint manufactur-
er recommends that the top tether
strap be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether strap to the top tether
strap anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the shelf behind the rear
seats.
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether
strap over the child restraint seat-
back. Route the tether strap under
the head restraint and between
the head restraint posts, or route
the tether strap over the top of the
vehicle seatback. Make sure the
strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the tether anchor, then tighten the
tether strap according to the child
seat manufacturer’s instructions to
firmly secure the child restraint to
the seat.
OJFA035095
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when installing the tether strap:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single teth-
er anchor. This could cause
the anchor or attachment to
come loose or break.
• Do not attach the tether strap
to anything other than the cor-
rect tether anchor. It may not
work properly if attached to
something else.
• Do not use the tether anchors
for adult seat belts or harness-
es, or for attaching other items
or equipment to the vehicle.
• Always fasten the seatbelts
behind the child restraint seat
when they are not used to
secure the child seat. Failure
to do so may result in child
strangulation.
OJF035034
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 41
Safety features of your vehicle
423
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat for-
ward and from side-to-side.
Securing a child restraint with a
lap belt or lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child restraints must be secured to
a vehicle rear seat with the lap part
of a lap/shoulder belt.
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emer-
gency conditions (emergency locking
mode), you must manually pull the
seat belt all the way out to shift the
retractor to the “Automatic Locking”
mode to secure a child restraint.
The “Automatic Locking” mode will
help prevent the normal movement
of the child in the vehicle from caus-
ing the seat belt to loosen and com-
promise the child restraint system.To
secure a child restraint system, use
the following procedure.
To install a child restraint system on
the rear seats, do the following:
1.Place the child restraint system on
a rear seat and route the lap/ shoul-
der belt around or through the child
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer’s instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is
not twisted.
OLMB033044
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 42
343
Safety features of your vehicle
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the dis-
tinct "click" sound.
Position the release button so that
it is easy to access in case of an
emergency.
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out.When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the "Automatic
Locking" (child restraint) mode.
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of the seat belt to retract and listen
for an audible "clicking" or "ratchet-
ing" sound. This indicates that the
retractor is in the "Automatic
Locking" mode.If no distinct sound
is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
OEN036101 OEN036102 OEN036103
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 43
Safety features of your vehicle
443
5. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the "Automatic Locking" mode
by attempting to pull more of the
seat belt out of the retractor. If you
cannot, the retractor is in the
"Automatic Locking" mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or
recommends you to use a tether
anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,
refer to the previous pages for more
information.
✽✽
NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the "Automatic
Locking" mode to the emergency
lock mode for normal adult usage.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
WARNING - Auto lock
mode
Set the retractor to Automatic
Lock mode when installing any
child restraint system. If the
retractor is not in the Automatic
Locking mode, the child
restraint can move when your
vehicle turns or stops suddenly.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 44
345
Safety features of your vehicle
(1) Driver’s front air bag
(2) Passenger’s front air bag
(3) Side air bag
(4) Curtain air bag
(5) Driver’s knee air bag
Even in vehicles with air bags, you
and your passengers must always
wear the safety belts provided in
order to minimize the risk and sever-
ity of injury in the event of a collision
or rollover.
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OJF035036
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 45
Safety features of your vehicle
463
How does the air bag system
operate?
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
or START position.
• The appropriate air bags inflate
instantly in the event of a serious
frontal collision or side collision in
order to help protect the occupants
from serious physical injury.
• There is no single speed at which
the air bags will inflate.
Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a
collision and its direction. These
two factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment/ inflation signal.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact, and, the
density and stiffness of the vehi-
cles or objects which your vehicle
hits in the collision. The determin-
ing factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to
see the air bags inflate during an
accident.
It is much more likely that you will
simply see the deflated air bags
hanging out of their storage com-
partments after the collision.
• In addition to inflating in serious
side collisions, side and/or curtain
air bags will inflate if the sensing
system detects a rollover.
• When a rollover is detected, side
and/or curtain air bags will remain
inflated longer to help provide pro-
tection from ejection, especially
when used in conjunction with the
seat belts.
• In order to help provide protection,
the air bags must inflate rapidly.
The speed of the air bag inflation is
a consequence of extremely short
time in which to inflate the air bag
between the occupant and the
vehicle structures before the occu-
pant impacts those structures.This
speed of inflation reduces the risk
of serious or life-threatening
injuries and is thus a necessary
part of the air bag design.
However, air bag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include
facial abrasions, bruises and bro-
ken bones because the inflation
speed also causes the air bags to
expand with a great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the
steering wheel or passenger air
bag can cause fatal injuries,
especially if the occupant is
positioned excessively close to
the steering wheel or passenger
air bag.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 46
347
Safety features of your vehicle
Noise and smoke
When inflated, the air bags make a
loud noise and leave smoke and
powder in the air inside the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the
ignition of the air bag inflator. After
the air bag inflates, you may feel sub-
stantial discomfort in breathing due
to the contact of your chest with both
the seat belt and the air bag, as well
as from breathing the smoke and
powder. Open your doors and/or
windows as soon as possible after
impact in order to reduce discom-
fort and prevent prolonged expo-
sure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are non-
toxic, it may cause irritation to the
skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and consult a
doctor if the symptom persists.
WARNING - Hot compo-
nents
Do not touch the air bag storage
area's internal components
immediately after airbag infla-
tion.The air bag related parts in
the steering wheel, instrument
panel and the roof rails above
the front and rear doors are
very hot. Hot components can
result in burn injuries.
WARNING - Airbag infla-
tion
Sit as far back as possible from
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable con-
trol of your vehicle. A distance
of at least 25 cm (10 in.) from
your chest to the steering wheel
is recommended. Failure to do
so can result in airbag inflation
injuries to the driver.
WARNING
Do not install or place any
accessories near air bag
deployment areas, such as the
instrument panel, windows, pil-
lars, and roof rails.
Such objects may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the airbag
inflates.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 47
Safety features of your vehicle
483
Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger’s seat.
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would
impact the rear-facing child restraint,
causing serious or fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passen-
ger’s seat. If the front passenger air
bag inflates, it could cause serious or
fatal injuries to the child.
Air bag warning light
The purpose of air bag warning light
in your instrument panel is to alert
you of a potential problem with your
air bag system, which could include
your side and/or curtain air bags
used for rollover protection.
1JBH3051
W7-147
WARNING - Air bag
deployment
When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats of a vehicle
equipped with side and/or cur-
tain air bags, install the child
restraint system as far away
from the door side as possible.
Inflation of the side and/or cur-
tain air bags could impact the
child.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 48
349
Safety features of your vehicle
SRS components and functions
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1. Driver's front air bag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assem-
blies
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module
(SRSCM)/Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors
10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator (Front passenger’s seat
only)
11. Occupant detection system
(Front passenger’s seat only)
12. Front passenger’s
seat belt buckle sensor
13. Emergency fastening device
(EFD)
*: if equipped
If the air bag warning light is illumi-
nated for more than 6 seconds after
the ignition is turned on, or of it illu-
minates during vehicle operation, an
SRS component may not be func-
tioning properly and you should have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
W7-147
OJFA038109N
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 49
Safety features of your vehicle
503
If any of the following conditions
occur, this indicates a malfunction in
the air bag system. Have an author-
ized Kia dealer inspect the air bag
system as soon as possible.
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehi-
cle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position.
The front air bag modules are locat-
ed both in the center of the steering
wheel and in the front passenger's
panel above the glove box.When the
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe
impact to the front of the vehicle, it
will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
Upon deployment, tear seams mold-
ed directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers then allows full
inflation of the air bags.
B240B01L
Driver’s front air bag (1)
B240B02L
Driver’s front air bag (2)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:55 AM Page 50
351
Safety features of your vehicle
A fully inflated air bag, in combina-
tion with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of
head and chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility
and the ability to steer or operate
other controls.
• If an air bag deploys, there may be
a loud noise followed by a fine dust
released in the vehicle.These con-
ditions are normal and are not haz-
ardous - the air bags are packed in
this fine powder.The dust generat-
ed during air bag deployment may
cause skin or eye irritation as well
as aggravate asthma for some
people. Always wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly with cold
water and a mild soap after an
accident in which the air bags were
deployed.
B240B03L
Driver’s front air bag (3)
B240B05L
Passenger’s front air bag
WARNING - Air bag
obstructions
Do not install or place any
accessories on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, or on
the front passenger's panel
above the glove box in a vehi-
cle. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles if the air
bag deploys.
WARNING - Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:56 AM Page 51
Safety features of your vehicle
523
• The SRS can function only when
the ignition switch is in the ON
position.If the SRS air bag warning
light does not illuminate, or contin-
uously remains on after illuminat-
ing for about 6 seconds when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, or after the engine is
started, comes on while driving,
the SRS is not working properly. If
this occurs, have your vehicle
immediately inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
Before you replace a fuse or discon-
nect a battery terminal, turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK posi-
tion and remove the ignition switch.
Never remove or replace the air bag
related fuse(s) when the ignition
switch is in the ON position. Failure
to heed this warning will cause the
SRS air bag warning light to illumi-
nate.
Occupant Detection System
(ODS)
Your vehicle is equipped with an
occupant detection system in the
front passenger's seat.
The occupant detection system is
designed to detect the presence of a
properly-seated front passenger and
determine if the passenger's front air
bag should be enabled (may inflate)
or not. Only the front passenger front
air bag is controlled by the Occupant
Detection System.
Do not put anything in front of the
passenger air bag indicator.
OJFA038078C
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:56 AM Page 52
353
Safety features of your vehicle
Main components of the occu-
pant detection system
• A detection device located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
• An electronic system which deter-
mines whether the passenger air
bag systems should be activated
or deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicates the front passen-
ger air bag system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag warn-
ing light is interconnected with the
occupant detection system.
If the front passenger seat is occu-
pied by a person that the system
determines to be of appropriate size,
and he/she sits properly (sitting
upright with the seatback in an
upright position, centered on the
seat cushion with their seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and their
feet on the floor), the PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off
and the front passenger's air bag will
be able to inflate, if necessary, in
frontal crashes.
You will find the PASSENGER AIR
BAG “OFF” indicator on the center
facia panel. This system detects the
conditions 1~4 in the following table
and activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these
conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
occupants are seated and restrained
properly (sitting upright with the seat in
an upright position, centered on the
seat cushion, with the person’s legs
comfortably extended, feet on the
floor, and wearing the safety belt prop-
erly) for the most effective protection
by the air bag and the safety belt.
• The ODS (Occupant Detection
System) may not function properly if
the passenger takes actions which
can defeat the detection system.
These include:
(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.
(2) Leaning against the door or cen-
ter console.
(3) Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.
(6) Reclining the seat back.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:56 AM Page 53
Safety features of your vehicle
543
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection
system
*
1
The system judges a person of adult size as an adult.When a smaller adult sits in
the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending
on his/her physique and posture.
*
2
Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat.When a larger child who has
outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may rec-
ognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*
3
Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*
4
The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above
12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front
passenger seat.This is a normal condition.
Condition detected by the
occupant classification system
Indicator/Warning light Devices
"PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF"
indicator light
SRS warning
light
Front passenger
air bag
1. Adult*
1
Off Off Activated
2. Child restraint system with
child under 12 months old
*
2
*
3
*
4
On Off Deactivated
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated
CAUTION
• Do not install a child restraint
seat in the front passenger
seat when the seat is heavily
soaked with any type of liquid.
• Do not alter or remodel the
ODS (Occupant Detection
System).This may damage the
system and prevent its proper
function in a collision.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:56 AM Page 54
355
Safety features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• Do not use car seat cushions or
covers that cover up the surface of
the seat and aftermarket manu-
factured passenger seat heaters.
• After the passenger seat has been
removed or installed for repair
purposes, check for normal opera-
tion of the “PASSENGER AIR
BAG “OFF”” and air bag warning
lights with a person seated or not
seated in the passenger seat.
• After conducting car interior
cleaning using steam or detergent,
the seat should be dried properly.
Afterward, check for normal
operation of the “PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF”” and air bag
warning lights.
• Any service related to the passen-
ger seat and the ODS must be
done at Kia service center.
✽✽
NOTICE
When the “PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF”” symbol is illuminated, the
passenger air bag system will not
operate. The passenger air bag sys-
tem will operate when necessary if
the symbol is not illuminated.
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not modify or replace the front
passenger seat. Don't place anything
on or attach anything such as a blan-
ket, front seat cover or after market
seat heater to the front passenger
seat. This can adversely affect the
occupant detection system.
WARNING - ODS system
Riding in an improper position or
placing items on or under the
passenger seat may interfere
with the normal operation of the
ODS (Occupant Detection
System). It is important for the
driver to instruct the passenger
as to the proper seating instruc-
tions as contained in this manual.
If the ODS is not operating nor-
mally and suppresses air bag
deployment during a crash, an
occupant can suffer severe per-
sonal injury or death.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:56 AM Page 55
Safety features of your vehicle
563
OJFA035106
- Never sit with hips shifted
towards the front of the seat.
OJFA035104
- Do not place a heavy load in
the front passenger seatback
pocket or on the front pas-
senger seat.
OJFA035105
- Do not place feet on the front
passenger seatback.
WARNING
Riding in an improper position adversely affects the Occupant Detection System and may result in the
deactivation of the front passenger airbag. It is important for the driver to instruct the passenger as to
the proper seating instructions as contained in this manual.
(Continued)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:56 AM Page 56
357
Safety features of your vehicle
OJFA035109
- Never lean on the door or cen-
ter console.
- Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.
OJFA035107
- Never excessively recline the
front passenger seatback.
OJFA035108
- Never place feet on the dash-
board.
OJFA035101
- Do not use car seat acces-
sories such as thick blankets
and cushions which cover up
the car seat surface.
(Continued)
OJFA035102
- Do not place electronic
devices such as laptops, DVD
player, or conductive materi-
als such as water bottles on
the passenger seat.
Do not use electronic devices
such as laptops and satellite
radios which use inverter
chargers.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:56 AM Page 57
Safety features of your vehicle
583
When an adult is seated in the front
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK posi-
tion and ask the passenger to sit
properly (sitting upright with the seat
back in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat
belt on, legs comfortably extended
and their feet on the floor). Restart
the engine and have the person
remain in that position.This will allow
the system to detect the person and
to enable the passenger air bag.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator is still on, ask the passen-
ger to move to the rear seat.
WARNING
- Wet Passenger Seat
Do not spill liquid in the pas-
senger seat. Spilled liquid on
the passenger seat may cause
the air bag warning light to illu-
minate or malfunction. If any liq-
uid is spilled onto the front pas-
senger seat, make sure the seat
has been completely dried
before allowing a passenger to
use the seat. Liquid may inter-
fere with the Occupant
Detection System's (ODS) abili-
ty to suppress or activate
airbags, potentially resulting in
severe personal injuries or
death.
B990A01O
Proper position
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:56 AM Page 58
359
Safety features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-
onds after the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after
the engine is started. If the front
passenger seat is occupied, the occu-
pant detection sensor will then clas-
sify the front passenger after several
more seconds and the illumination
will turn off.
• Even though your vehicle is
equipped with the occupant detec-
tion system, never install a child
restraint system in the front pas-
senger's seat. A deploying air bag
can forcefully strike a child result-
ing in serious injuries or death.Any
child age 12 and under should ride
in the rear seat. Children too large
for child restraints should use the
available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children
of all ages are safer when
restrained in the rear seat.
• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicator is illuminated when
the front passenger's seat is occu-
pied by an adult and he/she sits
properly (sitting upright with the
seatback in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion with
their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the
floor), have that person sit in the
rear seat.
WARNING - “AIR BAG
OFF” light
Do not allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front seat when the
PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator is illuminated,
because the air bag will not
deploy in the event of a crash.
The driver must instruct the
passenger to reposition himself
in the seat. Failure to properly
position yourself may lead to air
bag deactivation resulting in air
bag non-deployment in a colli-
sion. If the PASSENGER AIR
BAG “OFF” indicator remains
illuminated after the passenger
repositions themselves proper-
ly and the car is restarted, it is
recommended that passenger
move to the rear seat because
the passenger's front air bag
will not deploy.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:56 AM Page 59
Safety features of your vehicle
603
Any child age 12 and under should
ride in the rear seat. Children too
large for child restraints should use
the available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children of
all ages are safer when restrained in
the rear seat.
If the occupant detection system is
not working properly, the SRS air
bag warning light on the instrument
panel will illuminate because the
passenger's front air bag is connect-
ed with the occupant detection sys-
tem. If there is a malfunction of the
occupant detection system, the PAS-
SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator
will not illuminate and the passen-
ger's front air bag will inflate in frontal
impact crashes even if there is no
occupant in the front passenger's
seat.
Driver's and passenger's front
air bag
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder
belts at both the driver and passen-
ger seating position.
The indication of the system's pres-
ence are the letters "AIR BAG" located
on the air bag pad cover on the steer-
ing wheel and the passenger's side
front panel pad above the glove box.
OJF035038
■ Driver’s front air bag
■ Driver’s knee air bag
OJFA038110
OJF035039
■ Passenger’s front air bag
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:56 AM Page 60
361
Safety features of your vehicle
The SRS consists of air bags
installed under the pad covers in the
center of the steering wheel and the
passenger's side front panel above
the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt sys-
tem alone in case of a frontal impact
of sufficient severity. The SRS uses
sensors to gather information about
the driver's and front passenger's
seat belt usage and impact severity.
The seat belt buckle sensors deter-
mine if the driver and front passen-
ger's seat belts are fastened.
These sensors provide the ability to
control the SRS deployment based on
whether or not the seat belts are fas-
tened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation with
two levels. A first stage level is pro-
vided for moderate-severity impacts.
A second stage level is provided for
more severe impacts.
The passenger’s front air bag is
designed to help reduce the injury of
children sitting close to the instru-
ment panel in low speed collisions.
However, children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat.
According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
Control Module) controls the air bag
inflation. Failure to properly wear
seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
with an occupant detection system in
the front passenger's seat.The occu-
pant detection system detects the
presence of a passenger in the front
passenger's seat and will turn off the
front passenger's air bag under cer-
tain conditions. For more detail, see
"Occupant detection system" in this
chapter.
Modification to the seat structure can
cause the air bag to deploy at a dif-
ferent level than should be provided.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:56 AM Page 61
Safety features of your vehicle
623
Manufacturers are required by gov-
ernment regulations to provide a
contact point concerning modifica-
tions to the vehicle for persons with
disabilities, which modifications may
affect the vehicle’s advanced air bag
system.That contact is Kia's toll-free
Customer Experience Department
at 1-877-KIA-AUTO (1-877-542-
2886). However, Kia does not
endorse nor will it support any
changes to any part or structure of
the vehicle that could affect the
advanced air bag system, including
the occupant detection system.
Advanced air bags are combined with
pre-tensioner seat belts to help pro-
vide enhanced occupant protection in
frontal crashes.Front air bags are not
intended to deploy in collisions in
which sufficient protection can be pro-
vided by the pre-tensioner seat belt.
✽✽
NOTICE
Air bags can only be used once –
have an authorized Kia dealer
replace the air bag immediately
after deployment.
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or
rollover crashes. However, when
frontal deployment threshold is satis-
fied at side-impact, front air bags
may deploy.In addition, front air bags
will not deploy in frontal crashes
below the deployment threshold.
WARNING - Replacement /
modifications
The front passenger seat, dash-
board or door should not be
replaced except by an author-
ized Kia dealer using original
Kia parts designed for this vehi-
cle and model. Any other such
replacement or modification
could adversely affect the oper-
ation of the occupant detection
system and your advanced air
bags.
WARNING - SRS Wiring
Do not tamper with or discon-
nect SRS wiring or other com-
ponents of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in injury,
due to accidental deployment of
the air bags or by rendering the
SRS inoperative.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:56 AM Page 62
363
Safety features of your vehicle
Side air bag
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front seat. The pur-
pose of the air bag is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front pas-
senger with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt alone.
• The side air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side-impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity, angle, speed and point of
impact.However, when side deploy-
ment threshold is satisfied at front-
impact, side air bags may deploy.
• The side air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
sides.
• The side and/or curtain air bags on
both sides of the vehicle will deploy
if a rollover or possible rollover is
detected.
• The side air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or
rollover situations.
OJF035041
OJF035040
WARNING - No attaching
objects
No objects (such as crash pad
cover, cellular phone holder,
cup holder, perfume or stickers)
should be placed over or near
the air bag modules on the
steering wheel, instrument
panel, windshield glass, and the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box. Such objects
could cause harm if the vehicle
is in a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy. Do
not place any objects over the
air bag or between the air bag
and yourself.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:56 AM Page 63
Safety features of your vehicle
643
• The side air bag is supplemental to
the driver's and the passenger's
seat belt systems and is not a sub-
stitute for them. Therefore your
seat belts must be worn at all times
while the vehicle is in operation.
• For best protection from the side
air bag system and to avoid being
injured by the deploying side air
bag, both front seat occupants
should sit in an upright position
with the seat belt properly fas-
tened. The driver's hands should
be placed on the steering wheel at
the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The
passenger's arms and hands
should be placed on their laps.
• If seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia deal-
er. Inform the dealer that your vehi-
cle is equipped with side air bags
and an occupant detection system.
WARNING - Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.
WARNING - Deployment
Do not install any accessories
including seat covers, on the
side or near the side air bag as
this may affect the deployment
of the side air bags.
WARNING - Unexpected
deployment
Avoid impact to the side impact
airbag sensor when the ignition
switch is ON to prevent unex-
pected deployment of the side
air bag.
WARNING - No attaching
objects
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself. Also, do not
attach any objects around the
area the air bag inflates such
as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
• Do not place any objects
between the door and the
seat. They may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the side
air bag inflates.
• Never place or insert any
object into any small opening
near side airbag labels
attached to the vehicle seats.
When the air bag deploys, the
object may affect the deploy-
ment and result in unexpected
accident or bodily harm.
• Do not install any accessories
on the side or near the side air
bags.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:56 AM Page 64
365
Safety features of your vehicle
Curtain air bag
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
They are designed to help protect
occupants in certain side impacts
and to help prevent them from eject-
ing out of the vehicle as a result of a
rollover, especially when the seat-
belts are also in use.
• The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity, angle, speed and point of
impact.However, when side deploy-
ment threshold is satisfied at front-
impact, side air bags may deploy.
• The curtain air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
sides.
• Also, the curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle will deploy in
certain rollover situations.
• The curtain air bags are not
designed to deploy in all side
impact or rollover situations.
Do not allow the passengers to lean
their heads or bodies against the
doors, put their arms on the doors,
stretch their arms out of the window
or place objects between the doors
and passengers when they are seat-
ed on seats equipped with side
impact and/or curtain air bags.
✽✽
NOTICE
Never try to open or repair any com-
ponents of the side and curtain air
bag system. This should only be
done by an authorized Kia dealer.
OJF035042
OJF035043
WARNING - No attaching
objects
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag. Also, do not attach
any objects around the area
the air bag inflates such as the
door, side door glass, front
and rear pillar, roof side rail.
• Do not hang hard or breakable
objects on the coat hook.
• Do not hang heavy items on
the coat hooks for safety rea-
sons.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:56 AM Page 65
Safety features of your vehicle
663
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional pro-
tection.
These include rear impacts, second
or third collisions in multiple impact
accidents, as well as low speed
impacts.
Air bag collision sensors
(1) SRS control module/
Rollover sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
(3) Side impact sensor
(4) Side impact sensor
(5) Side impact sensor
OJF038045/OJF038064/OJF038047/OJF035048/OJF035049/OJF038084
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:57 AM Page 66
367
Safety features of your vehicle
Problems may arise if the sensor
installation angles are changed due
to the deformation of the front
bumper, front end module, body or
front doors where side collision sen-
sors are installed. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
Installing bumper guards (or side
step or running board) or replacing a
bumper (or front door module) with
non-genuine parts may adversely
affect your vehicle’s collision and air
bag deployment performance.
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in a frontal collision depending on
the intensity, speed or angles of
impact of the front collision.
OJF035050
WARNING - Air bag sen-
sors
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where
air bags or sensors are
installed.
This may cause unexpected
air bag deployment, which
could result in serious per-
sonal injury or death.
• If the installation location or
angle of the sensors is altered
in any way, the air bags may
deploy when they should not
or they may not deploy when
they should.
Therefore, do not try to per-
form maintenance on or
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:57 AM Page 67
Safety features of your vehicle
683
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
Side and/or curtain air bags
Side and/or curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the strength, speed or
angles of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.
Also, the side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when a rollover is
detected by a rollover sensor.
Although the front air bags (driver’s
and front passenger’s air bags) are
designed to inflate in frontal colli-
sions, they also may inflate in other
types of collisions if the front impact
sensors detect a sufficient frontal
force in another type of impact. Side
and curtain air bags are designed to
inflate in certain side impact colli-
sions.They may inflate in other types
of collisions where a side force is
detected by the sensors.Side air bag
and/or curtain air bags may also
inflate where rollover sensors indi-
cate the possibility of a rollover
occurring (even if none actually
occurs) or in other situations, includ-
ing when the vehicle is tilted while
being towed.
Even where side and/or curtain air
bags would not provide impact pro-
tection in a rollover, however, they
will deploy to prevent ejection of
occupants, especially those who are
restrained with seat belts.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
carefully on unimproved roads or on
surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
deployment.
OJF038051
OJF035052
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:57 AM Page 68
369
Safety features of your vehicle
Air bag non-inflation conditions
• In certain low-speed collisions the
air bags may not deploy. The air
bags are designed not to deploy in
such cases because they may not
provide benefits beyond the pro-
tection of the seat belts in such col-
lisions.
• Air bags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions, because occu-
pants are moved backward by the
force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not be able
to provide any additional benefit.
• Front air bags may not inflate in
side impact collisions, because
occupants move to the direction of
the collision, and thus in side
impacts, frontal air bag deployment
would not provide additional occu-
pant protection.
OJF035053
OJF038055OJF035054
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:57 AM Page 69
Safety features of your vehicle
703
• In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in
a direction where the air bags
would not be able to provide any
additional benefit, and thus the
sensors may not deploy any air
bags.
• Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehi-
cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi-
cle with a higher ground clearance.
Air bags may not inflate in this
"under-ride" situation because
deceleration forces that are detect-
ed by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “under-ride” colli-
sions.
• Front air bags may not inflate in all
rollover accidents where the
SRSCM indicates that the front air
bag deployment would not provide
additional occupant protection.
OJF035056 OJF035057 OJF035058
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:57 AM Page 70
371
Safety features of your vehicle
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-
cle collides with objects such as util-
ity poles or trees, where the point of
impact is concentrated to one area
and the full force of the impact is not
delivered to the sensors.
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-
free and so there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself. If the SRS
air bag warning light does not illumi-
nate, or continuously remains on, have
your vehicle immediately inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger’s panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized Kia dealer. Improper
handling of the SRS system may
result in serious personal injury.
For cleaning the air bag pad covers,
use only a soft, dry cloth or one which
has been moistened with plain water.
Solvents or cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and proper
deployment of the system.
If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed. An
authorized Kia dealer knows these
precautions and can give you the
necessary information. Failure to fol-
low these precautions and proce-
dures could increase the risk of per-
sonal injury.
OJF038059
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:57 AM Page 71
Safety features of your vehicle
723
WARNING - Tampering
with SRS
Do not tamper with or discon-
nect SRS wiring, or other com-
ponents of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in the
accidental inflation of the air
bags or by rendering the SRS
inoperative.
WARNING - Towing Vehicle
Always have the ignition off
when your vehicle is being
towed. The side air bags may
inflate if the vehicle is tilted
such as when being towed
because of the rollover sensors
in the vehicle.
Adding equipment to or modi-
fying your air bag-equipped
vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by chang-
ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-
tem, front end or side sheet metal or
ride height, this may affect the opera-
tion of your vehicle's air bag system.
Air bag warning label
Air bag warning labels, some
required by the Canada Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS),
are attached to the sunvisor to alert
the driver and passengers of poten-
tial risks of the air bag system.
OJFA035061
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 5/10/2019 11:57 AM Page 72
Features of your vehicle
Folding key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
• Limp home (override) procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
• Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
• Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle. . . . . 4-21
• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle. . . . . . 4-22
• Impact sensing door unlock system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
• Child-protector rear door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
• Opening the trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
• Closing the trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
• Emergency trunk safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Smart trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
• Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
• Hood open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
• Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
• Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
• Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
• Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
• Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
• Sunshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
• Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
• Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
• Closing the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
• Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
4
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 1
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
• Electric Power Steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
• Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
• Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
• Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
• Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
• LCD display control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
• Transmission shift indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
• LCD modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
• User settings mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Trip modes (Trip computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
• Trip modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
• Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
• Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
• Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
Parking distance warning-reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
• Operation of the parking distance warning-reverse . 4-96
• Non-operational conditions of parking distance
warning-reverse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
• Parking distance warning-reverse precautions . . . . 4-98
• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
Rear view monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
• High beam operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
• High beam assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
• Check headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
• Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
• Front windshield washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
• Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
• Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
4
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 2
• Trunk room lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
• Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
• Headlight (Headlamp) escort function . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
• Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
• Pocket lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
• Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
• Checking the amount of air conditioner
refrigerant and compressor lubricant. . . . . . . . . . 4-125
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-128
• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135
• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
• Checking the amount of air conditioner
refrigerant and compressor lubricant. . . . . . . . . . 4-137
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-139
• Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140
• Defogging logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145
Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
• Bottle holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
• Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
• USB charger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
• Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
• Floor mat anchor (s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
• Side curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
4
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 3
Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
• Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
• How vehicle radio works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154
Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
• IC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
4
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 4
45
Features of your vehicle
Record your key number
The key code num-
ber is stamped on
the key code tag
attached to the key
set. Should you
lose your keys, this number will
enable an authorized Kia dealer to
duplicate the keys easily. Remove
the key code tag and store it in a safe
place. Also, record the key code
number and keep it in a safe
place.(not in the vehicle)
Key operations
• Used to start the engine.
• Used to lock and unlock the doors.
• To unfold the key, press the release
button then the key will unfold auto-
matically. To fold the key, fold the
key manually while pressing the
release button.
FOLDING KEY
CAUTION
Do not fold the key without
pressing the release button.
This may damage the key.
OJF045002
CAUTION - Aftermarket
key
Use only Kia original parts for
the ignition key in your vehicle.
If an aftermarket key is used,the
ignition switch may not return
to ON after START. If this hap-
pens, the starter will continue to
operate causing damage to the
starter motor and possible fire
due to excessive current in the
wiring.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 5
Features of your vehicle
64
Door Lock (1)
1. Close all doors, engine hood and
trunk.
2. Press the lock button(1).
3. All doors and trunk will lock. The
hazard warning lights will blink
once.
4. If the lock button is pressed once
more within 4 seconds, the hazard
warning lights will blink and the
horn will sound once.
5. Make sure that doors are locked by
checking the door lock button inside
or pulling the outside door handle.
Door Unlock (2)
1. Press the unlock button(2).
2.The driver's door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
3. Press the unlock button(2) twice
within 4 seconds and all doors and
trunk will unlock.The hazard warn-
ing lights will blink two times.
✽✽
NOTICE
You can activate or deactivate the
Two Press Unlock function. Refer to
"User settings" in this chapter.
WARNING - Ignition key
(smart key)
Never leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised chil-
dren. Leaving children unat-
tended in a vehicle with a man-
ual ignition key or a smart key
is dangerous. Children copy
adults and they could place the
key in the ignition switch or
press the start button. The key
would enable children to oper-
ate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehi-
cle move, which could result in
serious bodily injury or death.
OYDDCO2003
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 6
47
Features of your vehicle
Trunk open (3)
The trunk is opened if the button is
pressed for more than 1 second.
Panic (4)
The horn sounds and hazard warn-
ing lights flash for about 27 seconds
if this button is pressed for more than
0.5 second. To stop the horn and
lights, press any button on the trans-
mitter.
Transmitter precautions
• The transmitter will not work if any
of following occur:
- The ignition key is in the ignition
switch.
- You exceed the operating dis-
tance limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).
- The battery in the transmitter is
weak.
- Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
- The weather is extremely cold.
- The transmitter is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio sub-
station or an airport which can
interfere with normal operation of
the transmitter.
• When the transmitter does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the ignition key. If you have a
problem with the transmitter, con-
tact an authorized Kia dealer.
• If the transmitter is in close proxim-
ity to your mobile phone, the signal
could be blocked by your mobile
phones normal operational signals.
This is especially important when
the phone is active such as making
and receiving calls, text messag-
ing, and/or sending/receiving
emails. Avoid placing the transmit-
ter and your mobile phone in the
same pants or jacket pocket and
always try to maintain an adequate
distance between the two devices.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 7
Features of your vehicle
84
✽✽
NOTICE
If the keyless entry system is inoper-
ative due to exposure to water or liq-
uids, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
Battery replacement
The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium
battery which will normally last for
several years. When replacement is
necessary, use the following proce-
dure.
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
gently pry open the transmitter
center cover.
2. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032).When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
is positioned correctly.
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
For replacement transmitters, see an
authorized Kia dealer for transmitter
reprogramming.
• The transmitter is designed to give
you years of trouble-free use; how-
ever, it can malfunction if exposed
to moisture or static electricity.If you
are unsure how to use your trans-
mitter or replace the battery, contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can cause
the transmitter to malfunction. Be
sure to use the correct battery.
• To avoid damaging the transmitter,
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it
to heat or sunlight.
• An inappropriately dis-
posed battery can be
harmful to the environment
and may cause harm to
human health. Dispose the
battery according to your
local law(s) or regulations.
OYDDCO2005
CAUTION - Transmitter
Keep the transmitter away from
water or any liquid as, it can
become damaged and not func-
tion properly.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 8
49
Features of your vehicle
Immobilizer system
Your vehicle is equipped with an
electronic engine immobilizer system
to reduce the risk of unauthorized
vehicle use.
Your immobilizer system is com-
prised of a small transponder in the
ignition key and electronic devices
inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, when-
ever you insert your ignition key into
the ignition switch and turn it to ON
or whenever the engine start/stop
button is changed to the ON position,
it checks and verifies if the ignition
key is valid.
If the key is determined to be valid,
the engine will start.
If the key is determined to be invalid,
the engine will not start.
To activate the immobilizer sys-
tem:
Turn the ignition key or change the
engine start/stop button from the ON
position to the OFF position. The
immobilizer system activates auto-
matically. Without a valid ignition key
for your vehicle, the engine will not
start.
To deactivate the immobilizer
system:
Insert the ignition key into the key
cylinder and turn it to the ON position
or change the engine start/stop but-
ton to the ON position.
In order to prevent theft of your vehi-
cle, do not leave spare keys anywhere
in your vehicle.Your Immobilizer pass-
word is a customer unique password
and should be kept confidential. Do
not leave this number anywhere in
your vehicle.
CAUTION - Transmitter
damage
Do not drop, get wet or expose
the keyless entry system trans-
mitter to heat or sunlight.
IC WARNING
This device complies with
Industry Canada licence-
exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions: (1) this
device may not cause interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must
accept any interference, includ-
ing interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 9
Features of your vehicle
104
✽✽
NOTICE
When starting the engine, do not use
the key with other immobilizer keys
around. Otherwise, the engine may
not start or may stop soon after it
starts. Keep each key separate in
order to avoid a starting malfunction.
Do not put metal accessories near
the ignition switch.
Metal accessories may interrupt the
transponder signal and may prevent
the engine from being started.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you need additional keys or lose
your keys, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
This device complies with
Industry Canada licence-exempt
RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause inter-
ference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
✽✽
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not approved by
the party responsible for compli-
ance, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
CAUTION - Immobilizer
damage
Do not expose your immobilizer
system to moisture, static elec-
tricity and rough handling. This
may damage your immobilizer.
CAUTION - Adjusting
alarm system
Do not change, alter or adjust
the theft alarm system in your
vehicle. Improper installation of
the alarm system could damage
the vehicle or cause the system
to malfunction.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 10
411
Features of your vehicle
Limp home (override) procedure
When you turn the ignition switch to
the ON position, if the immobilizer
indicator ( ) goes off after blink-
ing 5 times, your transponder
equipped in the ignition key is out of
order. You cannot start the engine
without the limp home procedure.To
start the engine, you have to input
your password by using the ignition
switch. Your password is only avail-
able from an authorized Kia dealer-
ship. Contact an authorized dealer
for more information.
The following procedure is how to
input your password of “2345” as an
example.
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position. The immobilizer indicator
( ) will blink 5 times and go off
indicating the beginning of the limp
home procedure.
2.Turn the ignition switch to the ACC
position.
3.To enter the first digit (in this exam-
ple “2”), turn the ignition switch to
the ON and ACC position twice.
Perform the same procedure for
the next digits between 3 seconds
and 10 seconds (for example, for
“3”, turn the ignition ON and ACC
3 times).
4. If all of the digits have been input
successfully, you have to start the
engine within 30 seconds. If you
attempt to start the engine after 30
seconds, the engine will not start
and you will have to input your
password again.
After performing the limp home pro-
cedure, you have to see an author-
ized Kia dealer immediately to
inspect and repair your ignition key
or immobilizer system.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 11
Features of your vehicle
124
Record your key number
The key code number
is stamped on the bar
code tag attached to
the key set. Should
you lose your keys,
this number will enable an author-
ized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys
easily. Remove the bar code tag and
store it in a safe place. Also, record
the code number and keep it in a
safe and handy place, but not in the
vehicle.
Smart key function
To remove the mechanical key, press
and hold the release button(1) and
remove the mechanical key (2).
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it until
a click sound is heard.
With a smart key, you can lock or
unlock a door (and trunk) and start
the engine.
Refer to the following for more details.
SMART KEY
OJF045325L
WARNING - Ignition key
(smart key)
Never leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised chil-
dren. Leaving children unat-
tended in a vehicle with a man-
ual ignition key or a smart key
is dangerous. Children copy
adults and they could place the
key in the ignition switch or
press the start button. The key
would enable children to oper-
ate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehi-
cle move, which could result in
serious bodily injury or death.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 12
413
Features of your vehicle
Locking
Pressing the button of the front out-
side door handles with all doors (and
hood and trunk) closed and any door
unlocked, locks all the doors (and
trunk).
The hazard warning lights will blink
once to indicate that all doors (and
trunk) are locked.The button will only
operate when the smart key is within
0.7 ~ 1 m (28 ~ 40 in.) from the out-
side door handle.If you want to make
sure that a door has locked or not,
you should check the door lock but-
ton inside the vehicle or pull the out-
side door handle.
Even though you press the button,
the doors will not lock and the chime
sounds if any of the following occurs:
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
• The ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ACC or ON position.
• Any door except the trunk is
opened.
Unlocking
Pressing the button of the driver's (or
front passenger’s) outside door han-
dle with all doors closed and locked,
unlocks the driver's door.
The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that the driver's door
is unlocked. Also, the outside
rearview mirrors will automatically
unfold if the outside rearview mirror
folding switch is in the AUTO posi-
tion.
The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1 m (28
~ 40 in.) from the outside door han-
dle.
When Two press unlock function is
activated,
- If you press the driver's outside
door handle button, the driver's
door will unlock.
- If you press the driver's outside
door handle button within four sec-
onds again, then all the doors and
trunk will unlock.
OYDDCO2004
OJF045003
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 13
Features of your vehicle
144
✽✽
NOTICE
You can activate or deactivate the
Two Press Unlock function. Refer to
“User settings” in this chapter.
Trunk unlocking
If you are within 0.7 ~ 1 m (28 ~ 40
in.) from the outside trunk handle,
with your smart key in possession, the
trunk will unlock and open when you
press the trunk handle switch.
The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that the trunk is
unlocked.
Also, once the trunk is opened and
then closed, the trunk will lock auto-
matically.
Panic
1. Press the panic button (4) for more
than 1 second.
2.The horn sounds and hazard
warning light flash for about 27
seconds.
✽✽
NOTICE
To stop the horn and lights, press
any button on the smart key.
Start-up
You can start the engine without
inserting the key.
❈ For detailed information refer to
the “Engine start/stop button” in
chapter 5.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 14
415
Features of your vehicle
Loss of the smart key
A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
registered to a single vehicle.
If you happen to lose your smart key,
you will not be able to start the
engine.You should immediately take
the vehicle and remaining key to your
authorized Kia dealer (tow the vehi-
cle, if necessary) to protect it from
potential theft.
Smart key precautions
• The smart key will not work if any
of the following occur:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio sta-
tion or an airport which can inter-
fere with normal operation of the
smart key.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two way radio system or a cellu-
lar phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
• If the smart key does not work cor-
rectly, you may lock and unlock the
driver’s door with the mechanical
key. If you have a problem with the
smart key, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
• If the smart key is in close proximity
to your cell phone or smart phone,
the signal from the smart key could
be blocked by normal operation of
your cell phone or smart phone.
This is especially important when
the phone is active such as making
a call, receiving calls, text messag-
ing, and/or sending/receiving
emails. Avoid placing the smart key
and your cell phone or smart phone
in the same pants or jacket pocket
and maintain adequate distance
between the two devices.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the keyless entry system is inoper-
ative due to exposure to water or liq-
uids, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
CAUTION - Transmitter
Keep the transmitter away from
water or any liquid, as it can
become damaged and not func-
tion properly.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 15
Features of your vehicle
164
Battery replacement
A smart key battery should last for
several years, but if the smart key is
not working properly, try replacing
the battery with a new one.If you are
unsure how to use your smart key or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
1. Remove the mechanical key.
2. Pry open the rear cover.
3. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032).When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
is in the correct position.
4. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
• The smart key is designed to give
you years of trouble-free use, how-
ever it can malfunction if exposed
to moisture or static electricity. If
you are unsure how to use or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can cause
the smart key to malfunction. Be
sure to use the correct battery.
• To avoid damaging the smart key,
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it
to heat or sunlight.
• An inappropriately dis-
posed battery can be harm-
ful to the environment and
human health. Dispose the
battery according to your
local law(s) or regulations.
OJF045400L
CAUTION - Smart key
damage
Do not drop, get wet or expose
the smart key to heat or sun-
light, or it will be damaged.
IC WARNING
This device complies with
Industry Canada licence-
exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions: (1) this
device may not cause interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must
accept any interference, includ-
ing interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 16
417
Features of your vehicle
Smart key immobilizer system
Your vehicle is equipped with an
electronic engine immobilizer system
to reduce the risk of unauthorized
vehicle use.
Your immobilizer system is com-
prised of a small transponder in the
smart key and electronic devices
inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, when-
ever you turn the engine start/stop
button to the ON position by pressing
the button while carrying the smart
key, it verifies if the smart key is valid.
If the key is determined to be valid,
the engine will start.
If the key is determined to be invalid,
the engine will not start.
To deactivate the immobilizer
system:
Turn the engine start/stop button to
the ON position by pressing the but-
ton while carrying the smart key.
In order to prevent theft of your vehi-
cle, do not leave spare keys any-
where in your vehicle.
To activate the immobilizer system:
Turn the engine start/stop button to
the OFF position. The immobilizer
system activates automatically.
Without a valid smart key for your
vehicle, the engine will not start.
✽✽
NOTICE
When starting the engine, do not use
the key with other immobilizer keys
around. Otherwise the engine may
not start or may stop soon after it
starts. Keep each key separate in
order to avoid a starting malfunction.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you need additional keys or lose
your keys, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
This device complies with
Industry Canada licence-exempt
RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause inter-
ference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
✽✽
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance, it will not be cov-
ered by your manufacturer’s vehicle
warranty.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 17
Features of your vehicle
184
This system is designed to provide
protection from unauthorized entry
into the vehicle. This system is oper-
ated in three stages: the first is the
"Armed" stage, the second is the
"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is
the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered,
the system provides an audible
alarm with blinking of the hazard
warning lights.
Armed stage
Park the vehicle and stop the engine.
Arm the system as described below.
1. Remove the ignition key from the
ignition switch and exit the vehicle.
2. Make sure that all doors (and
trunk) and engine hood are closed
and latched.
3. Lock the doors using the transmit-
ter of the keyless entry system (or
smart key) or ignition key.
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights will blink
once (for smart key) once to indicate
that the system is armed. If the lock
button is pressed once more within 4
seconds, the hazard warning lights
will blink and the horn will sound
once.
If any door (or trunk) or engine hood
remains open, the hazard warning
lights and the chime will not operate
and the theft-alarm will not arm. If all
doors and trunk and engine hood are
closed after the lock button is
pressed, the hazard warning lights
blink once.
The system can also be armed by
locking the doors with the key from
the front doors; however, the hazard
warning lights will not blink using this
method.
✽✽
NOTICE
The theft-alarm system can be deac-
tivated by an authorized Kia dealer.
If you want this feature, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
Armed
stage
Theft-alarm
stage
Disarmed
stage
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 18
419
Features of your vehicle
Do not arm the system until all
passengers have left the vehicle. If
the system is armed while a pas-
senger(s) remains in the vehicle,
the alarm may be activated when
the remaining passenger(s) leave
the vehicle. If any door (or trunk)
or engine hood is opened within
30 seconds after the system
enters the armed stage, the sys-
tem is disarmed to prevent an
unnecessary alarm.
Theft-alarm stage
The alarm will be activated if any of
the following occurs while the system
is armed.
• A front or rear door is opened with-
out using the ignition key or trans-
mitter (or smart key).
• The trunk is opened without using
the transmitter (or smart key).
• The engine hood is opened.
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously
for approximately 27 seconds, and
repeat the horn 3 times unless the
system is disarmed. To turn off the
system, unlock the doors with the igni-
tion key or transmitter (or smart key).
Disarmed stage
The system will be disarmed when
• The doors (and trunk) are unlocked
with the transmitter (or smart key)
or the ignition key.
After depressing the unlock button,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound twice (in
smart key) to indicate that the sys-
tem is disarmed.
After depressing the unlock button, if
any door (or trunk) is not opened
within 30 seconds, the system will be
rearmed.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 19
Features of your vehicle
204
✽✽
NOTICE
• Avoid trying to start the engine
while the alarm is activated. The
vehicle starting motor is disabled
during the theft-alarm stage.
- If the system is not disarmed with
the transmitter, insert the key
into the ignition switch, turn the
ignition switch to the ON position
and wait for 30 seconds. Then,
the system will be disarmed.
- If the system is not disarmed with
the smart key, press the engine
start/stop button with the smart
key. The side with the lock button
should contact the engine
start/stop button directly.
• If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
Malfunctions caused by improper
alterations, adjustments or modifi-
cations to the theft-alarm system are
not covered by your vehicle manu-
facturer warranty.
CAUTION - Adjusting
alarm system
Do not change, alter or adjust
the theft-alarm system because
it could cause the theft-alarm
system to malfunction and
should only be serviced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 20
421
Features of your vehicle
DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from
outside the vehicle
To remove the cover (For Type C):
1. Pull out the door handle.
2. Press the lever (3) located inside
the bottom part of the cover with a
key or flat-head screwdriver.
3. Push out the cover while pressing
the lever.
• Turn the key clockwise to lock (1)
and counterclockwise to unlock (2).
• If you lock the driver’s door with a
key, all vehicle doors will lock auto-
matically.
• From the driver’s door, turn the key
to the right once to unlock the door
and once more within 4 seconds to
unlock all door (and trunk).
• Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the transmitter.
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
• When closing the door, push the
door by hand.Make sure the doors
are closed securely.
✽✽
NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing con-
ditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.
OJF045215L
OJF045214L
■ Type A ■ Type B
■ Type C
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 21
Features of your vehicle
224
• To lock a door without the key,
push the inside door lock button (1)
or central door lock switch (2) to
the “Lock” position when the igni-
tion switch is in the OFF position
and close the door (3).
• If you lock the door with the central
door lock switch (2), all vehicle
doors will lock automatically.
✽✽
NOTICE
Always remove the ignition key,
engage the parking brake, close all
windows, and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.
Operating door locks from
inside the vehicle
With the door lock button
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-
tion. The red mark on the button
will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark on the door lock button will
not be visible.
WARNING
If people must spend a longer
time in the vehicle while it is
very hot or cold outside, there
is risk of severe personal
injuries or death. Do not lock
the vehicle from the outside
when there are people in it.
CAUTION
Do not open and close the door
repeatedly if unnecessary or with
excessive force. Such action can
damage the vehicle door.
OJFA045336
OJF045004
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 22
423
Features of your vehicle
• To open a door, pull the door handle
(2) outward.
• If the inner door handle of the dri-
ver’s (or front passenger’s) door is
pulled when the door lock button is
in the lock position, the button will
unlock and the door will open.
• Front doors cannot be locked if the
ignition key is in the ignition switch
and any front door or rear door is
opened.
• Doors cannot be locked if the
smart key is in the vehicle and a
door is open.
If a power door lock ever fails to func-
tion while you are in the vehicle, try
one or more of the following tech-
niques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
key to unlock the door from out-
side.
With central door lock switch
Operate by pressing the central door
lock switch.
• When pressing the right portion(1)
for driver side or the upper por-
tion(1) for passenger side of the
switch, all vehicle doors will lock.
WARNING
Do not pull the inner door han-
dle of driver’s (or passenger’s)
door while the vehicle is mov-
ing.
OJF045005
OJFA045372
■ Driver side
■ Passenger side
WARNING
Do not pull the inner door han-
dle of any door while the vehicle
is moving as the door could
open causing serious injury or
death to occupant.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 23
Features of your vehicle
244
• When pressing the left portion(2)
for driver side or the lower por-
tion(2) for passenger side of the
switch, all vehicle doors will unlock.
• If the key is in the ignition switch (or
if the smart key is in the vehicle)
and any door is opened, the doors
will not lock even though the right
portion(1) for driver side or upper
portion(1) for passenger side of the
central door lock switch is pressed.
Impact sensing door unlock
system
In the event of air bag deployment
resulting from a vehicle impact, all
doors will automatically unlock.
✽✽
NOTICE
You can select some auto door
lock/unlock features in “User Settings”
❈❈
For more information, refer to
“User Settings” in this chapter.
WARNING - Doors
The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while the
vehicle is in motion to prevent
the accidental opening of the
door, which could lead to seri-
ous injuries or death.
WARNING - Unattended
children/animals
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 24
425
Features of your vehicle
Child-protector rear door lock
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children from acciden-
tally opening the rear doors from
inside the vehicle. The rear door
safety locks should be used whenev-
er children are in the vehicle.
1. Open the rear door.
2.Turn the child safety lock (1) locat-
ed on the rear edge of the door to
the lock ( ) position. When the
child safety lock is in the lock posi-
tion, the rear door will not open
even when the inner door handle
is pulled.
3. Close the rear door.
To open the rear door, pull the out-
side door handle (2).
Even though the doors may be
unlocked, the rear door will not open
by pulling the inner door handle until
the rear door child safety lock is
unlocked.
WARNING - Rear door
locks
Use the rear door safety locks
whenever children are in the
vehicle. If a child accidentally
opens the rear doors while the
vehicle is moving, the child
could suffer severe injuries or
death if they fall out of a moving
vehicle.
OJF045006
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 25
Features of your vehicle
264
Opening the trunk
1.Make sure the shift lever is in P
(Park, for automatic transmission)
and set the parking brake.
2.Then do one of the following :
- Press the Remote key or Smart
Key Trunk Unlock button for more
than one second.
- Press the button on the trunk
itself with the Smart Key in your
possession.
• To open the trunk from inside the
vehicle, push the trunk lid release
button.
✽✽
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, trunk lock
and trunk mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing condi-
tions.
TRUNK
CAUTION
Make certain that you close the
trunk before driving your vehi-
cle. Possible damage may occur
to the trunk torsion bars and
attached hardware if the trunk is
not closed prior to driving.
WARNING
The trunk swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are
near the rear of the vehicle
when opening the trunk.
OJF045008
OJFA049327
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 26
427
Features of your vehicle
Closing the trunk
To close, lower the trunk lid, then
press down on it until it locks. To be
sure the trunk lid is securely fas-
tened, always check by trying to pull
it up again.
Emergency trunk safety
release
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emergency trunk release lever locat-
ed inside the trunk. If someone is
inadvertently locked in the trunk,
moving the handle in the direction of
the arrow will release the trunk latch
mechanism and open the trunk.
WARNING - Exhaust
Fumes
The trunk lid should always be
kept completely closed while
the vehicle is in motion. If it is
left open or ajar, poisonous
exhaust gases may enter the
car and serious illness or death
may result.
OJF045009
WARNING
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the trunk at any time.
The trunk is a very dangerous
location in the event of a crash.
• Use the release lever for
emergencies only. Use
extreme caution, especially
while the vehicle is in motion.
WARNING
Make sure your hands, feet and
other parts of your body are
safely out of the way before
closing the trunk.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 27
Features of your vehicle
284
On a vehicle equipped with a smart
key, the trunk lock is released with
no-touch activation using the Smart
Trunk system.
How to use the Smart Trunk
The trunk can be opened with no-
touch activation if the following con-
ditions are met:
• It has been over 15 seconds since
all doors closed and locked
• The smart key is positioned in the
detecting area for more than 3 sec-
onds.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The Smart Trunk does not operate
when:
- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and is contin-
uously detected.
- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and 1.5 m (60
inches) from the front door han-
dles (for vehicles equipped with
Welcome Light).
- A door is not locked or closed.
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
SMART TRUNK
OJF045010
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 28
429
Features of your vehicle
1. Setting
To activate the Smart Trunk, go to
User Settings Mode and select
Smart Trunk on the LCD display.
❈ For more details, refer to “LCD
Display” in this chapter.
2. Detect and Alert
If you are positioned in the detecting
area (50 ~100 cm (20 ~ 40 inches)
behind the vehicle) carrying a smart
key, the hazard warning lights will
blink and the chime will sound for
about 3 seconds to alert you the
smart key has been detected and the
trunk will open.
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not approach the detecting area if
you do not want the trunk to open. If
you have unintentionally entered the
detecting area and the hazard warn-
ing lights and chime starts to operate,
leave the detecting area with the
smart key. The trunk will stay closed.
OJFA048011C
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:43 AM Page 29
Features of your vehicle
304
3. Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound 2 times and
then the trunk lock will be released.
Make certain that you close the trunk
before driving your vehicle.
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the trunk before
opening or closing the trunk.
Make sure to deactivate the Smart
trunk function when washing your
vehicle.
Otherwise, the trunk may open inad-
vertently.
✽✽
NOTICE
The key should be kept out of reach
of children. Children may inadver-
tently open the Smart Trunk while
playing around the rear area of the
vehicle.
How to deactivate the Smart Trunk
function using the smart key
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3.Trunk open
4. Panic
If you press any button of the smart
key during the Detect and Alert
stage, the Smart Trunk function will
be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the Smart Trunk function
for emergency situations.
OJF048012
WARNING
Make sure objects in the rear
cargo area do not come out
when opening the trunk as this
could cause serious injury.
OYDDCO2004
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 30
431
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• If you press the door unlock but-
ton (2), the Smart Trunk function
will be deactivated temporarily.
But, if you do not open any door
for 30 seconds, the smart trunk
function will be activated again.
• If you press the trunk open button
(3) for more than 1 second, the
trunk opens.
• If you press the door lock button
(1) or trunk open button (3) when
the Smart Trunk function is not in
the Detect and Alert stage, the
smart trunk function will not be
deactivated.
• If you have deactivated the Smart
Trunk function by pressing the
smart key button and opened a
door, the smart trunk function can
be activated again by closing and
locking all doors.
Detecting area
• The Smart Trunk operates a wel-
come alert if the smart key is
detected within 50 ~ 100 cm (20 ~
40 inches) from the trunk.
• The alert stops if the smart key is
positioned outside the detecting
area during the Detect and Alert
stage.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The Smart Trunk function will not
work if any of the following
occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio sta-
tion or an airport which can
interfere with normal operation
of the transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two way radio system or a cellu-
lar phone.
- Another vehicle's smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
• The detecting range may decrease
or increase when :
- One side of the vehicle is raised
to replace a tire or to inspect the
vehicle.
- The vehicle is parked on a slope
or unpaved road, etc.
OJFA045014C
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 31
Features of your vehicle
324
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
up/down (Driver's and
Passenger's window)
(7) Power window lock button
In cold and wet climates, power win-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
WINDOWS
OJFA048328
■■
Front
■■
Rear
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 32
433
Features of your vehicle
Power windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for power windows to operate.
Each door has a power window
switch that controls the door's win-
dow. The driver has a power window
lock button which can block the oper-
ation of passenger windows. The
power windows can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ignition key is removed or is set to
the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position.
If the front doors are opened; howev-
er, the power windows cannot be
operated even within the 30 second
period.
If the window cannot be closed
because it is blocked by objects,
remove the objects and close the
window.
✽✽
NOTICE
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) in an open (or partially
open) position, your vehicle may
demonstrate a wind buffeting or
pulsation noise. This noise is a nor-
mal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the follow-
ing actions. If the noise occurs with
one or both of the rear windows
down, partially lower both front
windows approximately 2.5 cm (1
in.). If you experience the noise with
the sunroof open, slightly reduce the
size of the sunroof opening.
CAUTION
Do not install any accessories
in the area of windows. It may
impact jam protection.
WARNING - Power
Windows
Do not extend your face or arms
outside of the window opening
while the vehicle is in motion.
Doing so could result in serious
injuries.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 33
Features of your vehicle
344
Window opening and closing
The driver’s door has a master power
window switch that controls all the
windows in the vehicle.
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the first
detent position (5).
Auto up/down window
(Driver's and Passenger's window)
Pressing or pulling up the power win-
dow switch momentarily to the sec-
ond detent position (6) completely
lowers or raises the window even
when the switch is released. To stop
the window at the desired position
while the window is in operation, pull
up or press down and release the
switch.
If the power window does not operate
normally, the automatic power win-
dow system must be reset as follows:
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the driver's and passenger's
window and continue pulling up
the driver’s power window switch
for at least 1 second after the win-
dow is completely closed.
OJF045017L
OJF045016
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 34
435
Features of your vehicle
Automatic reversal
(for Auto up/down window)
If the upward movement of the win-
dow is blocked by an object or part of
the body, the window will detect the
resistance and will stop upward
movement. The window will then
lower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in.)
to allow the object to be cleared.
The distance may vary based on the
size or position of the window. If the
window detects the resistance while
the power window switch is pulled up
continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower
approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.).
If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 sec-
onds after the window is lowered by
the automatic window reversal fea-
ture, the automatic window reversal
will not operate.
The automatic reverse feature for the
driver’s window is only active when
the “auto up” feature is used by fully
pulling up the switch. The automatic
reverse feature will not operate if the
window is raised using the halfway
position on the power window switch.
WARNING
Always check for obstructions
before raising any window to
avoid injuries or vehicle dam-
age. If an object less than 4 mm
(0.16 in.) in diameter is caught
between the window glass and
the upper window channel, the
automatic reverse window may
not detect the resistance and
will not stop and reverse direc-
tion.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature
doesn’t active while resetting
the power window system.
Make sure body parts or other
objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to
avoid injuries or vehicle dam-
age.
WARNING
Do not install any accessories
in the vehicle that extend into
the open window area. Such
objects could prevent the auto-
matic reverse feature from func-
tioning.
OUN026013
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 35
Features of your vehicle
364
Power window lock button
• The driver can disable the power
window switches on the passenger
doors by pressing the power win-
dow lock button located on the dri-
ver’s door to the LOCK position
(pressed).
• When the power window lock
button is pressed :
- The driver's master control can
operate all the power windows.
- The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's
power window.
- The rear passenger's control can-
not operate the rear passenger's
power window.
Always double check to make sure
all arms, hands, head and other
obstructions are safely out of the way
before closing a window.
OJFA048018MX
CAUTION - Opening /clos-
ing Window
To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do
not open or close two windows
or more at the same time. This
will also ensure the longevity of
the fuse.
WARNING - Power win-
dows
Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the power window lock button
(on the driver's door) in the
LOCK (pressed) position.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 36
437
Features of your vehicle
Opening the hood
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
Only open the hood with the vehicle
on a flat surface, engine is turned off,
shift lever placed in P (Park) position
and setting the parking brake.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
the hood slightly, push the second-
ary latch (1) upward inside of the
hood center and lift the hood (2).
3. Raise the hood. It will completely
rise by itself after it has been
raised about halfway.
Hood open warning
The hood warning message will
appear on the LCD display when
hood is open.
The warning chime will operate when
the vehicle is being driven at or above
3 km/h (2 mph) with the hood open.
HOOD
OJF045019
OJF048020
OJF048520
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 37
Features of your vehicle
384
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in the engine com-
partment must be correctly
installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other com-
bustible material must be
removed from the engine com-
partment.
2. Lower the hood until it is about 30
cm above the closed position and
let it drop. Make sure that it locks
into place.
3. Check that the hood has engaged
properly. If the hood can be raised
slightly, it is not properly engaged.
Open it again and close it with a lit-
tle more force.
WARNING - Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
engine compartment. Doing so
may cause a heat-induced fire.
WARNING - Unsecured
engine hood
Always double check to be sure
that the hood is firmly latched
before driving away. If it is not
latched, the hood could fly open
while the vehicle is being driv-
en, causing a total loss of visi-
bility, which might result in an
accident.
CAUTION - Hood
obstruction
Before closing the hood, ensure
that all obstructions are
removed from the hood open-
ing. Closing the hood with an
obstruction present in the hood
opening may result in vehicle
damage.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 38
439
Features of your vehicle
Opening the fuel filler lid
The fuel filler lid must be opened
from inside the vehicle by pressing
the fuel filler lid opener button.
If the fuel filler lid does not open
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the lid to break
the ice and release the lid.Do not pry
on the lid. If necessary, spray around
the lid with an approved de-icer fluid
(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or
move the vehicle to a warm place
and allow the ice to melt.
1. Stop the engine.
2.To open the fuel filler lid, push the
fuel filler lid opener button.
3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).
4.To remove the cap, turn the fuel
filler cap (2) counterclockwise(3).
5. Refuel as needed.
Closing the fuel filler lid
1.To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it “clicks” once. This indicates
that the cap is securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it
in lightly making sure that it is
securely closed.
✽✽
NOTICE
There may be an intermittent noise
near the refueling hole while the
engine is idling if the fuel cap is not
closed securely. This occurs normal-
ly with the OBD system.
✽✽
NOTICE
When refueling on unlevel ground,
the fuel gauge may not point to the F
position.
This is not a malfunction. If you move
your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel
gauge will move to the full position.
FUEL FILLER LID
OJF045021
OJF045022L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 39
Features of your vehicle
404
Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
✽✽
NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks once,
otherwise the fuel cap open warning
indicator light will illuminate.
WARNING - Fire/explo-
sion risk
Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station facili-
ty. Failure to follow all warnings
may result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death
due to fire or explosion.
WARNING - Static
electricity
• Before touching the fuel noz-
zle, you should eliminate
potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touch-
ing another metal part of the
vehicle, a safe distance away
from the fuel filler neck, noz-
zle, or other gas source.
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling
since you can generate static
electricity by touching, rubbing
or sliding against any item or
fabric (polyester, satin, nylon,
etc.) capable of producing stat-
ic electricity. Static electricity
discharge can ignite fuel
vapors resulting in rapid burn-
ing. If you must reenter the
vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially danger-
ous static electricity discharge
by touching a metal part of the
vehicle,away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle or other gasoline
source.
WARNING - Refueling
Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap
is venting fuel or if you hear a
hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before com-
pletely removing the cap. If
pressurized fuel sprays out, it
can contact clothes or skin and
subject you to the risk of expo-
sure to toxins, fire, and burns.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 40
441
Features of your vehicle
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the “Fuel requirements”
suggested in chapter 1.
If the fuel filler cap requires replace-
ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or
the equivalent specified for your vehi-
cle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can
result in a serious malfunction of the
fuel system or emission control sys-
tem.
WARNING - Cell phone
fires
Do not use cellular phones
while refueling. Electric current
and/or electronic interference
from cellular phones can poten-
tially ignite fuel vapors causing
a fire.
WARNING - Smoking
DO NOT use matches or a lighter
and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit
cigarette in your vehicle while at
a gas station especially during
refueling. Automotive fuel is
highly flammable and can, when
ignited, result in fire.
WARNING - Refueling &
Vehicle fires
When refueling, always shut the
engine off. Sparks produced by
electrical components related
to the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. Once
refueling is complete, check to
make sure the filler cap and
filler door are securely closed,
before starting the engine.
CAUTION - Exterior paint
Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any
type of fuel spilled on painted
surfaces may damage the paint.
WARNING - Portable fuel
container
When using an approved portable
fuel container, be sure to place
the container on the ground prior
to refueling. Static electricity dis-
charge from the container can
ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, con-
tact with the vehicle should be
maintained until the filling is com-
plete. Use only approved portable
plastic fuel containers designed
to carry and store gasoline.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 41
Features of your vehicle
424
Emergency fuel filler lid release
If the fuel filler lid does not open
using the fuel filler lid opener button,
you can open it manually. Open the
trunk and slightly pull the emergency
release handle on the left side.
CAUTION
Do not pull the handle exces-
sively, otherwise the luggage
area trim or release handle may
be damaged.
OJF045023
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 42
443
Features of your vehicle
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof control lever
located on the overhead console.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ignition key is removed or turned to
the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position.
However, if the front door is opened,
the sunroof cannot be operated even
within the 30 second period.
In cold and wet climates, the sunroof
may not work properly due to freez-
ing conditions.
After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
The sunroof cannot slide when it is in
the tilt position nor can it be tilted
while in an open or slide position.
PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
CAUTION - Sunroof
control lever
Do not continue to press the sun-
roof control lever after the sun-
roof is fully opened, closed, or
tilted. Damage to the motor or
system components could occur.
CAUTION - Sunroof motor
damage
To prevent damage to the sun-
roof, periodically remove any
dirt that may accumulate on the
guide rail.
WARNING - Roof cargo
Do not operate the sun roof
while using the roof rack to
transport cargo.This may cause
the cargo to come loose and
distract the driver.
OJF045024
WARNING
Never adjust the sunroof or
sunshade while driving. This
could result in loss of control
and an accident that may cause
death, serious injury, or proper-
ty damage.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 43
Features of your vehicle
444
Sunroof open warning
(if equipped)
If the driver removes the ignition key
(smart key: turns off the engine)
when the sunroof is not fully closed,
the warning chime will sound for a
few seconds and the above message
will appear on the LCD display or the
warning indicator will illuminate.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not allow children to operate
the sunroof.
CAUTION
Do not extend any luggage out-
side the sunroof while driving.
WARNING
In order to prevent accidental
operation of the sunroof, espe-
cially by a child, do not let a
child operate the sunroof.
WARNING
Do not sit on the top of the vehi-
cle. It may cause vehicle dam-
age.
WARNING
A panorama sunroof is made of
glass, therefore it may break in
an accident. If you do not have
your seat belt on, you may stick
or slide out of the broken glass
and get injured or killed. For all
passengers safety, have an
appropriate protection on (ex.
seat belt, CRS, etc.).
OJF048535
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 44
445
Features of your vehicle
Sunshade
To open the sunshade
Push the sunroof control lever back-
ward to the 1st detent position.
To close the sunshade when the
sunroof glass is closed
Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward to the 1st detent position.
To stop the sliding at any point, press
the sunshade control switch momen-
tarily.
✽✽
NOTICE
Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as
material characteristic are normal.
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is fully
closed when leaving your vehi-
cle. If the sunroof is open, rain or
snow may leak through the sun-
roof and wet the interior as well
as allow theft to occur.
OJF045217L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 45
Features of your vehicle
464
✽✽
NOTICE
Only the front glass of the panora-
ma sunroof opens and closes.
Sliding the sunroof
When the sunshade is closed
Push the sunroof control lever back-
ward to the 2nd detent position, and
both the sunshade and sunroof glass
will slide all the way open.To stop the
sunroof movement at any point, push
the sunroof control glass lever
momentarily.
When the sunshade is opened
Push the sunroof glass control lever
backward to the 1st or 2nd detent
position, the sunroof glass will be
opened.
To stop the sunroof glass movement
at any point, push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
CAUTION - Automatic
sunroof shade
• Do not pull or push the sun-
shade by hand as such action
may damage the sunshade or
cause it to malfunction.
• Close the sunroof when driv-
ing in dusty environments.
Dust may cause a malfunction
of the vehicle system.
OJF045025L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 46
447
Features of your vehicle
Automatic reversal
If an object or part of the body is
detected while the sunroof is closing
automatically, it will reverse the direc-
tion, and then stop.
The auto reverse function may not
work if a tiny obstacle is lodged
between the sliding glass and the
sunroof sash. You should always
check that all passengers and
objects are away from the sunroof
before closing it.
Objects less than 4 mm (0.16 inch) in
diameter caught between the sun-
roof glass and the front glass chan-
nel may not be detected by the auto-
matic reverse glass and the glass will
not stop and reverse direction.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you drive with the sunroof opened
right after a vehicle wash or rain,
water may get inside the vehicle.
OXM049029
WARNING - Sunroof
Operation
When closing the sunroof, make
sure there are no body parts in
the movement range of the slid-
ing roof. Parts of the body could
become trapped or crushed.
WARNING - Sunroof
Do not extend the face, neck,
arms or body outside the sun-
roof while driving.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the sun-
roof, periodically remove any
dirt that may accumulate on the
guide rail.
CAUTION - Sunroof motor
damage
If you try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, the
glass or the motor could be
damaged.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:45 AM Page 47
Features of your vehicle
484
Tilting the sunroof
When the sunshade is closed
Push the sunroof control lever upward,
the sunshade will slide halfway open
then the sunroof glass will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
When the sunshade is opened
Push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunroof glass will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
Closing the sunroof
To close the sunroof glass with
the sunshade
Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward to the 2nd detent position. The
sunroof glass and sunshade will
close automatically.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
To close the sunroof glass only
Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward to the 1st detent position. The
sunroof glass will close automatically.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
Resetting the sunroof
Whenever the vehicle battery is dis-
connected or discharged, you must
reset your sunroof system as follows:
1. Start the engine.
2. Close the sunshade and sunroof
completely if opened.
3. Release the sunroof control lever.
4. Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward in the direction of close
(about 10 seconds) until the sun-
shade slightly moves. Then,
release the lever.
5. Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward in the direction of close, until
the sunroof operates as follows
again:
Sunshade Open → Glass Tilt
Open → Glass Slide Open →
Glass Slide Close → Sunshade
Close
Then, release the lever.
OJF045026L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/17/2019 4:37 PM Page 48
449
Features of your vehicle
When this is complete, the sunroof
system has been reset and one
touch open and close should be
restored.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the Resetting the Sunroof proce-
dure is not correctly followed, the
sunroof may not operate properly.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:45 AM Page 49
Features of your vehicle
504
Electric power steering (EPS)
The power steering uses an electric
motor to assist you in steering the
vehicle. If the engine is off or if the
power steering system becomes
inoperative, the vehicle may still be
steered, but it will require increased
steering effort.
The electric power steering is con-
trolled by a power steering control
unit which senses the steering wheel
torque and vehicle speed to com-
mand the motor.
The steering becomes heavier as the
vehicle’s speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s
speed decreases for optimum steer-
ing control.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the power
steering checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, noise
may occur.If temperature rises, the
noise will likely disappear.This is a
normal condition.
• When the vehicle is stationary, and
the steering wheel is turned all the
way to the left or right continuous-
ly, the steering wheel becomes
harder to turn. The power assist is
limited to protect the motor from
overheating.
As time passes, the steering wheel
will return to its normal condition.
✽✽
NOTICE
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The EPS warning light does not
illuminate.
• The steering gets heavy immedi-
ately after turning the ignition
switch on. This happens as the sys-
tem performs the EPS system
diagnostics. When the diagnostics
are completed, the steering wheel
will return to its normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from
the EPS relay after the ignition
switch is turned to the ON or
LOCK (OFF) position.
• A motor noise may be heard when
the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
driving speed.
• If the Electric Power Steering
System does not operate normally,
the warning light will illuminate on
the instrument cluster. The steer-
ing wheel may become difficult to
control or operate abnormally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer and have the vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
(Continued)
STEERING WHEEL
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:45 AM Page 50
451
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• When the charging system warn-
ing light comes on due to low volt-
age (when the alternator or bat-
tery do not operate normally or
malfunction), the steering wheel
may require increased steering
effort.
Tilt and telescopic steering
Tilt and telescopic steering allows
you to adjust the steering wheel
before you drive.You can also raise it
to give your legs more room when
you exit and enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be posi-
tioned so that it is comfortable for
you to drive, while permitting you to
see the instrument panel warning
lights and gauges.
To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock-release lever (1),
adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (3, if
equipped) then pull up the lock-
release lever to lock (4) the steering
wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the
steering wheel to the desired posi-
tion before driving.
✽✽
NOTICE
After adjustment, sometimes the
lock release lever may not lock the
steering wheel. It is not a malfunc-
tion. This occurs when two gears are
not engaged correctly. In this case,
adjust the steering wheel again and
then lock the steering wheel.
WARNING - Steering
wheel adjustment
Never adjust the angle and
height of the steering wheel
while driving. You may lose
steering control.
OJFA048028
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:45 AM Page 51
Features of your vehicle
524
Heated steering wheel
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, pressing the heated steer-
ing wheel button warms the steering
wheel. The indicator on the button
will illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button once again. The
indicator on the button will turn off.
✽✽
NOTICE
The heated steering wheel will turn
off automatically approximately 30
minutes after the heated steering
wheel is turned on.
CAUTION
• Do not install any type of grip
cover for the steering wheel, it
may impair the function of the
heated steering wheel system.
• When cleaning the heated
steering wheel, do not use an
organic solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol and
gasoline. Doing so may dam-
age the surface of the steering
wheel.
• If the surface of the steering
wheel is damaged by a sharp
object, damage to the heated
steering wheel components
could occur.
OJFA045029
WARNING
If the steering wheel becomes
too warm, turn the system off.
The heated steering wheel may
cause burns even at low tem-
peratures, especially if used for
long periods of time.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:45 AM Page 52
453
Features of your vehicle
Horn
To sound the horn, press the horn
symbols on your steering wheel.
Check the horn regularly to be sure it
operates properly.
✽✽
NOTICE
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on
your steering wheel (see illustra-
tion). The horn will operate only
when this area is pressed.
OJFA048383
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:45 AM Page 53
Features of your vehicle
544
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
center view through the rear window
is seen. Make this adjustment before
you start driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat
or cargo area which would interfere
with your vision through the rear win-
dow.
Electric chromatic mirror (ECM)
(if equipped)
The electric rearview mirror automat-
ically controls the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind you
in nighttime or low light driving condi-
tions.The sensor mounted in the mir-
ror senses the light level around the
vehicle and automatically controls
the headlight glare from the vehicles
behind you.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror.
Whenever the shift lever is shifted
into reverse (R), the mirror will auto-
matically go to the brightest setting in
order to improve the driver’s view
behind the vehicle.
WARNING - Mirror adjust-
ment
Do not adjust the rearview mir-
ror while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of con-
trol.
WARNING
Do not modify the inside mirror
and don’t install a wide mirror. It
could result in injury during an
accident or deployment of the
air bag.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:45 AM Page 54
455
Features of your vehicle
To operate the electric rearview mirror:
• The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
tion whenever the ignition switch is
turned on.
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming func-
tion off. The mirror indicator light
(2) will turn off.
Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming func-
tion on. The mirror indicator light
(2) will illuminate.
❈ (2) : Indicator, (3) : Sensor
Electric chromatic mirror (ECM)
with MTS service (if equipped)
The electric rearview mirror automat-
ically controls the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind you
in nighttime or low light driving condi-
tions.The sensor (4) mounted in the
mirror senses the light level around
the vehicle, and automatically con-
rols the headlight glare from the vehi-
cles behind you.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror.
And telematics buttons are on the
mirror.
CAUTION - Cleaning
mirror
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner.
Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror. It may
cause the liquid cleaner to enter
the mirror housing.
OJF045227L
OCK047065C
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/15/2019 2:57 PM Page 55
Features of your vehicle
564
(1) Roadside Assist
(2) Voice local search
(3) SOS
(4) Sensor
Outside rearview mirror
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand outside
rearview mirrors.The mirrors can be
adjusted remotely with the remote
switch.The mirror heads can be fold-
ed back to prevent damage during an
automatic vehicle wash or when
passing through a narrow street.
The right outside rearview mirror is
convex. Objects seen in the mirror
are closer than they appear.
Use your interior rearview mirror or
direct observation to determine the
actual distance of following vehicles
when changing lanes.
CAUTION - Rearview
mirror
Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the sur-
face of the glass. If ice should
restrict the movement of the mir-
ror, do not force the mirror for
adjustment.To remove ice, use a
deicer spray, a sponge or soft
cloth with very warm water.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/15/2019 2:57 PM Page 56
457
Features of your vehicle
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force.Use an
approved spray de-icer (not radiator
antifreeze) to release the frozen
mechanism or move the vehicle to a
warm place and allow the ice to melt.
Adjusting outside rearview mirror
The electric remote control mirror
switch allows you to adjust the posi-
tion of the left and right outside
rearview mirrors. To adjust the posi-
tion of either mirror, press the R or L
button (1) to select the right side mir-
ror or the left side mirror, then press a
corresponding point ( ) on the mir-
ror adjustment control to position the
selected mirror up, down, left or right.
After adjustment, press the R or L
button again to prevent the inadver-
tent adjustment.
OJF045033L
CAUTION - Outside
rearview mirrors
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum
adjusting angles, but the
motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer
than necessary, as it may
damage the motor.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
outside rearview mirror by
hand. Doing so may damage
the parts.
WARNING - Mirror
adjustment
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehi-
cle is moving. This could result
in loss of control.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:45 AM Page 57
Features of your vehicle
584
Reverse parking aid function
(if equipped)
While the vehicle is moving in
reverse, the outside rearview mir-
ror(s) will move downward to aid
reverse parking. According to the
position of the outside rearview mir-
ror switch, the outside rearview mir-
ror(s) will operate as follows:
L/R : When the remote control outside
rearview mirror switch is select-
ed to the L (left) or R (right) posi-
tion, both outside rearview mir-
rors will move downward.
Neutral : When the remote control
outside rearview mirror
switch is placed in the mid-
dle position, the outside
rearview mirrors will not
operate while the vehicle is
moving rearward.
The outside rearview mirrors will auto-
matically revert to their original posi-
tions under the following conditions:
1.The ignition switch is in the OFF
position.
2. Shift lever is moved to any position
except R (Reverse).
3. Remote control outside rearview
mirror switch is placed in the middle
position.
Folding the outside rearview mirror
Electric type
The outside rearview mirror can be
folded or unfolded by pressing the
switch when the ignition switch is
ACC or ON position as below.
Left (1) :The mirror will unfold.
Right (2) :The mirror will fold.
OJF045035L
OJFA045110
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:45 AM Page 58
459
Features of your vehicle
Center (AUTO, 3) :
The mirror will fold or unfold automat-
ically as follows:
• The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the folding key or smart key.
• The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by the
button on the outside door handle.
• The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors
closed and locked) with a smart
key in possession.
✽✽
NOTICE - Electric type out-
side rearview mirror
The electric type outside rearview
mirror operates even though the
engine start/stop button is in the
OFF position. However, to prevent
unnecessary battery discharge, do
not adjust the mirrors longer than
necessary while the engine is not
running. Do not fold an electric type
outside rearview mirror by hand.
This could cause motor failure.
CAUTION - Electric type
outside rearview mirror
Do no fold an electric type out-
side rearview mirror by hand.
Doing so could cause motor
failure.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:45 AM Page 59
Features of your vehicle
604
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
OJFA048607C
1.Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5.Warning and indicator lights
6. LCD display
❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the "Gauges" in
this chapter.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:45 AM Page 60
461
Features of your vehicle
Instrument Cluster Control
Adjusting Instrument Cluster
Illumination
The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is changed by
pressing the illumination control button
(“+” or “-”) when the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or the
taillights are turned on.
• If you hold the illumination control
button (“+” or “-”), the brightness
will be changed continuously.
• If the brightness reaches to the
maximum or minimum level, an
alarm will sound.
LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control buttons
on the steering wheel.
OJF045036
OJF048521L
OJFA048518
OJFA048517
■ Type A
■ Type B
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:45 AM Page 61
Features of your vehicle
624
(1) : MODE button for changing
the LCD MODES
(2) / : MOVE scroll switch for
selecting the items
(3) OK : SET/RESET button for set-
ting the items or resetting
the items
❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD
Display” in this chapter.
Gauges
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
in kilometers per hour (km/h) and/or
miles per hour (mph).
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine revo-
lutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the cor-
rect shift points and to prevent lug-
ging and/or over-revving the engine.
OJFA048543C
OJF048132L
CAUTION - Red zone
Do not operate the engine with-
in the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:45 AM Page 62
463
Features of your vehicle
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
This gauge indicates the tempera-
ture of the engine coolant when the
ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop
button is ON.
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the “H”
position, it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an over-
heated engine. If your vehicle over-
heats, refer to “If the Engine
Overheats” in chapter 6.
Fuel Gauge
This gauge indicates the approxi-
mate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
OJF048134L
WARNING - Hot radiator
Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. The
engine coolant is under pres-
sure and could cause severe
burns. Wait until the engine is
cool before adding coolant to
the reservoir.
OJFA048600C
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:45 AM Page 63
Features of your vehicle
644
✽✽
NOTICE
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 8.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a distance to empty mileage,
and/or a low fuel warning light
which will illuminate when the
fuel tank is nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel
gauge pointer may fluctuate or the
low fuel warning light may come
on earlier than usual due to the
movement of fuel in the tank.
✽✽
NOTICE - Fuel gauge
Running out of fuel can expose vehi-
cle occupants to danger. You must
obtain additional fuel as soon as pos-
sible after the warning light comes
on or when the gauge indicator
comes close to the “E (Empty)”
level.
✽✽
NOTICE
The fuel display may not be accu-
rate if the vehicle is on an incline.
Odometer
The odometer Indicates the total dis-
tance that the vehicle has been driv-
en and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should
be performed.
- Odometer range : 0 ~ 1599999 km
or 0 ~ 999999 miles.
CAUTION - Low fuel
Avoid driving with an extremely
low fuel level. Running out of
fuel could cause the engine to
misfire damaging the catalytic
converter.
OJFA048522C
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:45 AM Page 64
465
Features of your vehicle
Outside Temperature Gauge
This gauge indicates the current out-
side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F).
- Temperature range : -40°C ~ 85°C
(-40°F ~ 211°F)
The outside temperature on the dis-
play may not change immediately
like a general thermometer to pre-
vent the driver from being distracted.
The temperature unit can be
changed from °C to °F or from °F to
°C by using the “User Settings” mode
of the LCD display.
❈ For more details, refer to “LCD
Display” in this chapter.
Transmission Shift Indicator
Automatic Transmission Shift
Indicator
This indicator displays which auto-
matic transmission shift lever is
selected.
•Park :P
• Reverse : R
• Neutral : N
•Drive :D
• Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
OJF048524
OJFHP048523
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 65
Features of your vehicle
664
LCD DISPLAY
❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.
LCD Modes
Modes Symbol Explanation
Trip Computer
This mode displays driving information such as the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.
❈ For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.
Turn by Turn mode
(if equipped)
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
Assist mode
(if equipped)
This mode displays the state of below systems.
- Lane Keeping Assist (Refer to “Lane keeping Assist (LKA) system” in chapter 5)
- Driving Attention Warning (Refer to “Driving Attention Warning (DAW) system” in chap-
ter 5)
- Tire Pressure(Refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in chapter 6)
❈ For more details, refer to chapter 5 and 6.
User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and so on.
Master warning
mode
This mode informs of warning messages related to Low tire pressure or malfunction of
Blind-spot Collision Warning and so on.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/17/2019 4:37 PM Page 66
467
Features of your vehicle
Trip computer mode
This mode displays driving information
like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and
so on.
❈ For more details, refer to “Trip
Computer” in this chapter.
Turn By Turn mode (if equipped)
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
Assist mode (if equipped)
OJF048525L OJFA048526C
OJF048551L
OJF048552L
OJF068263L
■ LKA
■ DAW
■ TPMS
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 67
Features of your vehicle
684
Assist mode displays the state of
below systems.
- Lane Keeping Assist
- Driver Attention Warning
- Tire Pressure
Service mode
When Service Required is set, the
remaining distance/time before serv-
ice is required appears on the LCD
screen.
From the point at which the remain-
ing distance to drive amounts to
1,500 km (900 mi) or the remaining
time amounts to 30 days, The
Service Required message auto-
matically displays and remains on
the LCD screen for a number of sec-
onds every time the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button is ON.
When Service Required is set a
Service Required Alarm message
pops up when an aggregated
amount of miles/time driven reaches
a certain point.
With Service Required mode, press
OK button for more than 5 sec. The
values will return to initial setting val-
ues.
❈For more details about Service
Required Setting refer to user
Settings Mode in this chapter.
❈Service Required Setting
In the event of Battery Cable
Disconnection or Fuse Switch
turned OFF, the Service Required
Setting values (an amount of
miles/time driven) may change. In
such cases, re-enter Service
Required Setting values.
OJFA048529C
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 68
469
Features of your vehicle
Master warning mode
(if equipped)
• This warning light informs the driv-
er of the following situations
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blind
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
- Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS) malfunction
The Master Warning Light illumi-
nates if one or more of the above
warning situations occur.
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned
off.
User Settings Mode
Description
On this mode, you can change set-
ting of the doors, lamps, and so on.
Shift to P to edit settings
This warning message appears if
you try to adjust the User Settings
while driving.
For your safety, change the User
Settings after parking the vehicle,
applying the parking brake and mov-
ing the shift lever to P (Park).
OJF048553L
WARNING
Do not adjust the User Setting
while driving.
You may lose your steering con-
trol which could cause an acci-
dent and bodily injury.
OJF048554L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 69
Features of your vehicle
704
Driver Assistance (if equipped)
• Driver Attention Warning :
- Choose the alert stage (High
sensitivity/Normal sensitivity/Off)
of the Driver Attention Warning.
❈For more details, refer to “Driver
Attention Warning (DAW)” in chap-
ter 5.
• Lane Safety :
- Active LKA :To activate the active
LKA mode.
- Standard LKA : To activate the
standard LKA mode.
- Lane Departure Warning :To acti-
vate the lane departure warning
function.
❈For more details, refer to “Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) System” in
chapter 5.
• Forward Collision-avoidance Assist
(FCA) :
- To activate or deactivate the FCA
system.
❈For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA)”
in chapter 5.
• Forward Collision Warning :
- Choose the inital warning alert
time of the forward collision warn-
ing. (Late/Normal/Early)
❈For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA)”
in chapter 5.
• Blind-Spot Collision Warning
Timing :
- Choose the initial warning alert
time of the blind-spot collision
warning timing. (Normal/Late)
❈For more details, refer to
“Blind-Spot Collision Warning” in
chapter 5.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning :
- If this item is checked, the rear
cross-traffic collision Warning
function will be activated.
❈For more details, refer to “Blind-spot
Collision Warning” in chapter 5.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 70
471
Features of your vehicle
Door
• Automatically Lock :
- Enable on Speed : All doors will
be automatically locked when the
vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h
(9.3 mph).
- Enable on Shift : All doors will be
automatically locked if the trans-
mission shift lever is shifted from
the P (Park) position to the R
(Reverse), N (Neutral), or D
(Drive) position.
• Automatically Unlock :
- Disable : The auto door unlock
operation will be canceled.
- Vehicle Off/On key out : All doors
will be automatically unlocked
when the ignition key is removed
from the ignition switch or the
Engine Start/Stop button is set to
the OFF position.
- On Shift to P : All doors will be
automatically unlocked if the
automatic transmission shift lever
is shifted to the P (Park) position.
• Two Press Unlock :
- If this item is checked, the two
press unlock will be activated.
The driver's door will unlock if the
door unlock button is pressed.
When the door unlock button is
pressed again within 4 seconds,
the remaining doors will unlock.
• Horn Feedback :
- If this item is checked, the horn
feedback function will be activat-
ed.
• Smart Trunk (if equipped) :
- If this item is checked, the smart
trunk function will be activated.
❈For more details, refer to “Smart
Trunk” in this chapter.
Lights
• One Touch Turn Signal :
- Off: The one touch turn signal
function will be deactivated.
- 3, 5, 7 Flashes :The lane change
signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times
when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
❈For more details, refer to “Lighting”
in this chapter.
• Headlight Delay :
- If this item is checked, the head
lamp delay function will be acti-
vated.
❈For more details, refer to “Lighting”
in this chapter.
• Welcome Light(if equipped) :
- If this item is checked, the wel-
come light function will be activat-
ed.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 71
Features of your vehicle
724
Sound
• Parking Distance Warning Volume
(if equipped) :
- Adjust the Park Assist System
volume. (Level 1 ~ 3)
• Welcome Sound (if equipped) :
- If this item is checked, the wel-
come sound function will be acti-
vated.
Convenience
• Seat Easy Access (if equipped) :
- Off : The seat easy access func-
tion will be deactivated.
- Normal/Extended : When you
turn off the engine, the driver’s
seat will automatically move rear
7.6 cm (3 in.) (Enhanced) for you
to enter or exit the vehicle more
comfortably.
If you change the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button from
OFF position to the ACC position,
the driver’s seat will return to the
original position.
❈For more details, refer to “Driver
Position Memory System” in chap-
ter 3.
• Welcome Mirror/Light (if equipped) :
- If this item is checked, the wel-
come mirror/light function will be
activated.
• Wiper/Light Display (if equipped) :
- If this item is checked, the
wiper/light display will be activated.
• Gear Position Pop-up (if equipped) :
- If this item is checked, the gear
position pop-up display will be
activated.
• Icy Road Warning (if equipped) :
- If this item is checked, the icy
road warning display will be acti-
vated.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 72
473
Features of your vehicle
Service interval
• Enable Service Interval :
- To activate or deactivate the serv-
ice interval function.
• Adjust Interval :
- To adjust the interval by mileage
and period.
• Reset :
- To reset the service interval func-
tion.
Other
• Fuel Economy Reset :
- If this item checked, the average
fuel economy will reset automati-
cally after refueling or after igni-
tion.
• Fuel Economy Unit :
- Choose the fuel economy unit.
(L/100 km/L, km/L, US gallon, UK
gallon)
• Temperature Unit :
- Choose the temperature unit.
(°C,°F)
• Tire Pressure Unit (if equipped) :
- Choose the tire pressure unit.
(psi, kPa, bar)
Language (if equipped)
Choose the language.
Reset
You can reset the menus in the User
Settings Mode.All menus in the User
Settings Mode are initialized, except
language and service interval.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 73
Features of your vehicle
744
The trip computer is a microcomput-
er-controlled driver information sys-
tem that displays information related
to driving.
✽✽
NOTICE
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer (for example
Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the
battery is disconnected.
Trip Modes Fuel Economy
Average Fuel Economy (1)
• The average fuel economy is calcu-
lated by the total driving distance
and fuel consumption since the last
average fuel economy reset.
- Fuel economy range : 0 ~ 99.9
L/100km or MPG
• The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automati-
cally.
TRIP MODES (TRIP COMPUTER)
To change the trip mode, scroll the
TRIP scroll switch ( / ) in the trip
computer mode.
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
Accumulated Info
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
Digital speedometer
Drive Info
• Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
Fuel Economy
OJFA048550C
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 74
475
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
The fuel economy may vary signifi-
cantly based on driving conditions,
driving habits, and condition of the
vehicle.
Manual reset
To reset average fuel economy manu-
ally, press the OK button (reset) on
the steering wheel for more than 1
second when the average fuel econ-
omy is displayed.
Automatic reset
To make the average fuel economy
reset automatically whenever refuel-
ing, select the “Auto Reset” mode in
User Setting menu of the LCD display
(Refer to “LCD Display”).
• OFF - You may set to default manu-
ally by using the trip switch reset but-
ton.
• After ignition - The vehicle will auto-
matically set to default once 4 hours
pass after the Ignition is in OFF.
• After refueling - After refueling more
than 6 liters and driving over 1km/h,
the vehicle will reset to default auto-
matically.
✽✽
NOTICE
For a more accurate calculation of
the average fuel economy, the vehi-
cle must be continuously driven
more than 10 seconds and 50 meters
(0.03 miles).
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 75
Features of your vehicle
764
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
• This mode displays the instant fuel
economy during the last few sec-
onds when the vehicle speed is
more than 8 km/h (5 MPH).
- Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 30
L/100 km or 0 ~ 50 MPG
Accumulated driving information
mode
Displays accumulated information
starting from mileage/fuel
efficiency/time default point.
• Accumulated information is calcu-
lated after the vehicle has run for
more than 300 meters.
• If you press “OK” button for more
than 1 second after the Cumulative
Information is displayed, the infor-
mation will be reset.
• If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the
information will be accumulated.
One time driving information mode
The vehicle will display Driving
Information once per one ignition
cycle.
- Fuel efficiency is calculated after
the vehicle has run for more than
300 meters.
- The Driving Information will be
reset 4 hours after ignition has
been turned off.So, when the vehi-
cle ignition is turned on within 4
hours, the information will not be
reset.
- If you press “OK” button for more
than 1 second after the Driving
Information is displayed, the infor-
mation will be reset.
OJFA048551C
OJFA048552C
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 76
477
Features of your vehicle
- If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the infor-
mation will be accumulated.
Digital speedometer
This mode displays the current
speed of the vehicle.
Warning Messages
Shift to P position
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates if
you try to turn off the engine without
the shift lever in P (Park) position.
• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop
Button turns to the ACC position (If
you press the Engine Start/Stop
Button once more, it will turn to the
ON position).
Low Key Battery
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the battery of the smart key is
discharged when the Engine
Start/Stop Button changes to the
OFF position.
OJFA048553C
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 77
Features of your vehicle
784
Press start button while turn
steering (for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the steering wheel does not
unlock normally when the Engine
Start/Stop Button is pressed.
• It means that you should press the
Engine Start/Stop Button while turn-
ing the steering wheel right and left.
Steering wheel unlocked
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the steering wheel does not lock
when the Engine Start/Stop Button
changes to the OFF position.
Check steering wheel lock sys-
tem (for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the steering wheel does not lock
normally when the Engine
Start/Stop Button changes to the
OFF position.
Press brake pedal to start engine
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the Engine Start/Stop Button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the brake pedal.
• It means that you should depress
the brake pedal to start the engine.
Key not in vehicle
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the smart key is not in the vehicle
when you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button.
• It means that you should always
have the smart key with you.
Key not detected
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the smart key is not detected
when you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 78
479
Features of your vehicle
Press start button again
(for smart key system)
• It means that you could start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/ Stop Button once more.
• If the warning illuminates each
time you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button, have your vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Press start button with key
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if you press the Engine Start/Stop
Button while the warning message
“Key not detected” is illuminating.
• At this time, the immobilizer indica-
tor light blinks.
Check fuse BRAKE SWITCH
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the brake switch fuse is blown.
• It means that you should replace
the fuse with a new one. If that is
not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in
the ACC position.
Shift to P or N to start engine
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if you try to start the engine with
the shift lever not in the P (Park) or
N (Neutral) position.
✽✽
NOTICE
You can start the engine with the
shift lever in the N (Neutral) position;
however; we recommend that you
start the engine with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position for your safety.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 79
Features of your vehicle
804
Door / Hood / Trunk Open
• It means that a door, hood, or trunk
is open.
• The hood warning message will
appear on the LCD display when
hood is open.
The warning chime will operate
when the vehicle is being driven at
or above 3 km/h (2 mph) with the
hood open.
Sunroof Open (if equipped)
• The warning message illuminates
if you turn off the engine and then
open the driver's door when the
sunroof is open.
Window Open (if equipped)
• This warning message illuminates
if you turn off the engine when any
window is open.
OJF048534 OJF048535 OJF048576L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 80
481
Features of your vehicle
Icy Road Warning (if equipped)
• This warning pop-up message and
light are to warn the driver the road
may be icy.
When the Outside Temperature is
below approximately 4°C (39°F),
- The warning light (including
Outside Temperature) blinks 5
times and then illuminates.
- The warning pop-up message dis-
plays, and the warning chime
sounds once at the same time only
once for each ignition cycle.
If this item is checked in “User set-
tings”, this function will be activated.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the icy road warning light appears
while driving, you should drive
more attentively and safely refrain-
ing from over-speeding, rapid accel-
eration, sudden braking or sharp
turning, etc.
Low Washer Fluid (if equipped)
• This warning message illuminates
on the service reminder mode if
the washer fluid level in the reser-
voir is nearly empty.
• It means that you should refill the
washer fluid.
Turn on FUSE SWITCH
• This warning message illuminates
if the fuse switch on the fuse box is
OFF.
• It means that you should turn the
fuse switch on.
❈For more details, refer to “Fuses”in
chapter 7.
OJF048575L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 81
Features of your vehicle
824
Low Fuel
• This warning message illuminates
if the fuel tank is nearly empty.
- When the low fuel level warning
light is illuminated, add fuel as
soon as possible.
- When the trip computer displays
“--- km (or mile)” as range.
Check high beam assist system
• This warning message illuminates
if the high beam assist system has
a malfunction. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Check headlight
• This warning message illuminates
if there is a malfunction (burned-
out bulb or circuit malfunction) with
the headlamp. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
• When replacing the bulb, use the
same wattage bulb.
For more information, refer to
“BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 8.
• If different wattage bulb is
equipped with the vehicle, this
warning message is not displayed.
Check Forward Collision-
avoidance Assist system
• This warning message illuminates
if there is a malfunction with the
Forward Collision-avoidance Assist
(FCA) system. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
❈For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision-avoidance Assist(FCA)
system” in chapter 5.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/15/2019 2:57 PM Page 82
483
Features of your vehicle
Battery discharging due to exter-
nal electrical devices(if equipped)
• This message is displayed when
an excessive current draw is being
detected. Be aware that battery
discharge may occur if aftermarket
accessories are installed (i.e.
device charging adapters, vehicle
locators, video players, etc.).
If aftermarket devices are not
installed or have been removed
and the warning message remains,
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 83
Features of your vehicle
844
Warning lights
✽✽
NOTICE - Warning lights
Make sure that all warning lights
are OFF after starting the engine. If
any light is still ON, this indicates a
situation that needs attention.
Air bag Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
Recommend you have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver
that the seat belt is not fastened.
❈ For more details, refer to the “Seat
Belts” in chapter 3.
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 84
485
Features of your vehicle
Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds
• When the parking brake is applied,
the warning light will remain on.
• When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in
reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir
is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (For more details,
refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7).
Then check all brake components
for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the
brake system are still found, the
warning light remains on, or the
brakes do not operate properly, do
not drive the vehicle.
In this case, have your vehicle
towed to an authorized Kia dealer
and inspected.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
diagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual sys-
tems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, greater pedal pressure will
be required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will require
increased stopping distance with
only a portion of the brake system
working.
If the brakes fail while you are driv-
ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-
al engine braking and stop the vehi-
cle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Driving the vehicle with a warning
light ON is dangerous. If the Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
illuminate with the parking brake
released, it indicates that the brake
fluid level is low.
In this case, have your vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 85
Features of your vehicle
864
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ABS the warning light will
remain on.The braking system will
be operational without the assis-
tance of the anti-lock brake sys-
tem.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Electronic
Brake force
Distribution
(EBD) System
Warning Light
These two warning lights illuminate at
the same time while driving:
• When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING - Electronic
Brake force Distribution
(EBD) System Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking thereby
increasing the risk of a crash
and injury. In this case, avoid
high speed driving and abrupt
braking. Have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 86
487
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE - Electronic Brake
force Distribution (EBD)
System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on
or both the ABS and the Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the speedometer,
odometer, or tripmeter may not
work. Also, the EPS Warning Light
may illuminate and the steering
effort may increase or decrease.
Recommend to have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia deal-
er as soon as possible.
Electric Power Steering
(EPS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When the ignition is moved to ON,
the warning light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and turns off
automatically if no problem.
• When the warning light illuminates
while driving, it indicates that there
is a problem with the electric power
steering system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
the emission control system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 87
Features of your vehicle
884
Charging System
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system.
If there is a malfunction with either
the alternator or electrical charging
system:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness
or breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly,
there may be a problem in the
electrical charging system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
Engine Oil Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 7).
If the level is low, add oil as
required.
If the warning light remains on
after adding oil or if oil is not avail-
able, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
CAUTION - Catalytic
Converter Damage
If the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten-
tial catalytic converter damage
is possible which could result in
loss of engine power.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
CAUTION - Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission
control systems which could
affect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 88
489
Features of your vehicle
If the warning light stays on while the
engine is running, it indicates that
there may be serious engine dam-
age or malfunction. In this case,
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is
safe to do so.
2.Turn off the engine and check the
oil level.If the oil level is low, fill the
engine oil to the proper level.
3. Start the engine again.If the warn-
ing light stays on after the engine
is started, turn the engine off
immediately. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Low Tire Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated.
❈For more details, refer to “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)” in chapter 6.
This warning light remains on after
blinking for approximately 60 seconds
or repeats blinking on and off at the
intervals of approximately 3 seconds:
• When there is a malfunction with
the TPMS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
❈For more details, refer to “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)” in chapter 6.
CAUTION - Engine
damage
If the engine is not stopped
immediately after the engine oil
pressure warning light is illumi-
nated and stays on while the
engine is running, serious
engine damage may result.
CAUTION - Engine
Overheating
Do not continue driving with the
engine overheated. Otherwise,
the engine may be damaged.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 89
Features of your vehicle
904
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slow-
ly move to a safe position off the
road.
Master Warning light
(if equipped)
• This warning light informs the driv-
er of the following situations
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blind
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
- Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS) malfunction
The Master Warning Light illumi-
nates if one or more of the above
warning situations occur.
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned
off.
Forward Collision-avoid-
ance Assist Warning
light (FCA)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When there is a malfunction with
the FCA.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia deal-
er.
WARNING - Low tire
pressure
• Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable
and can contribute to loss of
vehicle control and increased
braking distances.
• Continued driving on low pres-
sure tires will cause the tires to
overheat and fail.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 90
491
Features of your vehicle
Indicator Lights
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ESC system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
❈For more details, refer to
“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”
in chapter 5.
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) OFF
Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate the ESC sys-
tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-
ton.
❈For more details, refer to
“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”
in chapter 5.
Immobilizer Indicator
Light (Without Smart Key)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the vehicle detects the
appropriate key with immobilizer in
your vehicle while the ignition is
ON.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks:
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 91
Features of your vehicle
924
Immobilizer Indicator
Light (With Smart Key)
This indicator light illuminates for up
to 30 seconds:
• When the vehicle detects the
appropriate smart key with immo-
bilizer in your vehicle while the
Engine Start/Stop Button is ACC or
ON.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
• When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine.
This indicator light illuminates for 2
seconds and goes off:
• When the vehicle can not detect
the smart key which is in the vehi-
cle while the Engine Start/Stop
Button is ON.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
• When the battery of the smart key
is weak.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine.However, you can start the
engine if you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button with the smart
key. (For more details, refer to
“Starting the Engine”in chapter 5).
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Turn Signal Indicator
Light
This indicator light blinks:
• When you turn the turn signal light
on.
If any of the following occurs, there
may be a malfunction with the turn
signal system.In this case, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
- The indicator light does not blink
but illuminates.
- The indicator light blinks more
rapidly.
- The indicator light does not illumi-
nate at all.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 92
493
Features of your vehicle
High Beam Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
High beam assist
indicator
This warning light illuminates :
• When the high-Beam is on with the
light switch in the AUTO light posi-
tion.
• If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, the High beam
assist system will switch the high
beam to low beam automatically.
❈For more details, refer to "High
beam assist" in this chapter.
Front Fog Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the front fog lights are on.
Light ON Indicator Light
This indicator light illumi-
nates:
• When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 93
Features of your vehicle
944
Cruise Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control system is
enabled.
❈For more details, refer to “Cruise
Control System” in chapter 5.
Cruise SET Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control speed is set.
❈For more details, refer to “Cruise
Control System” in chapter 5.
LKA (Lane Keeping
Assist) System Indicator
This indicator light illuminates :
• When you turn the lane keeping
assistant system on by pressing
the LKA button.
If there is a problem with the sys-
tem, the yellow LKA indicator will
illuminate.
❈For more details, refer to “Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) System” in
chapter 5.
WARNING - Distracted
driving
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle con-
trol that may lead to an acci-
dent, severe personal injury,
and death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle sys-
tems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a
vehicle or which are not permis-
sible by law should never be
used during operation of the
vehicle.
CRUISE
SET
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 94
495
Features of your vehicle
ECO Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates :
• When the Active ECO system is
activated by pressing the DRIVE
mode button.
• The ECO indicator (green) will illu-
minate to show that the Active
ECO is operating.
❈For more details, refer to “Drive
Mode Integrated Control System"
in chapter 5.
SPORT Mode Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you select “SPORT” mode
as drive mode.
❈For more details, refer to “Drive
Mode Integrated Control System”
in chapter 5.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 95
Features of your vehicle
964
The parking distance warning-reverse
assists the driver during backward
movement of the vehicle by chiming if
any object is sensed within a distance
of 120 cm (47 in.) behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental system
and it is not intended to nor does it
replace the need for extreme care and
attention of the driver. The sensing
range and objects detectable by the
back sensors (➀) are limited.
Whenever backing-up, pay as much
attention to what is behind you as you
would in a vehicle without a parking
distance warning-reverse.
Operation of the parking dis-
tance warning-reverse
Operating condition
• This system will activate when the
indicator on the parking distance
warning-reverse OFF button is not
illuminated. If you desire to deacti-
vate the parking distance warning-
reverse, press the parking distance
warning-reverse OFF button again.
(The indicator on the button will
illuminate.) To turn the system on,
press the button again. (The indi-
cator on the button will go off.)
If the vehicle is moving at a speed
over 5 km/h (3 mph), the system
may not be activated.
• This system will activate when
backing up with the ignition switch
ON.
If the vehicle is moving at a speed
over 5 km/h (3 mph), the system
may not be activated correctly.
• The sensing distance while the
back-up warning system is in oper-
ation is approximately 120 cm (47
in.) at the rear bumper center area,
60 cm (23.5 in.) at the rear bumper
side area.
PARKING DISTANCE WARNING-REVERSE
WARNING - Parking dis-
tance warning-reverse
Never rely solely on the park-
ing distance warning-reverse.
Always perform a visual
inspection to make sure the
vehicle is clear of all obstruc-
tions before moving the vehicle
in any direction. Stop immedi-
ately if you are aware of a child
anywhere near your vehicle.
Some objects may not be
detected by the sensors, due to
the object's size or material.
OJF048039L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 96
497
Features of your vehicle
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the clos-
est one will be recognized first.
Types of warning sound
• When an object is 120 cm to 61 cm
(47 in. to 24 in.) from the rear
bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit-
tently.
• When an object is 60 cm to 31 cm
(24 in. to 12 in.) from the rear
bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre-
quently.
• When an object is within 40 cm (16
in.) of the rear bumper:
Buzzer sounds continuously.
Non-operational conditions of
parking distance warning-
reverse
The parking distance warning-
reverse may not operate properly
when:
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor.(It
will operate normally once the
moisture clears.)
2.The sensor is covered with foreign
matter, such as snow or water, or
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
operate normally when the materi-
al is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
3. Driving on uneven road surfaces
(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,
gradient).
4.Objects generating excessive
noise (vehicle horns, loud motor-
cycle engines, or truck air brakes)
are within range of the sensor.
5. Rain or water spray exists.
6.Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are within range of the
sensor.
7.The sensor is covered with snow.
8.Trailer towing
The detecting range may decrease
when:
1.The sensor is covered with foreign
matter such as snow or water.
(The sensing range will return to
normal when removed.)
2.Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
1. Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
2. Objects which tend to absorb the
sensor frequency such as clothes,
sound absorbent material or snow.
3. Undetectable objects smaller than
1 m (40 in.) in height and narrower
than 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 97
Features of your vehicle
984
Parking distance warning-
reverse precautions
• The parking distance warning-
reverse may not sound consistent-
ly depending on the speed and
shapes of the objects detected.
• The parking distance warning-
reverse may malfunction if the vehi-
cle bumper height or sensor instal-
lation has been modified or dam-
aged. Any non-factory installed
equipment or accessories may also
interfere with the sensor perform-
ance.
• The sensor may not recognize
objects less than 40 cm (15 in.)
from the sensor, or it may sense an
incorrect distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is frozen or cov-
ered with snow, dirt, or water, the
sensor may be inoperative until the
material is removed using a soft
cloth.
• To prevent damage, do not push,
scratch or strike the sensor.
✽✽
NOTICE
This system can only sense objects
within the range and location of the
sensors. It cannot detect objects in
other areas where sensors are not
installed. Also, small or slim objects,
such as poles or objects located
between sensors may not be detected
by the sensors.
Always visually check behind the
vehicle when backing up.
Be sure to inform any drivers of the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
the system regarding the systems
capabilities and limitations.
Self-diagnosis
If you don’t hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-
mittently when shifting the gear to the
R (Reverse) position, this may indi-
cate a malfunction in the parking dis-
tance warning-reverse. If this occurs,
have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
✽✽
NOTICE
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occu-
pants due to a parking distance
warning-reverse malfunction.
Always drive safely and cautiously.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 98
499
Features of your vehicle
The rear view monitor will activate
with the ignition switch ON and the
shift lever in the R (Reverse) position.
The system is a supplemental sys-
tem that shows the area behind the
vehicle through the audio screen
while backing up.
• This system is a supplemental sys-
tem only. It is the responsibility of
the driver to always check the
inside/outside rearview mirrors and
the area behind the vehicle before
and while backing up.
• Always keep the camera lens
clean. If lens is covered with for-
eign matter, the camera may not
operate normally.
REAR VIEW MONITOR
WARNING - Backing &
using camera
Never rely solely on the rear view
camera. You must always use
methods of viewing the area
behind you including looking
over each shoulders as well as
continuously checking all three
rear view mirrors. Due to the dif-
ficulty of ensuring that the area
behind you remains clear, always
back-up slowly and stop immedi-
ately if you suspect that a per-
son, and especially a child, might
be behind you.
OJF048042
OJFH046043N
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 99
Features of your vehicle
1004
Battery saver function
• The purpose of this feature is to
prevent the battery from being dis-
charged if the lights are left in the
ON position.The system automati-
cally shuts off the parking lights 30
seconds after the ignition key is
removed and the driver’s door is
opened and closed.
• With this feature, the parking lights
will turn off automatically if the driver
parks on the side of the road at night
and opens the driver’s side door.
If necessary, to keep the parking
lights on when the ignition key is
removed, perform the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and
ON again using the light switch
on the steering column.
Daytime running light
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
can make it easier for others to see
the front of your vehicle during the
day. DRL can be helpful in many dif-
ferent driving conditions, and it is
especially helpful after dawn and
before sunset.
The DRL system turns OFF when:
1.The headlight switch is ON.
2.The engine is OFF.
3.The parking brake is engaged.
Lighting control
The light switch has a Headlight and
a Parking light position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) Auto light position
(3) Parking & Tail light
(4) Headlight position
LIGHTING
OUM044053
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 100
4101
Features of your vehicle
Parking & Tail light ( )
When the light switch is in the park-
ing light position, the tail, license and
instrument panel lights will turn ON.
Headlight position ( )
When the light switch is in the head-
light position, the head, tail, license
lights will turn ON.
✽✽
NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlights.
Auto light position
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the taillights and head-
lights will turn ON or OFF automati-
cally depending on the amount of
outside light the auto light sensor
receives.
OJFA048375N OJF045050OJFA048374N
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 101
Features of your vehicle
1024
High beam operation
To turn on the high beam headlamp,
push the lever away from you. The
lever will return to its original position.
To turn off the high beam headlamps,
pull the lever towards you.It will return
to the normal (low beam) position
when released.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlight high beams are
switched on. To prevent the battery
from being discharged, do not leave
the lights on for a prolonged time while
the engine is not running.
WARNING - High beams
Do not use high beam when
there are other vehicles in front
of your vehicle. Using high
beam could obstruct the other
driver’s vision.
OJF045054
CAUTION
• Never put anything over the
light sensor (1). This will
impede operation of the auto-
light system control.
• Do not clean the sensor using
a window cleaner as the clean-
er may leave a light film which
could interfere with the sen-
sor's operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of metallic coat-
ing on the front windshield,
the Auto light system may not
work properly.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 102
4103
Features of your vehicle
To flash the headlight high beams,
pull the lever towards you. It will
return to the normal (low beam) posi-
tion when released. The headlight
switch does not need to be on to use
this flashing feature.
High Beam Assist
The High Beam Assist is a system
that automatically adjusts the head-
lamp range (switches between high
beam and low beam) according to
the brightness of other vehicles and
road conditions.
Operating condition
1.Place the light switch in the AUTO
position.
2.Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you.
3.The High Beam Assist ( ) indica-
tor will illuminate.
4.The High Beam Assist will turn on
when vehicle speed is above 40
km/h (25 mph).
5.The details of operation with the
light switch while the High Beam
Assist is on are below.
(1) If the light switch is pushed
away, the High Beam Assist will
turn off and the high beam will
be on.
(2) If the light switch is pulled
towards you when the high
beam is off, the high beam will
be on without cancellation of
the High Beam Assist. (When
you hands off, the lever will
move to the middle and the
high beam will turn off.)
OJFA048376N
OJF045052
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 103
Features of your vehicle
1044
(3) If the light switch is pulled
towards you when the high
beam is on by the High Beam
Assist, the low beam will be on
and the High Beam Assist will
turn off.
(4) If the light switch is turned to
the headlamp position ( )
from AUTO position, the High
Beam Assist will turn off and
the low beam will be on.
When the High Beam Assist is oper-
ating, the high beam switches to low
beam in the following conditions.
• When the headlamp is detected
from the on-coming vehicle.
• When the tail lamp is detected
from the front vehicle.
• When headlamp/tail lamp of bicy-
cle/motorcycle is detected.
• When the surrounding is so bright
that high beams are not needed.
• When streetlights or other lights
are detected.
• When the light switch is not in the
AUTO position.
• When the High Beam Assist is off.
• When vehicle speed is below 24
km/h (15 mph).
Warning light and message
When the High Beam Assist System
is not working properly, the warning
message will come on for a few sec-
ond. After the message disappears,
the master warning light ( ) will
illuminate. Take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
OJF045194L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 104
4105
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• When front visibility is poor
- When the lamp of the on-com-
ing or front vehicle is covered
with dust, snow or water.
- When the light from the on-
coming or front vehicle is not
detected because of exhaust
fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.
- When the front window is cov-
ered with foreign matters.
- When it is hard to see because
of fog,heavy rain or snow and
etc.
(Continued)
- When headlamp aiming is not
properly adjusted.
- When driving on a narrow
curved road, rough road,
downhill or uphill.
- When only part of the vehicle
in front is visible on a cross-
road or curved road.
- When there is a traffic light,
reflecting sign, flashing sign
or mirror ahead.
- When there is a temporary
reflector or flash ahead (con-
struction area).
- When the road conditions are
bad such as being wet,iced or
covered with snow.
- When a vehicle suddenly
appears from a curve.
- When the vehicle is tilted from
a flat tire or being towed.
(Continued)
CAUTION
The High Beam Assist system
may not work properly in the fol-
lowing situations:
• When the light from on-coming
or front vehicle is poor
- When the light from the on-
coming or front vehicle is not
detected because of lamp
damage, hidden from sight,
etc.
- When the lamp of the on-com-
ing or front vehicle is covered
with dust, snow or water.
- When the front vehicle's head-
lamps are off but the fog
lamps on and etc.
• When external condition is
intervened
- When there is a similar shape
lamp with the front vehicle's
lamps.
- When the headlamp is not
repaired or replaced at an
authorized dealer.
(Continued)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 105
Features of your vehicle
1064
✽✽
NOTICE
• Do not disassemble a front view
camera temporarily for tinted
window or attaching any types of
coatings and accessories. If you
disassemble the camera and
assemble it again, take your vehi-
cle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked to
need a calibration.
• When you replace or reinstall the
windshield glass or front view
camera, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have
the system checked.
• Be careful that water doesn't get
into the High Beam Assist unit and
do not remove or damage parts of
the High Beam Assist system.
• Do not place objects on the dash
board that reflect light such as
mirrors, white paper, etc. The sys-
tem may not be able to function if
sunlight is reflected.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• At times, the High Beam Assist
may not operate due to system
limitations. The system is for your
convenience only.
It is the responsibility of the driv-
er to drive safely and always check
the road conditions.
• When the system does not operate
normally, change the lamp posi-
tion manually between the high
beam and low beam.
Turn signals and lane change
signals
The ignition switch must be on for the
turn signals to function. To turn on
the turn signals, move the lever up or
down (A).The green arrow indicators
on the instrument panel indicate
which turn signal is operating.
They will self-cancel after a turn is
completed. If the indicator continues
to flash after a turn, manually return
the lever to the OFF position.
To signal a lane change, move the
turn signal lever slightly and hold it in
position (B). The lever will return to
the OFF position when released.
OUM044060
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 106
4107
Features of your vehicle
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
✽✽
NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connec-
tion in the circuit.
Check headlight
This warning message illuminates if
there is a malfunction (burned-out
bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal-
function) with the headlamp. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
• When replacing the bulb, use the
same wattage bulb.
For more information, refer to
“BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 8.
• If a different wattage bulb is
installed on the vehicle, this warn-
ing message is not displayed.
Front fog light
Fog lights are used to provide
improved visibility when visibility is
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.The
fog lights will turn on when the fog light
switch (1) is turned to the on position
after the headlights are turned on.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the
switch (1) to the off position.
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor.
OJF045058OJFA055274
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 107
Features of your vehicle
1084
A :Wiper speed control (front)
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· INT – Intermittent wipe
AUTO* – Auto control wipe
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
B : Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment
C :Wash with brief wipes (front)*
Windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the igni-
tion switch is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
move the lever to this (MIST)
position and release it. The
wipers will operate continu-
ously if the lever is held in this
position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation
INT :Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in light rain or mist.
To vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob.
LO : Normal wiper speed
HI : Fast wiper speed
✽✽
NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield, defrost
the windshield for about 10 minutes,
or until the snow and/or ice is
removed before using the windshield
wipers to ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or
ice before using the wiper and wash-
er, it may damage the wiper and
washer system.
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Windshield wiper/washer
OJFA048231MX
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 108
4109
Features of your vehicle
Auto control
The rain sensor (A) located on the
upper end of the windshield glass
senses the amount of rainfall and
controls the wiping cycle for the
proper interval.The more it rains, the
faster the wiper operates. When the
rain stops, the wiper stops.
To vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control knob (1).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
mode when the ignition switch is ON,
the wiper will operate once to per-
form a self-check of the system. Set
the wiper to OFF position when the
wiper is not in use.
CAUTION
• When washing the vehicle, set
the wiper switch in the OFF
position to stop the auto wiper
operation.
The wiper may operate and be
damaged if the switch is set in
the AUTO mode while washing
the vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor
cover located on the upper
end of the passenger side
windshield glass. Damage to
system parts could occur and
may not be covered by your
vehicle warranty.
(Continued)
OJFA048062MX
■ Type A
WARNING
When the ignition switch is ON
and the windshield wiper switch
is placed in the AUTO mode, use
caution in the following situa-
tions to avoid any injury to the
hands or other parts of the body:
• Do not touch the upper end of
the windshield glass facing
the rain sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of
the windshield glass with a
damp or wet cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 109
Features of your vehicle
1104
Front windshield washers
In the OFF position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles.
Use this function when the wind-
shield is dirty.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level.If the fluid level
is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive windshield
washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in
the front of the engine compartment
on the passenger side.
CAUTION - Washer pump
To prevent possible damage to
the washer pump, do not oper-
ate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
WARNING - Obscured
visibility
Do not use the washer in freez-
ing temperatures without first
warming the windshield with
the defrosters; the washer solu-
tion could freeze on the wind-
shield and obscure your vision.
(Continued)
• When starting the vehicle in
winter, set the wiper switch in
the OFF position. Otherwise,
wipers may operate and ice
may damage the windshield
wiper blades. Always remove
all snow and ice and defrost
the windshield properly prior
to operating the windshield
wipers.
OJFA048063MX
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 110
4111
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION -Wipers &
windshields
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or
other solvents on or near them.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other compo-
nents, do not attempt to move
the wipers manually.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 111
Features of your vehicle
1124
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine is
not running.
It may cause battery discharge.
Automatic turn off function
The interior lights automatically turn
off approximately 20 minutes after
the ignition switch is turned off, if the
lights are in the ON position.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
theft alarm system, the interior lights
automatically turn off approximately
5 seconds after the system is armed.
Room lamp
• :The light stays on at all times.
INTERIOR LIGHTS
WARNING - Interior
Lights
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark.
Accidents could happen
because the driver’s view may
be obscured by interior lights.
OJF045066
OJF045067
OJF045068
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type C
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 112
4113
Features of your vehicle
Map lamp
• Press the lens (1) to turn ON the
map lamp.
To turn the map lamp OFF press
the lens (1) again.
• (2) : DOOR mode
- The map lamp and room lamp
come on when a door is opened.
The lamps go out after approxi-
mately 30 seconds.
- The map lamp and room lamp
come on for approximately 30 sec-
onds when doors are unlocked
with a transmitter or smart key as
long as the doors are not opened.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on for approximately 20 min-
utes if a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ACC or
LOCK/OFF position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on continuously if the door is
opened with the ignition switch in
the ON position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
go out immediately if the ignition
switch is changed to the ON posi-
tion or all doors are locked.
- To turn off the DOOR mode, press
the DOOR button (2) once again
(not pressed).
✽✽
NOTICE
The DOOR mode and ROOM mode
can not be selected at the same time.
Front Room Lamp:
• Type A
(3): Press this switch to turn the
front and rear room lamps
on.
(4): Press this switch to turn the
front and rear room lamps
off.
• Type B
(3): Press this switch to turn the
front and rear room lamps on
and off.
OJFA045373
OJF045065
■ Type B
■ Type A
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 113
Features of your vehicle
1144
Trunk room lamp (if equipped)
The trunk room lamp comes on
when the trunk is opened.
✽✽
NOTICE
The trunk room lamp comes on as
long as the trunk lid opens. To pre-
vent unnecessary battery drain,
close the trunk lid securely after
using the trunk.
Vanity mirror lamp
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will
automatically turn on the mirror light.
* The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi-
cle may differ from the illustration.
Glove box lamp
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
To prevent unnecessary battery
drain, close the glove box securely
after using the glove box.
CAUTION - Vanity mirror
lamp
Always have the switch in the
off position when the vanity mir-
ror lamp is not in use. If the sun-
visor is closed without the lamp
off, it may discharge the battery
or damage the sunvisor.
OJF048069 OJF045072 OJF045071
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 114
4115
Features of your vehicle
WELCOME SYSTEM
Headlight (Headlamp) escort
function
The headlights (and/or taillights)
remain on for approximately 5 min-
utes after the ignition key is removed
or turned to the ACC or LOCK posi-
tion. However, if the driver’s door is
opened and closed, the headlights
are turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlights can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on the trans-
mitter or smart key twice or turning
off the light switch from the headlight
or Auto light position.
Interior light
When the interior light switch is in the
DOOR position and all doors (and
trunk) are locked and closed, the
room lamp will come on for 30 sec-
onds if any of the following occurs:
• Without smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the transmitter.
• With the smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock
button, the lamps will turn off imme-
diately.
Pocket lamp
When all doors are locked and
closed, the pocket lamp will come on
for 15 seconds if any of the following
occurs:
• With the smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock
button, the lamps will turn off imme-
diately.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 115
Features of your vehicle
1164
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to “Windshield
defrosting and defogging” in this sec-
tion.
Rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, while the engine is
running.
To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center
facia switch panel. The indicator on
the rear window defroster button illu-
minates when the defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
The rear window defroster automati-
cally turns off after approximately 20
minutes or when the ignition switch is
turned off. To turn off the defroster,
press the rear window defroster button
again.
Outside rearview mirror defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time you
turn on the rear window defroster.
Wiper deicer
If your vehicle is equipped with the
wiper deicer, it will operate at the
same time you turn on the rear win-
dow defroster.
DEFROSTER
CAUTION - Conductors
To prevent damage to the con-
ductors bonded to the inside
surface of the rear window,
never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing
abrasives to clean the window.
OJF045074
■ Type A
■ Type B
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 116
4117
Features of your vehicle
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
OJF045059
1. Fan speed control knob
2. Front windshield defroster button
3. Rear window defroster button
4. Air conditioning button
5. Air intake control button
6. Mode selection buttons
7.Temperature control button
✽✽
NOTICE
Operating the blower when the
ignition switch is in the ON posi-
tion could cause the battery to dis-
charge. Operate the blower when
the engine is running.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 117
Features of your vehicle
1184
Heating and air conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position (if
equipped).
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
OJF048587L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 118
4119
Features of your vehicle
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dash-
board outlets, or windshield. Five
symbols are used to represent Face,
Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and
Defrost air position.
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level
(A, C, D, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window
defrosters.
OJF045075
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 119
Features of your vehicle
1204
MAX A/C selection
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool
the inside of the vehicle faster.
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face.
In this mode, the air conditioning and
the recirculated air position will be
selected automatically.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumb-
wheel (if equipped).
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Temperature control
The temperature control knob allows
you to control the temperature of the
air flowing from the ventilation system.
To change the air temperature in the
passenger compartment, turn the
knob to the right for warm and hot air
or to the left for cooler air.
OJF045077 OJF045079
OJF048078
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 120
4121
Features of your vehicle
Air intake control
The air intake control is used to
select the outside (fresh) air position
or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control posi-
tion, press the control button.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
drawn through the heat-
ing system and heated
or cooled according to
the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without
air conditioning selected) may cause
fogging of the windshield and side
windows. In addition, prolonged use
of the air conditioning with the recircu-
lated air position selected will result in
excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment. Continuous use of the
recirculated air within with result in a
musty or stale smell within the pas-
senger compartment.
Sunroof inside air recirculation
(if equipped)
The outside (fresh) air position is
automatically selected, when the
sunroof is opened.
When you select the recirculated air
position, the system maintains the
recirculated air position for 3 minutes
and then automatically converts to
the outside (fresh) air position.
When the sunroof is closed, the air
intake position will return to the orig-
inal position that was selected.
WARNING - Reduced visi-
bility
Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculat-
ed air position may allow
humidity to increase inside the
vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
OJF045203
■ Type A ■ Type B
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/15/2019 2:57 PM Page 121
Features of your vehicle
1224
Fan speed control
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for fan operation.
The fan speed control knob allows
you to control the fan speed of the air
flowing from the ventilation system.
To change the fan speed, turn the
knob to the right for higher speed or
left for lower speed.
Setting the fan speed control knob to
the “0” position turns off the fan.
Air conditioning
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate). Press the button
again to turn the air conditioning sys-
tem off.
WARNING - Sleeping with
A/C on
Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on as this may cause
serious harm or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level and/or
body temperature.
WARNING - Recirculated
air
Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculat-
ed air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the
air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
OJF045081 OJF045204
■ Type A ■ Type B
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 122
4123
Features of your vehicle
System operation
Ventilation
1.Set the mode to the position.
2.Set the air intake control to the out-
side (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1.Set the mode to the position.
2.Set the air intake control to the out-
side (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5.If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the or position.
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, temporarily
set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. Be sure to
return the control to the fresh air
position when the irritation has
passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle.This will help keep the driv-
er alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the wind-
shield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
Air conditioning
Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1.Start the engine. Push the air con-
ditioning button.
2.Set the mode to the position.
3.Set the air intake control to the out-
side air or recirculated air position.
4.Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
• The refrigerant system should only
be serviced by trained and certified
technicians to insure proper and
safe operation.
• The refrigerant system should be
serviced in a well-ventilated place.
• The air conditioning evaporator
(cooling coil) shall never be repaired
or replaced with one removed from
a used or salvaged vehicle and new
replacement MAC evaporators
should be certified (and labeled) as
meeting SAE Standard J2842.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 123
Features of your vehicle
1244
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning com-
pressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system per-
formance.
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle.This is a normal sys-
tem operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning sys-
tem in the recirculated air position
provides maximum cooling, how-
ever, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
CAUTION - Excessive A/C
When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the tempera-
ture gauge closely while driving
up hills or in heavy traffic when
outside temperatures are high.
Air conditioning system opera-
tion may cause engine over-
heating. Continue to use the
blower fan but turn the air con-
ditioning system off if the tem-
perature gauge indicates engine
overheating.
CAUTION
When opening the windows in
humid weather, air conditioning
may create water droplets
inside the vehicle. Since exces-
sive water droplets may cause
damage to electrical equipment,
air conditioning should only be
used with the windows closed.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 124
4125
Features of your vehicle
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust
or other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.
If dust or other pollutants accumulate
in the filter over a period of time, the
air flow from the air vents may
decrease, resulting in moisture accu-
mulation on the inside of the wind-
shield even when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected. If this hap-
pens, we recommend that the cli-
mate control air filter be replaced by
an authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads, more frequent cli-
mate control air filter inspections
and changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, we recommend that the
system should be inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air condi-
tioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative influence on the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
1LDA5047
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Climate control
air filter
Blower
Evaporator
core
Heater core
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 7/5/2019 11:43 AM Page 125
Features of your vehicle
1264
WARNING
The oil and refrigerant in your
vehicle's air conditioning sys-
tem is under very high pres-
sure. If proper service proce-
dures are not followed an explo-
sion may result. To reduce the
risk of serious injury or death,
the air conditioning system in
your vehicle should only be
serviced by trained and certi-
fied technicians.
CAUTION - A/C Repair
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant is used, otherwise
damage to the vehicle may
occur. To prevent damage, the
air conditioning system in your
vehicle should only be serviced
by trained and certified techni-
cians.
WARNING - Vehicles
equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant
is mildly flammable
and operated at high
pressure, the air con-
ditioning system
should only be serv-
iced by trained and
certified technicians.
(Refer to the SAE
J2845)
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be
reclaimed with proper equip-
ment.
Venting refrigerants directly to
the atmosphere is harmful to
individuals and environment.
Failure to heed these warnings
can lead to serious injuries.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 12/16/2019 10:37 AM Page 126
4127
Features of your vehicle
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
OJF045083/OJF045084
1. Driver’s temperature control knob
2. AUTO (automatic control) button
3. Front windshield defroster button
4. Rear window defroster button
5. Air conditioning button
6. Air intake control button
7. OFF button
8. Fan speed control buttons
9. Mode selection button
10. Passenger's temperature control knob
11. Dual temperature control selection button
12. Climate control display
13. Climate information screen selection button
✽✽
NOTICE
Operating the blower when the
ignition switch is in the ON posi-
tion could cause the battery to dis-
charge. Operate the blower when
the engine is running.
■■
Type B
■■
Type A
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 127
Features of your vehicle
1284
Automatic heating and air con-
ditioning
1.Press the AUTO button. The
modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by setting the tem-
perature.
2.Turn the temperature control knob
to the desired temperature.
✽✽
NOTICE
• To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The ‘AUTO’
sign will illuminate on the infor-
mation display once again.)
- Air intake control button
- Fan speed control switch
The selected function will be con-
trolled manually while other func-
tions operate automatically.
• For your convenience and to
improve the effectiveness of the
climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature to
23°C (73°F).
OJF045085
■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side
OJF045089
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 128
4129
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
Never place anything over the sensor
located on the instrument panel to
ensure better control of the heating
and cooling system.
Manual heating and air condi-
tioning
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pressing
buttons or turning knob(s) other than
the AUTO button. In this case, the
system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons or knob(s)
selected.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
Refer to the illustration in the
“Manual climate control system”.
■ Type A ■ Type B
OJF045087
OJF045086
■ Type A
■ Type B
OJFA045086
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 129
Features of your vehicle
1304
Face-Level
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Defrost-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
■ Type A ■ Type B
OJF045088
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 130
4131
Features of your vehicle
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumb-
wheel (if equipped).
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Temperature control
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by turning the knob to
the extreme right.
The temperature will decrease to the
minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to
the extreme left.
When turning the knob, the tempera-
ture will increase or decrease by
0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest
temperature setting, the air condi-
tioning will operate continuously.
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature equally
• Press the “SYNC” button to adjust
the driver and passenger side tem-
perature equally.
The passenger side temperature
will be set to the same temperature
as the driver side temperature.
• Turn the driver side temperature
control knob. The driver and pas-
senger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
OJF048078 OJF045090
■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side
OJF045089
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 131
Features of your vehicle
1324
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature individually
• Press the “SYNC” button again to
adjust the driver and passenger
side temperature individually. The
illumination of button turns off.
• Operate the driver side tempera-
ture control knob to adjust the driv-
er side temperature.
• Operate the passenger side tem-
perature control knob to adjust the
passenger side temperature.
Temperature conversion
You can switch the temperature
mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit
as follows:
While pressing the OFF button,
press the AUTO button for 3 seconds
or more.
The display will change from
Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from
Fahrenheit to Centigrade.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Fahrenheit.
Air intake control
This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
To change the air intake control posi-
tion, push the control button.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
drawn through the heat-
ing system and heated
or cooled according to
the function selected.
■ Type A ■ Type B
OJF045091
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 132
4133
Features of your vehicle
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without
air conditioning selected) may cause
fogging of the windshield and side
windows and the air within the pas-
senger compartment may become
stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in exces-
sively dry air in the passenger com-
partment. Continuous use of the
recirculated air within with result in a
musty or stale smell within the pas-
senger compartment.
Sunroof inside air recirculation
(if equipped)
The outside (fresh) air position is
automatically selected, when the
sunroof is opened.
When you select the recirculated air
position, the system maintains the
recirculated air position for 3 minutes
and then automatically converts to
the outside (fresh) air position.
When the sunroof is closed, the air
intake position will return to the orig-
inal position that was selected.
Fan speed control
The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by operating the fan
speed control buttons.
To change the fan speed, press ( )
the button for higher speed, or push
( ) the button for lower speed. To
turn the fan speed control off, press
the front blower OFF button.
Air conditioning
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate).
Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
■ Type A ■ Type B
OJF045092
■ Type A ■ Type B
OJF045093
WARNING - Reduced
Visibility
Continuous use of the climate
control system in the recirculat-
ed air position may allow
humidity to increase inside the
vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/15/2019 2:57 PM Page 133
Features of your vehicle
1344
OFF mode
Press the front blower OFF button to
turn off the front air climate control
system. However, you can still oper-
ate the mode and air intake buttons
as long as the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
Climate information screen
selection (if equipped)
Press the climate information screen
selection button to display climate
information on the screen.
■ Type A ■ Type B
OJF045094
OJF045095
WARNING - Recirculated
Air
Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculat-
ed air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the
air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
WARNING - Sleeping with
A/C on
Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
on as this may cause serious
harm or death due to a drop in
the oxygen level and/or body
temperature.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 134
4135
Features of your vehicle
System operation
Ventilation
1.Set the mode to the position.
2.Set the air intake control to the out-
side (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1.Set the mode to the position.
2.Set the air intake control to the out-
side (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5.If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the
or position.
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, temporarily
set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. Be sure to
return the control to the fresh air
position when the irritation has
passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle.This will help keep the driv-
er alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the wind-
shield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
Air conditioning (if equipped)
All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1.Start the engine. Press the air con-
ditioning button.
2.Set the mode to the position.
3.Set the air intake control to the out-
side air or recirculated air position.
4.Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
• When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
extreme left position, set the mode
control to the MAX A/C position,
then set the fan speed control to
the highest speed.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 135
Features of your vehicle
1364
✽✽
NOTICE
When opening the windows in humid
weather, air conditioning may create
water droplets inside the vehicle.
Since excessive water droplets may
cause damage to electrical equip-
ment, air conditioning should only be
used with the windows closed.
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning com-
pressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system per-
formance.
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle.This is a normal sys-
tem operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning sys-
tem in the recirculated air position
provides maximum cooling, how-
ever, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
CAUTION - Excessive A/C
Use
When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the tempera-
ture gauge closely while driving
up hills or in heavy traffic when
outside temperatures are high.
Air conditioning system opera-
tion may cause engine over-
heating. Continue to use the
blower fan but turn the air con-
ditioning system off if the tem-
perature gauge indicates engine
overheating.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 136
4137
Features of your vehicle
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.If
dust or other pollutants accumulate in
the filter over a period of time, the air
flow from the air vents may decrease,
resulting in moisture accumulation on
the inside of the windshield even
when the outside (fresh) air position is
selected. If this happens, have the cli-
mate control air filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads, more frequent air
conditioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized Kia
dealer.
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air condi-
tioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative impact on the air con-
ditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
1LDA5047
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Climate control
air filter
Blower
Evaporator
core
Heater core
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 7/5/2019 11:43 AM Page 137
Features of your vehicle
1384
WARNING
The oil and refrigerant in your
vehicle's air conditioning sys-
tem is under very high pres-
sure. If proper service proce-
dures are not followed an explo-
sion may result. To reduce the
risk of serious injury or death,
the air conditioning system in
your vehicle should only be
serviced by trained and certi-
fied technicians.
CAUTION
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrig-
erant is used, otherwise damage
to the vehicle may occur. To pre-
vent damage,the air conditioning
system in your vehicle should
only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
WARNING - Vehicles
equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant
is mildly flammable
and operated at high
pressure, the air con-
ditioning system
should only be serv-
iced by trained and
certified technicians.
(Refer to the SAE
J2845)
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be
reclaimed with proper equip-
ment.
Venting refrigerants directly to
the atmosphere is harmful to
individuals and environment.
Failure to heed these warnings
can lead to serious injuries.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 12/16/2019 10:37 AM Page 138
4139
Features of your vehicle
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set
the mode to the floor-defrost posi-
tion.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear win-
dow, outside rear view mirrors, and
all side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster effi-
ciency and to reduce the probabili-
ty of fogging up the inside of the
windshield.
Manual climate control system
To defog inside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the or position.
4.The outside (fresh) air and air con-
ditioning will be selected automat-
ically.
If the air conditioning and/or outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, press the correspon-
ding button manually.
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING - Windshield
heating
Do not use the or posi-
tion during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temper-
ature of the outside air and the
windshield could cause the
outer surface of the windshield
to fog up, causing loss of visi-
bility. In this case, set the mode
selection to the position
and fan speed control to the
lower speed.
OJF045096
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 139
Features of your vehicle
1404
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
2.Set the temperature to the
extreme hot position.
3. Select the position.
4.The outside (fresh) air and air con-
ditioning will be selected automat-
ically.
If the air conditioning is not selected
automatically press the correspon-
ding button manually.
Automatic climate control
system
To defog inside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4.The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically and the
air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature.
If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the correspon-
ding button manually. If the posi-
tion is selected, lower fan speed is
adjusted to a higher fan speed.
OJF045098
OJF045097
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:50 AM Page 140
4141
Features of your vehicle
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
2.Set the temperature to the
extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4.The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically and the
air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature.
Defogging logic
To reduce the possibility of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning is con-
trolled automatically according to
certain conditions such as or
position. To cancel automatic defog-
ging logic or return to the automatic
defogging logic, do the following.
Manual climate control system
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ).
3.Within 3 seconds after pressing
the defroster button, press the air
intake control button at least 5
times within 3 seconds.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
OJF045099
OJF048109
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:50 AM Page 141
Features of your vehicle
1424
Automatic climate control system
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ).
3.While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button at least 5 times with-
in 3 seconds.
The recirculation indicator blinks 3
times with 0.5 second of interval. It
indicates that the defogging logic is
canceled or returned to the pro-
grammed status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
Auto defogging system
(if equipped)
Auto defogging reduces the probabil-
ity of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing
the moisture of inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is
on.
This indicator illuminates
when the auto defogging
system senses the mois-
ture on the inside of the
windshield and operates.
The auto defogging system address-
es excess moisture on the inside of
the windshield in stages. For exam-
ple if auto defogging does not defog
inside the windshield at step 1
Outside air position, it tries to defog
again at step 2 Operating the air con-
ditioning.
Step 1 : Outside air position
Step 2 : Operating the air condition-
ing
Step 3 : Blowing air flow toward the
windshield
Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward
the windshield
OJF045336L
OJF048111
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:50 AM Page 142
4143
Features of your vehicle
To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging
System
Press the front windshield defroster
button for 3 seconds when the igni-
tion switch is in the ON position.
When the Auto Defogging System is
canceled, ADS OFF symbol will blink
3 times and the ADS OFF will be dis-
played on the climate control infor-
mation screen.
When the Auto Defogging System is
reset, ADS OFF symbol will blink 6
times without a signal.
Automatic ventilation
(if equipped)
When the ignition is ON or when the
engine is running and the outside
temperature is below 15°C (59°F),
the automatic ventilation feature will
activate if the recirculated air intake
position is selected for more than 5
minutes while A/C is off and floor
mode is selected. In this condition
the air intake position will automati-
cally switch to the outside (fresh) air
intake position.
To cancel or reset the Automatic
Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is
on, select Face Level mode and
keep pressing the air intake control
button more than 3 seconds.
When the automatic ventilation is
canceled, the indicator blinks 3
times. When the automatic ventila-
tion is activated, the indicator blinks
6 times.
CAUTION
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield
glass. Damage to the system
parts could occur and may not
be covered by your vehicle war-
ranty.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:50 AM Page 143
Features of your vehicle
1444
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the
driver or passengers.
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage compart-
ment covers closed while driving.
Do not attempt to place so many
items in the storage compartment
that the storage compartment
cover can not close securely.
Center console storage
To open the center console storage,
pull up the lever.
Glove box
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with a master key. (if
equipped)
To open the glove box, pull the lever
(1) and the glove box will automati-
cally open. Close the glove box after
use.
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store, propane cylinders
or other flammable/explosive
materials in the vehicle. These
items may catch fire and/or
explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.
OJFA045114OJF045113
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:50 AM Page 144
4145
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
If the temperature control knob is in
the warm or hot position, warm or
hot air will flow into the glove box.
Sunglass holder
To open the sunglass holder, press
the cover and the holder will slowly
open.Place your sunglasses with the
lenses facing out.
To close the sunglass holder push it up.
WARNING - Glove Box
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop,always
keep the glove box door closed
while driving.
WARNING - Sunglass
holder
Do not keep objects except sun-
glasses inside the sunglass
holder. Heavier objects can be
thrown from the holder in the
event of a sudden stop or an
accident, possibly injuring the
passengers.
OJF045115
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:50 AM Page 145
Features of your vehicle
1464
Cup holder
✽✽
NOTICE
When cleaning spilled liquids, do
not use heat to dry the cup holders.
This may damage the cup holder.
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
Bottle holder
Bottles may be placed in the holder.
✽✽
NOTICE
Only bottles should be placed in the
holder labeled "Bottles Only."
INTERIOR FEATURES
WARNING - Hot liquids
Do not place uncovered cups
with hot liquid in the cup holder
while the vehicle is in motion. If
the hot liquid spills, you may
burn yourself. Such a burn to
the driver could lead to loss of
control of the vehicle.
OJFA045119
■ Front seat
■ Rear seat
OJF045120
OJFA045339
CAUTION
Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling your
drink. If liquid spills, it may get
into the vehicle's electrical/elec-
tronic system and damage elec-
trical/electronic parts.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:50 AM Page 146
4147
Features of your vehicle
Seat warmer
The seat warmer is provided to warm
the front seats during cold weather.
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, push either of the switches
to warm the driver's seat or the front
passenger's seat.
During mild weather or under condi-
tions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the "OFF" position.
• Each time you press the switch,
the temperature setting of the seat
will change as follows :
■ Front seat
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ignition
switch is turned on.
✽✽
NOTICE
With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in
the seat turns off or on automatical-
ly depending on the seat tempera-
ture.
OJFA049123C
■ Front seat
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
→
WARNING - Seat warmer
burns
The seat warmer may cause
burns, even at low tempera-
tures, if used over a long period
of time. Never allow passengers
who may not be able to take
care of themselves to be
exposed to the risk of seat
heater burns.These include:
1. Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients
2. Persons with diminished abil-
ity to detect burns on their
lower extremities
3. Persons with sensitive skin
or those that burn easily
4. Fatigued individuals
5. Intoxicated individuals
6. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness (sleeping pills,
cold tablets, etc.)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:50 AM Page 147
Features of your vehicle
1484
Sunvisor
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor for the side win-
dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from
the bracket (1) and swing it to the
side (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
visor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor extension for-
ward or backward (4).
The ticket holder (5) is provided for
holding a tollgate ticket.
* The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi-
cle may differ from the illustration.
Power outlet
The power outlet is designed to pro-
vide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 10
amps with the engine running.
OJF045121
CAUTION - Vanity mirror
lamp
If you use the vanity mirror lamp,
turn off the lamp before return-
ing the sunvisor to its original
position, otherwise it could
result in battery discharge and
possible sunvisor damage.
OJFA045122
OJFA045338
■ Front seat
■ Rear seat
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:50 AM Page 148
4149
Features of your vehicle
• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged peri-
ods of time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 10A in electric
capacity.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when
plugged into a vehicle’s power out-
let. These devices may cause
excessive audio static and malfunc-
tions in other electronic systems or
devices used in your vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it will go.
If good contact is not made, the
plug may overheat and the fuse
may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electronic
devices with reverse current protec-
tion. The current from the battery
may flow into the vehicle’s electri
cal/electronic system and cause
system malfunction.
USB charger
The USB charger is designed to
recharge batteries of small size elec-
trical devices using a USB cable.The
electrical devices can be recharged
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in ACC/ON/START position.
WARNING - Electric shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign
object (pen, etc.) into a power
outlet and do not touch with a
wet hand. You may receive an
electric shock.
OJFA045337
OJF045229L
■ Front seat
■ Rear seat
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:50 AM Page 149
Features of your vehicle
1504
The battery charging state may be
monitored on the electrical device.
Disconnect the USB cable from the
USB port after use.
• Some devices are not supported
for fast charging but will be
charged with normal speed.
• Use the USB charger when the
engine is running to prevent bat-
tery discharge.
• Only devices that fit the USB port
can be used.
• The USB charger can be used only
for battery charging purposes.
Coat hook (if equipped)
❈ This actual feature may differ from the illus-
tration.
To use the coat hook, pull down the
upper portion of coat hook.
OJF045235
CAUTION - Hanging
clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes,since
they may damage the hook.
WARNING
Do not hang other objects such
as hangers or hard objects
except clothes. Also, do not put
heavy, sharp or breakable
objects in the clothing pockets.
An occupant could be seriously
injured from these items if they
become projectiles during a
collision.
OJF046403
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:50 AM Page 150
4151
Features of your vehicle
Floor mat anchor (s)
(if equipped)
When using a floor mat on the front
floor carpet, make sure it attaches to
the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi-
cle. This keeps the floor mat from
sliding forward.
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat to the
vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that can-
not be firmly attached to the vehi-
cle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of
one another (e.g. all-weather rub-
ber mat on top of a carpeted floor
mat).Only a single floor mat should
be installed in each position.
✽✽
NOTICE
Your vehicle was manufactured with
driver's side floor mat anchors that
are designed to securely hold the
floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal operation,
Kia recommends that only the Kia
floor mat designed for use in your
vehicle be installed.
WARNING - After market
floor mat
Do not install aftermarket floor
mats that are not capable of
being securely attached to the
vehicle's floor mat anchors.
Unsecured floor mats can inter-
fere with pedal operation and
contribute to a collision where
serious personal injury or death
may occur.
OXM043309
■ Type A
■ Type B
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:50 AM Page 151
Features of your vehicle
1524
Side curtain (if equipped)
To use the side curtain:
1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1).
2. Hang the curtain on the hooks on
both sides of the handle.
OJF045304
CAUTION
To avoid injury or damage to the
side curtain and door moldings,
lower side curtain by the handle
all the way back to the stowed
position. Do not release handle
after disengaging from the
hooks on the door.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:50 AM Page 152
4153
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
If you install an after market HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic device may malfunction.
Antenna
Glass antenna
When the radio power switch is
turned on while the ignition switch is
in either the "ON" or "ACC" position,
your car will receive both AM and FM
broadcast signals through the anten-
na in the rear window glass.
Shark fin antenna
The shark fin antenna will receive the
transmit data.
AUDIO SYSTEM
OJFHP047493L
CAUTION
• Do not clean the inside of the
rear window glass with a
cleaner or use a scraper to
remove foreign deposits as
this may cause damage to the
antenna elements.
• Avoid adding metallic coat-
ings such as Ni, Cd, and so
on. These can disturb receiv-
ing AM and FM broadcast sig-
nals.
• To prevent damage to the rear
glass antenna, never use
sharp instruments or window
cleaners containing abrasives
to clean the window. Clean the
inside surface of the rear
glass window with a piece of
soft cloth.
(Continued)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:50 AM Page 153
Features of your vehicle
1544
✽✽
NOTICE
Tinted rear window may affect the
proper functioning of the antenna.
How vehicle radio works
FM reception
AM and FM radio signals are broad-
cast from transmitter towers located
around your city. They are intercept-
ed by the radio antenna on your vehi-
cle.This signal is then processed by
the radio and sent to your vehicle
speakers.
However, in some cases the signal
coming to your vehicle may not be
strong and clear.
This can be due to factors, such as
the distance from the radio station,
closeness of other strong radio sta-
tions or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions in
the area.
(Continued)
• When putting a sticker on the
inside surface of the rear win-
dow, be careful not to damage
to the rear glass antenna.
• Do not put sharp instruments
nearby the rear glass antenna.
OJF045308L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:50 AM Page 154
4155
Features of your vehicle
AM reception
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broad-
casts. This is because AM radio
waves are transmitted at low fre-
quencies. These long distance,low
frequency radio waves can follow the
curvature of the earth rather than
travelling straight. In addition, they
curve around obstructions resulting
in better signal coverage.
FM radio station
FM broadcasts are transmitted at
high frequencies and do not bend to
follow the earth's surface. Because
of this, FM broadcasts generally
begin to fade within short distances
from the station.Also, FM signals are
easily affected by buildings, moun-
tains, and obstructions.This can lead
to undesirable or unpleasant listen-
ing conditions which might lead you
to believe a problem exists with your
radio. The following conditions are
normal and do not indicate radio
trouble:
• Fading - As your vehicle moves
away from the radio station, the
signal will weaken and sound will
begin to fade. When this occurs,
we suggest that you select another
station with a stronger signal.
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the
transmitter and your radio can dis-
turb the signal causing static or
fluttering noises to occur.Reducing
the treble level may lessen this
effect until the disturbance clears.
OJF045309L
JBM004
OJF045310L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:51 AM Page 155
Features of your vehicle
1564
• Station Swapping - As an FM sig-
nal weakens, another more power-
ful signal near the same frequency
may begin to play. This is because
your radio is designed to lock onto
the clearest signal. If this occurs,
select another station with a
stronger signal.
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio sig-
nals being received from several
directions can cause distortion or
fluttering. This can be caused by a
direct and reflected signal from the
same station, or by signals from
two stations with close frequencies.
If this occurs, select another station
until the condition has passed.
Using a cellular phone or a two-
way radio
When a cellular phone is used inside
the vehicle, noise may be produced
from the audio system. This does not
mean that something is wrong with
the audio equipment. In such a case,
try to operate mobile devices as far
from the audio equipment as possible.
When using a communication sys-
tem such as a cellular phone or a
radio set inside the vehicle, a sepa-
rate external antenna must be fitted.
When a cellular phone or a radio set
is used with an internal antenna
alone, it may interfere with the vehi-
cle's electrical system and adversely
affect safe operation of the vehicle.
OJF045311L
WARNING - Cell phone use
Do not use a cellular phone
while driving. Stop at a safe
location to use a cellular phone.
WARNING - Distracted
driving
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle con-
trol that may lead to an acci-
dent, severe bodily injury, or
death. The driver's primary
responsibility is the safe and
legal operation of the vehicle,
and the use of any handheld
devices, other equipment, or
vehicle systems which take the
driver's eyes, attention, and
focus away from the safe opera-
tion of the vehicle, or which are
not permissible by law, should
never be used during the opera-
tion of the vehicle.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:51 AM Page 156
4157
Features of your vehicle
Declaration of Conformity
IC
This device complies with Industry Canada’s licence-exempt RSSs.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions :
(1) This device may not cause interference; and
(2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence.
L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et
(2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible
d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 4.qxp 5/10/2019 11:51 AM Page 157
Driving your vehicle
5
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
• Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
• Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
• Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Key positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
• Illuminated ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
• Ignition switch position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
• Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
• Illuminated engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
• Engine start/stop button position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
• Starting the engine with a smart key. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Automatic transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
• Automatic transmission operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
• Parking brake – Foot type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
• Anti-lock Brake System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
• Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
• Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
• Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
• Good braking practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) system
- Camera type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
• System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
• FCA warning message and system control . . . . . . . . 5-36
• Brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
• FCA sensor (front view camera) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
• System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
• Limitation of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Cruise Control System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
• To set cruise control speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
• To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
• To decrease the cruising speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
• To temporarily accelerate with the cruise
control on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
• To cancel cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
• To resume cruising speed at more than approximately
30 km/h (20 mph) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
• To turn cruise control off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Drive mode integrated control system . . . . . . . . . 5-52
• Drive mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) . . . . . . . . . 5-55
• BCW (Blind-spot Collision Warning)/
LCA (Lane Change Assist). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
• RCCW (Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning) . . . . 5-59
• Driver's attention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 1
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
• LKA operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
• LKA malfunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
• LKA function change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
• System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
• Resetting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
• System disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
• System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
• Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
• Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85
• Snowy or icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85
• Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant . . . . . . . . . . 5-86
• Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86
• Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary . . . . . . . 5-87
• Check spark plugs and ignition system. . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
• To keep locks from freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
• Use approved window washer anti-freeze in
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
• Don’t let your parking brake freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
• Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . . 5-87
• Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
• Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
• Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
• Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
• Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
• Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
• GAW (Gross Axle Weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
• GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
• GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
• GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
5
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 2
53
Driving your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system does
not leak.
The exhaust system should be
checked whenever the vehicle is
raised to change the oil or for any
other purpose.If you hear a change in
the sound of the exhaust or if you drive
over something that strikes the under-
neath side of the vehicle, have the
exhaust system checked as soon as
possible by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Engine
exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or
leave your engine running in a
enclosed area for a prolonged
time. Exhaust fumes contain
carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless gas that can cause
unconsciousness and death by
asphyxiation.
WARNING - Open trunk
Do not drive with the trunk open.
Poisonous exhaust gases can
enter the passenger compart-
ment. If you must drive with the
trunk open proceed as follows:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at
“Fresh”, the air flow control
at “Floor” or “Face” and the
fan at the highest speed.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 3
Driving your vehicle
45
Before entering vehicle
• Be sure that all windows, outside
mirror(s), and outside lights are
clean.
• Check the condition of the tires.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
Necessary inspections
Fluid levels, such as engine oil,
engine coolant, brake fluid, and
washer fluid should be checked on a
regular basis, at the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further
details are provided in chapter 7,
“Maintenance”.
Before starting
• Close and lock all doors.
• Position the seat so that all con-
trols are easily reached.
• Buckle your seat belt.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Be sure that all lights work.
• Check all gauges.
• Check the operation of warning
lights when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position.
• Input any phone numbers or map
locations (if vehicle equipped with
a navigation system) that you may
need during your trip.
• Release the parking brake and
make sure the brake warning light
goes out.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its
equipment.
BEFORE DRIVING
WARNING - Distracted
driving
Focus on the road while driving.
The driver's primary responsi-
bility is in the safe and legal
operation of the vehicle. Use of
any handled devices, other
equipment or vehicle systems
that distract the driver should
not be used during vehicle
operation.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 4
55
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Check sur-
roundings
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for peo-
ple, especially children, before
putting a vehicle into D (Drive)
or R (Reverse).
WARNING - Fire risk
When you intend to park or stop
the vehicle with the engine on,
be careful not to depress the
accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. It may overheat
the engine or exhaust system
and cause fire.
WARNING - Loose
objects
Securely store items in your
vehicle. When you make a sud-
den stop or turn the steering
wheel rapidly, loose objects
may drop on the floor and it
could interfere with the opera-
tion of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident and result-
ing in serious personal injuries
or death.
WARNING - Driving while
intoxicated
Do not drive while intoxicated.
Drinking and driving is danger-
ous. Even a small amount of
alcohol will affect your reflexes,
perceptions and judgment.
Driving while under the influ-
ence of drugs may be as dan-
gerous or more dangerous than
driving under the influence of
alcohol.
WARNING - Proper
footwear
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski
boots, sandals, etc.) may inter-
fere with your ability to use the
brake and accelerator pedals.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 5
Driving your vehicle
65
Illuminated ignition switch
Whenever a front door is opened, the
ignition switch will illuminate for your
convenience, provided the ignition
switch is not in the ON position. The
light will go off immediately when the
ignition switch is turned on. It will
also go off after about 30 seconds
when the door is closed.
Ignition switch position
LOCK
The ignition key can be removed only
in the LOCK position.
ACC (Accessory)
The electrical accessories are opera-
tive. If the driver experiences difficul-
ty moving the ignition switch to the
ACC position, turn the key while at
the same time turning the steering
wheel right and left to release the
internal tension.
ON
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. This is
the normal running position after the
engine is started.
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if
the engine is not running to prevent
battery discharge.
START
Turn the ignition switch to the START
position to start the engine. The
engine will crank until you release
the key; then it returns to the ON
position.The brake warning light can
be checked in this position.
KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED)
OJFC055217
OJF055172L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 6
57
Driving your vehicle
The anti-theft steering column lock (if
equipped) is not a substitute for the
parking brake. Before leaving the dri-
ver’s seat, always make sure the shift
lever is engaged in P (Park) for auto-
matic transmission, set the parking
brake fully and shut the engine off.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement may occur if these pre-
cautions are not taken.
WARNING - Key holder
Do not attach small purses,
multiple keys, or any other
heavy accessories to the dri-
ver's key chain used to start the
vehicle. It is possible for the
driver to accidently cause the
key inserted in the vehicle to
change the ignition position to
the ACC position while the vehi-
cle is moving thereby increas-
ing the risk of an accident and
causing the deactivation of sev-
eral safety features.
WARNING - Leaving the
Vehicle
To avoid unexpected or sudden
vehicle movement, never leave
your vehicle if the transmission
is not locked in the P (Park)
position and the parking brake
is not fully engaged. Before
leaving the driver's seat, always
make sure the shift lever is
engaged in P (Park), set the
parking brake fully and shut the
engine off.
WARNING - Ignition
switch
Never turn the ignition switch to
LOCK or ACC while the vehicle
is moving. This would result in
loss of directional control and
braking function, which could
cause an accident.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 7
Driving your vehicle
85
Starting the engine
1.Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2.Place the transmission shift lever in
P (Park). Depress the brake pedal
fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
3.Turn the ignition switch to START
and hold it there until the engine
starts (a maximum of 10 seconds),
then release the key.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
4.Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains sta-
tionary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
If the engine stalls while you are in
motion, do not attempt to move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position. If
traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position while the vehicle is
still moving and turn the ignition
switch to the START position in an
attempt to restart the engine.
CAUTION - Starter
Do not engage the starter for
more than 10 seconds. If the
engine stalls or fails to start,
wait 5 to 10 seconds before re-
engaging the starter. Improper
use of the starter may damage
it.
WARNING - Steering
wheel
Never reach for any controls
through the steering wheel
while the vehicle is in motion.
The presence of your hand or
arm in this area could cause a
loss of vehicle control.
WARNING - Proper
footwear
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels,
ski boots, sandals, etc.) may
interfere with your ability to use
the brake and accelerator pedal.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 8
59
Driving your vehicle
Illuminated engine start/stop
button
Whenever the front door is opened,
the engine start/stop button will illu-
minate for your convenience. The
light will go off after about 30 sec-
onds when the door is closed.
When all entrances are closed, if you
lock the vehicle by using the trans-
mitter or the smart key, the light will
go off immediately.
Engine start/stop button posi-
tion
OFF
To turn off the engine (START/RUN
position) or vehicle power (ON posi-
tion), press the engine start/stop but-
ton with the shift lever in the P (Park)
position. When you press the engine
start/stop button without the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, the
engine start/stop button will not
change to the OFF position but to the
ACC position.
In an emergency situation while the
vehicle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the ACC
position by pressing the engine
start/stop button for more than 2 sec-
onds or 3 times successively within 3
seconds.If the vehicle is still moving,
you can restart the engine without
depressing the brake pedal by press-
ing the engine start/stop button with
the shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi-
tion.
ACC(Accessory)
Press the engine start/stop button
while it is in the OFF position without
depressing the brake pedal.
Accessory is displayed on the LCD
of the cluster. If the engine start/stop
button is in the ACC position for more
than 1 hour, the button is turned off
automatically to prevent battery dis-
charge.
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)
OJFHP058004
OJF058312
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 9
Driving your vehicle
105
ON
Press the engine start/stop button
while it is in the ACC position without
depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not
leave the engine start/stop button in
the ON position for a long time. The
battery may discharge, because the
engine is not running.
START/RUN
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the ENGINE
START/ STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) or the N
(Neutral) position. For your safety,
start the engine with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position.
If you press the engine start/stop but-
ton without depressing the brake
pedal for automatic transmission vehi-
cles, the engine will not start and the
engine start/stop button changes as
follow:
OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC
✽✽
NOTICE
If you leave the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ACC or ON
position for a long time, the battery
will discharge.
WARNING - Starting
vehicle
Never press the engine
start/stop button while the vehi-
cle is in motion except in an
emergency.This would result in
loss of directional control and
braking function, which could
cause an accident.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 10
511
Driving your vehicle
Starting the engine with a
smart key
1.Carry the smart key or place it
inside the vehicle.
2.Make sure the parking brake is
firmly applied
3.Place the transmission shift lever in
P (Park). Depress the brake pedal
fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
4.Press the engine start/stop button
while depressing the brake pedal.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
5.Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains sta-
tionary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-
cle, if it is far away from you, the
engine may not start.
• When the engine start/stop button
is in the ACC position or above, if
any door is opened, the system
checks for the smart key. If the
smart key is not in the vehicle, a
message "key is not in the vehicle"
will appear on the LCD display.And
if all doors are closed, the chime
will sound for 5 seconds. The indi-
cator or warning will turn off while
the vehicle is moving. Always have
the smart key with you.
• If the battery is weak or the smart
key does not work correctly, you
can start the engine by pressing
the engine start/stop button with
the smart key.
The side with the lock button
should contact the engine
start/stop button directly.
When you press the engine
start/stop button directly with the
smart key, the smart key should
contact the button at a right angle.
WARNING - Unintended
vehicle movement
Never leave the smart key in the
vehicle with children or vehicle
occupants who are unfamiliar
with the vehicle operation.
Pushing the engine start/stop
button while the smart key is in
the vehicle may result in unin-
tended engine activation and/or
unintended vehicle movement.
OJFHP058009
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 11
Driving your vehicle
125
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you can't start the engine normally.
Replace the fuse with a new one.If
it is not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the engine
start/stop button for 10 seconds
while it is in the ACC position. The
engine can start without depress-
ing the brake pedal. But for your
safety always depress the brake
pedal before starting the engine.
Do not press the ENGINE START/
STOP button for more than 10 sec-
onds except when the stop lamp fuse
is blown.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:46 AM Page 12
513
Driving your vehicle
Automatic transmission opera-
tion
The automatic transmission has 6
forward speeds and one reverse
speed. The individual speeds are
selected automatically, depending on
the position of the shift lever.
✽✽
NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
if the battery has been disconnected,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transmission Control Module) or
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
For smooth operation, depress the
brake pedal and the lock release but-
ton when shifting from N (Neutral) to
a forward or reverse gear.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
OJF055012
++
++
((
((
UU
UU
PP
PP
))
))
--
--
((
((
DD
DD
OO
OO
WW
WW
NN
NN
))
))
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
Press the loc
k release button when shifting.
Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 12:15 PM Page 13
Driving your vehicle
145
When stopped on an incline, do not
hold the vehicle with the engine
power. Use the service brake or the
parking brake.
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument clus-
ter displays the shift lever position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park). This
position locks the transmission and
prevents the drive wheels from rotat-
ing.
Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi-
cle is in motion will cause the drive
wheels to lock which will cause you
to lose control of the vehicle.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
WARNING - Leaving
Vehicle
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then
set the parking brake fully and
shut the engine off. Do not use
the P position in place of the
parking brake. Always make
sure the shift lever is locked in
the P position and set the park-
ing brake fully. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are
not followed.
CAUTION - Transmission
To avoid damage to your trans-
mission, do not accelerate the
engine in R (Reverse) or any for-
ward gear position with the
brakes on. The transmission
may be damaged if you shift
into P (Park) while the vehicle is
in motion.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 14
515
Driving your vehicle
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged. The vehicle will roll freely
even on the slightest incline unless
the parking brake or service brakes
are applied.
- Parking in N (Neutral) gear
Follow the steps below when parking
and you want the vehicle to move
when pushed.
1. After stopping your vehicle,
depress the brake pedal and move
the transmission shift lever to [P]
with the ignition button in [ON] or
while the engine is running.
2. If the parking brake is applied,
release the parking brake.
3. While depressing the brake pedal,
turn the ignition button [OFF].
- For smart key equipped vehicles,
the ignition switch can be moved
to [OFF] only when the shift lever
is in [P].
4. Change the gear shift lever to [N]
(Neutral) while depressing the
brake pedal and inserting a tool
(e.g. flathead screw-driver) into the
[SHIFT LOCK RELEASE] access
hole at the same time. Then, the
vehicle will move when external
force is applied.
CAUTION - Shifting
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transmission if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion, except when “Rocking
the vehicle” explained in this
chapter.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/17/2019 4:41 PM Page 15
Driving your vehicle
165
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving
position. The transmission will auto-
matically shift through a 6-gear
sequence, providing the best fuel
economy and power.
For extra power when passing anoth-
er vehicle or climbing grades,
depress the accelerator fully, at
which time the transmission will
automatically downshift to the next
lower gear.
WARNING
• With the exception of parking
in neutral gear so that you can
push the vehicle, always park
the vehicle in [P] (Park) for
safety and apply the parking
brake.
• Before parking in [N] (Neutral)
gear, first make sure the park-
ing ground is level and flat. Do
not park in [N] gear on any
slopes or gradients.
If parked and left in [N], the
vehicle may move and cause
serious damage or injury.
CAUTION - Starter
If the engine stalls while the
vehicle is in motion, do not
attempt to move the shift lever
to the P (Park) position. If the
traffic and road conditions per-
mit, you may put the shift lever
in the N (Neutral) position while
the vehicle is still moving and
press the engine start/stop but-
ton in an attempt to restart the
engine.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 16
517
Driving your vehicle
Manual mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
in motion, manual mode is selected
by pushing the shift lever left from the
D (Drive) position into the manual
gate.
To return to D (Drive) range opera-
tion, push the shift lever right back
into the main gate.
In manual mode, moving the shift
lever backwards and forwards will
allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.
In contrast to a manual transmission,
the manual mode allows gearshifts
with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once
to shift up one gear.
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one
gear.
• In manual mode, the driver must
execute upshifts in accordance
with road conditions, taking care to
keep the engine speed below the
red zone.
• In manual mode, only the 6 forward
gears can be selected. To reverse
or park the vehicle, move the shift
lever to the main gate and then
select R (Reverse) or P (Park)
position as required.
• In manual mode, downshifts are
made automatically when the vehi-
cle slows down. When the vehicle
stops, 1st gear is automatically
selected.
• In manual mode, when the engine
rpm approaches the red zone, shift
points are varied to upshift auto-
matically.
• To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety,
the system may not execute cer-
tain gearshifts when the shift lever
is operated.
• When driving on a slippery road,
push the shift lever forward into the
+(up) position. This causes the
transmission to shift into the 2nd
gear which is better for smooth
driving on a slippery road. Push
the shift lever to the -(down) side to
shift back to the 1st gear.
OJFA055014
Manual
mode
++
++
((
((
UU
UU
PP
PP
))
))
--
--
((
((
DD
DD
OO
OO
WW
WW
NN
NN
))
))
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 17
Driving your vehicle
185
Shift lock system
For your safety, the automatic trans-
mission has a shift lock system
which prevents shifting the transmis-
sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or turn the igni-
tion switch to the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
depressed and released with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position, a
chattering noise and vibration near
the shift lever may be hear, and is a
normal condition. Repeated opera-
tion can cause overheat condition,
and stop operating, until sufficient
cooled down.
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal depressed, continue depress-
ing the brake, then do the following:
1. Place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov-
ering the shift-lock release access
hole.
4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw-
driver) into the access hole and
press down on the tool.
WARNING - Shifting from
park
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting
out of the P (Park) position into
another position to avoid inad-
vertent motion of the vehicle
which could injure persons in
or around the vehicle.
OJFA055013
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/17/2019 4:41 PM Page 18
519
Driving your vehicle
5. Move the shift lever.
6. Remove the tool from the shiftlock
override access hole then install
the cap.
7. Have the system inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Ignition key interlock system
The ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position. Even if the ignition
switch is in the LOCK position, the
key cannot be removed.
If your vehicle is equipped with
engine start/stop button, the button
will not change to the OFF position
unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position.
Good driving practices
• Never move the gear shift lever
from P (Park) to any other position
with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the gear shift lever into
P (Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged.
• Always use the parking brake. Do
not depend on placing the trans-
mission in P (Park) to keep the
vehicle from moving.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator pedal.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 19
Driving your vehicle
205
Moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To move up a steep grade from a
standing start, depress the brake
pedal, shift the shift lever to D
(Drive). Select the appropriate gear
depending on load weight and steep-
ness of the grade, and release the
parking brake.Depress the accelera-
tor gradually while releasing the
service brakes.
When accelerating from a stop on
a steep hill, the vehicle may have a
tendency to roll backwards.
Shifting the shift lever into 2
(Second Gear) will help prevent
the vehicle from rolling back-
wards.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 20
521
Driving your vehicle
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
In the event that the power-assisted
brakes lose power because of a
stalled engine or some other reason,
you can still stop your vehicle by
applying greater force to the brake
pedal than you normally would. The
stopping distance, however, will be
longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering con-
trol on slippery surfaces.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s
ability to safely slow down; the vehi-
cle may also pull to one side when
the brakes are applied. Applying the
brakes lightly will indicate whether
they have been affected in this way.
Always test your brakes in this fash-
ion after driving through deep water.
To dry the brakes, apply them lightly
while maintaining a safe forward
speed until brake performance
returns to normal.
BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING - Steep hill
braking
Avoid continuous application of
the brakes when descending a
long or steep hill by shifting to a
lower gear. Continuous brake
application will cause the brakes
to overheat and could result in a
temporary loss of braking per-
formance.
CAUTION - Brake Pedal
Do not drive with your foot rest-
ing on the brake pedal.This will
create abnormally high brake
temperatures which can cause
excessive brake lining and pad
wear.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 21
Driving your vehicle
225
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate while
the vehicle is in motion, you can
make an emergency stop with the
parking brake. The stopping dis-
tance, however, will be much greater
than normal.
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high-pitched warning sound from
your front brakes or rear brakes.You
may hear this sound come and go or
it may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
Please remember that some driving
conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-
mal and does not indicate a problem
with your brakes.
Always replace the front or rear
brake pads as pairs.
WARNING - Parking
brake
Avoid applying the parking
brake to stop the vehicle while it
is moving except in an emer-
gency situation. Applying the
parking brake while the vehicle
is moving at normal speeds can
cause a sudden loss of control
of the vehicle. If you must use
the parking brake to stop the
vehicle, use great caution in
applying the brake.
WARNING - Brake wear
Do not ignore high pitched wear
sounds from your brakes. If you
ignore this audible warning, you
will eventually lose braking per-
formance, which could lead to a
serious accident.
CAUTION - Replace brake
pads
Do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads. Continuing to
drive with worn brake pads can
damage the braking system and
result in costly brake repairs.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 22
523
Driving your vehicle
Parking brake – Foot type
Applying the parking brake
To engage the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and then
depress the parking brake pedal
down as far as possible.
Releasing the parking brake
To release the parking brake,
depress the parking brake pedal a
second time while applying the foot
brake. The pedal will automatically
extend to the fully released position.
OYP054009K
OYP054010K
CAUTION - Parking brake
Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad (or lining) and brake
rotor wear.
WARNING - Parking brake
use
• Never allow a passenger to
touch the parking brake. If the
parking brake is released
unintentionally, serious injury
may occur.
• All vehicles should always
have the parking brake fully
engaged when parked to avoid
inadvertent movement of the
vehicles which can injure
occupants or pedestrians.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 23
Driving your vehicle
245
Check the brake warning light by
turning the ignition switch ON (do not
start the engine). This light will be
illuminated when the parking brake is
applied with the ignition switch in the
START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the brake
warning light is off.
If the brake warning light remains on
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running, there
may be a malfunction in the brake
system. Immediate attention is nec-
essary.
If at all possible, cease driving the
vehicle immediately.If that is not pos-
sible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only con-
tinue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location or repair
shop.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-
dents due to improper or dangerous
driving maneuvers. Even though
vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always maintain
a safe distance between you and
objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions.The vehicle
should be driven at reduced speeds
in the following circumstances:
• When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads
• When driving on roads where the
road surface is pitted or has differ-
ent surface heights.
Driving in these conditions increases
the stopping distance for your vehicle.
W-75
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 24
525
Driving your vehicle
The ABS continuously senses the
speed of the wheels. If the wheels
are going to lock, the ABS system
repeatedly modulates the hydraulic
brake pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-
responding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means
your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum benefit
from your ABS in an emergency situa-
tion, do not attempt to modulate your
brake pressure and do not try to pump
your brakes.Press your brake pedal as
hard as possible to allow the ABS to
control the force being delivered to the
brakes.
✽✽
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehi-
cle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the anti-lock brake
system is functioning properly.
• Even with the anti-lock brake sys-
tem, your vehicle still requires suf-
ficient stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
• Always slow down when cornering.
The anti-lock brake system cannot
prevent accidents resulting from
excessive speeds.
• On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake
system may result in a longer stop-
ping distance than for vehicles
equipped with a conventional
brake system.
The ABS warning light will stay on for
approximately 3 seconds after the
ignition switch is ON. During that
time, the ABS will go through self-
diagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays
on, you may have a problem with
your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.ABS self-
diagnosis will make clicking noises
and/or you may feel it in brake pedal
when applying the brakes at 8 mph -
15 mph (13 km/h - 24 km/h).
This a normal self-diagnosis condi-
tion every start up.
W-78
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 25
Driving your vehicle
265
• When you drive on a road having
poor traction, such as an icy road,
and have operated your brakes
continuously, the ABS will be active
continuously and the ABS warning
light may illuminate. Pull your vehi-
cle over to a safe place and stop
the engine.
• Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light goes off, then your
ABS system is normal. Otherwise,
you may have a problem with the
ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
✽✽
NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the
engine may not run as smoothly and
the ABS warning light may turn on at
the same time. This happens because
of low battery voltage. It does not
mean your ABS has malfunctioned.
• Do not pump your brakes!
• Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
Electronic stability control
(ESC)
The Electronic Stability control
(ESC) system is designed to stabi-
lize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers. ESC checks where you
are steering and where the vehicle is
actually going. ESC applies the
brakes on individual wheels and
intervenes with the engine manage-
ment system to stabilize the vehicle.
Electronic stability control (ESC) will
not prevent accidents. Excessive
speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers and
hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still
result in serious accidents. Only a
safe and attentive driver can prevent
accidents by avoiding maneuvers that
cause the vehicle to lose traction.
Even with ESC installed, always fol-
low all the normal precautions for driv-
ing - including driving at safe speeds
for the conditions.
OJF055023
WARNING
For maximum protection, always
wear your seat belt. No system,
no matter how advanced, can
compensate for all driver error
and/or driving conditions.
Always drive responsibly.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 26
527
Driving your vehicle
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system is an electronic system
designed to help the driver maintain
vehicle control under adverse condi-
tions.It is not a substitute for safe driv-
ing practices. Factors including speed,
road conditions and driver steering
input can all affect whether ESC will be
effective in preventing a loss of control.
It is still your responsibility to drive and
corner at reasonable speeds and to
leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa-
tion in the brake pedal. This is normal
and it means your ESC is active.
✽✽
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehi-
cle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the Electronic
Stability Control System is function-
ing properly.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
• When the ignition is turned
ON, ESC and ESC OFF
indicator lights illuminate for
approximately 3 seconds,
then ESC is turned on.
• Press the ESC OFF but-
ton for at least half a sec-
ond after turning the igni-
tion ON to turn ESC off.
(ESC OFF indicator will
illuminate). To turn the
ESC on, press the ESC
OFF button (ESC OFF
indicator light will go off).
• When starting the engine,
you may hear a slight tick-
ing sound. This is the ESC
performing an automatic
system self-check and does
not indicate a problem.
When operating
When the ESC is in opera-
tion, the ESC indicator light
blinks.
• When the Electronic
Stability Control is operat-
ing properly, you can feel a
slight pulsation in the vehi-
cle. This is only the effect
of brake control and indi-
cates nothing unusual.
• When moving out of the
mud or driving on a slip-
pery road, pressing the
accelerator pedal may not
cause the engine rpm
(revolutions per minute) to
increase.
-
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 27
Driving your vehicle
285
ESC operation off
ESC OFF state
There are 2 types of ESC
OFF states;Traction Control
disabled and Traction &
Stability Control disabled.
If the ignition is turned off
when ESC is off, ESC
remains off. Upon restarting
the engine, the ESC will
automatically turn on again.
• ESC off state 1
To cancel ESC operation, press the
ESC OFF button (ESC OFF )
shortly (ESC OFF indicator light
(ESC OFF ) illuminates). At this
state, the engine control function
does not operate.
It means the traction control function
does not operate.Brake control func-
tion only operates.
• ESC off state 2
To cancel ESC operation, press the
ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for
more than 3 seconds.ESC OFF indi-
cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates
and ESC OFF warning chime will
sound.
At this state, the engine control func-
tion and brake control function do not
operate. It means the car stability
control function does not operate any
more.
OJF058385L OJF058387L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 28
529
Driving your vehicle
Indicator light
When ignition switch is turned to ON,
the indicator light illuminates, then
goes off if the ESC system is operat-
ing normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks when-
ever ESC is operating or illuminates
when ESC fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off with
the button.
ESC OFF usage
When driving
• ESC should be turned on for daily
driving whenever possible.
• To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving
on a flat road surface.
■ ESC indicator light
■ ESC OFF indicator light
WARNING - Electronic sta-
bility control
Drive carefully even though your
vehicle has Electronic Stability
Control. It can only assist you in
maintaining control under cer-
tain circumstances.
WARNING - Operating
ESC
Never press the ESC OFF but-
ton while ESC is operating (ESC
indicator light blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is
operating, the vehicle may slip
out of control.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 29
Driving your vehicle
305
✽✽
NOTICE
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated). If the ESC is left on,
it may prevent the vehicle speed
from increasing, and result in false
diagnosis.
• Turning the ESC off does not
affect ABS or brake system opera-
tion.
Vehicle stability management
(VSM)
This system provides further
enhancements to vehicle stability
and steering responses when a vehi-
cle is driving on a slippery road or a
vehicle detects changes in coeffi-
cient of friction between right wheels
and left wheels when braking.
VSM operation
When the VSM is in operation, ESC
indicator light ( ) blinks.
When the vehicle stability manage-
ment is operating properly, you can
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle
and/or abnormal steering responses
(EPS- Electric Power Steering). This
is only the effect of brake and EPS
control and indicates nothing unusu-
al.
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on a sloping road such as a
gradient or incline
• Driving in reverse
• ESC OFF indicator light ( )
remains on the instrument cluster
• EPS indicator light remains on the
instrument cluster
WARNING - Tire/
Wheel size
When replacing tires and wheels,
make sure they are the same size
as the original tires and wheels
installed. Driving with varying
tire or wheel sizes may diminish
any supplemental safety benefits
of the VSM system.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 30
531
Driving your vehicle
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to
turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
light ( ) illuminates.
To turn on the VSM, press the button
again. The ESC OFF indicator light
goes out.
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if
you don’t cancel the VSM operation
by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
indicates that a malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the
Electric Power Steering system or
VSM system. If the ESC indicator
light ( ) or EPS warning light
remains on, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 22 km/h (13
mph) on curves.
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 10 km/h (6
mph) when a vehicle is braking on
a split-mu surface. A split-mu sur-
face is made of two surfaces which
have different friction forces.
• The Vehicle Stability Management
system is not a substitute for safe
driving practices but a supplemen-
tary function only. It is the respon-
sibility of the driver to always check
the speed and the distance to the
vehicle ahead. Always hold the
steering wheel firmly while driving.
• Your vehicle is designed to activate
according to the driver’s intention,
even with installed VSM. Always fol-
low all the normal precautions for
driving at safe speeds for the condi-
tions – including driving in inclement
weather and on a slippery road.
WARNING
- Vehicle stability management
Drive carefully even though your
vehicle has Vehicle stability man-
agement.It can only assist you in
maintaining control under cer-
tain circumstances.
WARNING
For maximum protection, always
wear your seat belt. No system,
no matter how advanced, can
compensate for all driver error
and/or driving conditions.
Always drive responsibly.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 31
Driving your vehicle
325
Hill-start assist control (HAC)
A vehicle has the tendency to roll
back on a steep hill when it starts to
go after stopping. The Hill-start
Assist Control (HAC) prevents the
vehicle from rolling back by applying
the brakes automatically for about 2
seconds. The brakes are released
when the accelerator pedal is
depressed or after about 2 seconds.
The HAC is activated only for about 2
seconds, so when the vehicle is
starting off always depress the accel-
erator pedal.
Good braking practices
• Check to be sure the parking brake
is not engaged and the parking
brake indicator light is out before
driving away.
• Driving through water may get the
brakes wet. They can also get wet
when the vehicle is washed. Wet
brakes can be dangerous! Your
vehicle will not stop as quickly if the
brakes are wet. Wet brakes may
cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action
returns to normal, taking care to
keep the vehicle under control at all
times.If the braking action does not
return to normal, stop as soon as it
is safe to do so and call an author-
ized Kia dealer for assistance.
• Don't coast down hills with the
vehicle out of gear.This is extreme-
ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in
gear at all times, use the brakes to
slow down, then shift to a lower
gear so that engine braking will
help you maintain a safe speed.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.
Resting your foot on the brake
pedal while driving can be danger-
ous because the brakes might
overheat and lose their effective-
ness. It also increases the wear of
the brake components.
• If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
ing, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down.When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe place.
• If your vehicle is equipped with an
Automatic transmission, don't let
your vehicle creep forward. To
avoid creeping forward, keep your
foot firmly on the brake pedal when
the vehicle is stopped.
• Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake
and place the shift lever in P (auto-
matic transmission). If your vehicle
is facing downhill, turn the front
wheels into the curb to help keep
the vehicle from rolling.
WARNING - Maintaining
Brake Pressure on Incline
HAC does not replace the need
to apply brakes while stopped on
an incline. While stopped, make
sure you maintain brake pres-
sure sufficient to prevent your
vehicle from rolling backward
and causing an accident. Don’t
release the brake pedal until you
are ready to accelerate forward.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 32
533
Driving your vehicle
If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn
the front wheels away from the
curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling. If there is no curb or if it is
required by other conditions to
keep the vehicle from rolling, block
the wheels.
• Under some conditions your park-
ing brake can freeze in the
engaged position.This is most like-
ly to happen when there is an
accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if
the brakes are wet.If there is a risk
that the parking brake may freeze,
apply it only temporarily while you
put the shift lever in P (automatic
transmission) and block the rear
wheels so the vehicle cannot roll.
Then release the parking brake.
• Do not hold the vehicle on an
incline with the accelerator pedal.
This can cause the transmission to
overheat. Always use the brake
pedal or parking brake.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 33
Driving your vehicle
345
The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) system is designed to
help detect and monitor the vehicle
or pedestrians ahead in the roadway
through camera recognition to warn
the driver that a collision is imminent,
and if necessary, apply emergency
braking.
System setting and activation
System setting
• The driver can activate the FCA by
placing the ignition switch to the
ON position and by selecting:
'User Settings → Driver Assistance
→ Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist' The FCA system deacti-
vates, when the driver cancels the
system setting.
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM - CAMERA TYPE
WARNING
Take the following precaution-
swhen using the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) system:
• This system is only a supple-
mental system and it is not
intended to,nor does it replace
the need for extreme care and
attention of the driver. The
sensing range and objects
detectable by the sensors are
limited. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
• Never drive too fast in accor-
dance with the road condi-
tions or while cornering.
• Always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sud-
den situations from occur-
ring. FCA does not stop the
vehicle completely and is not
a collision avoidance system.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 34
535
Driving your vehicle
The warning light illumi-
nates on the LCD display,
when you cancel the FCA
system. The driver can
monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on
the LCD display. Also, the warning
light illuminates when the ESC
(Electronic Stability Control) is
turned off. When the warning light
remains ON with the FCA activated,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• The driver can select the initial
warning activation time on the LCD
display. Go to the 'User Settings →
Driver Assistance → Forward
Collision Warning →
Early/Normal/Late'.
The options for the initial Forward
Collision Warning includes the fol-
lowing:
• EARLY - When this condition is
selected, the initial
Forward Collision Warning
is activated earlier than
normal. This setting maxi-
mizes the amount of dis-
tance between the vehicle
or pedestrians ahead
before the initial warning
occurs. If the ‘EARLY’ con-
dition feels too sensitive,
change it into ‘NORMAL’.
• NORMAL - When this condition is
selected, the initial
Forward Collision
Warning is activated nor-
mally.This setting allows
for a smaller amount of
distance between the
vehicle or pedestrians
ahead before the initial
warning occurs com-
pared to the EARLY
mode.
• LATE - When this condition is
selected, the initial Forward
Collision Warning is activat-
ed later than normal. This
setting reduces the amount
of distance between the
vehicle or pedestrians
ahead before the initial
warning occurs. Select this
condition only when traffic
is light, and you are driving
slowly.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 35
Driving your vehicle
365
Prerequisite for activation
The FCA gets ready to be activated,
when the FCA is selected on the
LCD display, and when the following
prerequisites are satisfied.
- The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is activated.
- Vehicle speed is over 8 km/h (5
mph). (The FCA is only activated
within a certain speed range.)
- The system detects a vehicle or
pedestrian in front, which may col-
lide with your vehicle. (The FCA
may not be activated or may sound
a warning alarm in accordance
with the driving situation or vehicle
condition.)
❈The FCA may not operate properly
according to the frontal situation,
the direction and speed of pedes-
trian.
FCA warning message and
system control
The FCA system produces warning
messages, warning alarms, and
emergency braking based on the
level of risk of a frontal collision, such
as when a vehicle ahead suddenly
brakes.
The driver can select the initial warn-
ing activation time in the User
Settings in the LCD display. The
options for the initial Forward
Collision Warning include Early,
Normal or Late initial warning time.
WARNING
• Completely stop the vehicle
on a safe location before
operating the switch on the
steering wheel to activate/
deactivate the FCA system.
• The FCA automatically acti-
vates upon placing the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON
position. The driver can deac-
tivate the FCA by canceling
the system setting on the LCD
display. To avoid driver dis-
tractions, do not attempt to
set or cancel the FCA while
driving the vehicle.
• The FCA automatically deac-
tivates upon canceling the
ESC (Electronic Stability
Control). When the ESC is
canceled, the FCA cannot be
activated on the LCD display.
The FCA warning light will
illuminate, but it does not
indicate a malfunction of the
system.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 36
537
Driving your vehicle
Collision Warning (1st warning)
This warning message appears on
the LCD display with a warning
chime. Additionally, some vehicle
system intervention occurs by the
engine management system to help
decelerate the vehicle.
- Your vehicle speed may decelerate
moderately.
- The FCA system limitedly controls
the brakes to preemptively mitigate
impact in a collision.
- It will operate if the vehicle speed is
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph) and
less than or equal to 60 km/h (38
mph) on a forward vehicle.
(Depending on the condition of the
vehicle ahead and the environment
surrounding it, the possible maxi-
mum operating speed may be
reduced.)
Emergency braking (2nd warning)
This warning message appears on
the LCD display with a warning
chime. Additionally, some vehicle
system intervention occurs by the
engine management system to help
decelerate the vehicle.
- The FCA system limitedly controls
the brakes to preemptively mitigate
impact in a collision. The brake
control is maximized just before a
collision.
OJF058389L OJF058390L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 37
Driving your vehicle
385
- It will operate if the vehicle speed is
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph) and
less than or equal to 60 km/h (38
mph) on a forward vehicle.
(Depending on the condition of the
vehicle ahead and the environment
surrounding it, the possible maxi-
mum operating speed may be
reduced.)
Brake operation
• In an urgent situation, the FCA
system applies the brakes.
• The FCA provides additional brak-
ing power for optimum braking per-
formance, when the driver
depresses the brake pedal.
• The braking control is automatical-
ly deactivated, when the driver
sharply depresses the accelerator
pedal, or when the driver abruptly
operates the steering wheel.
• The FCA brake control is automat-
ically canceled, when risk factors
disappear.
CAUTION
The driver should always pay
great caution to vehicle opera-
tion, even though there is no
warning message or warning
alarm. The warning of the FCA
system may not sound while
other system warning sounds.
WARNING
The FCA system logic assesses
the risk of a collision by moni-
toring several variables, such
as the distance from the vehicle
ahead, the speed of the vehicle
ahead, and the driver's vehicle
speed. Certain conditions, such
as inclement weather and road
conditions, may affect the oper-
ation of the FCA system.
WARNING
Never deliberately drive danger-
ously to activate the system.
WARNING
The FCA cannot avoid all colli-
sions. The braking control can-
not completely stop the vehicle.
The driver is responsible to
safely drive and control the
vehicle.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 38
539
Driving your vehicle
FCA sensor
(Front View Camera)
In order for the FCA system to oper-
ate properly, always make sure the
sensor are clean and free of dirt,
snow, and debris.
Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on
the sensor of its external parts may
adversely affect the sensing perform-
ance of the sensor.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Never install any accessories or
stickers on the front windshield,
or tint the front windshield.
• Never place any reflective objects
(i.e. white paper, mirror) over the
dashboard. Any light reflection
may cause a malfunction of the
system.
• Make sure the frontal camera does
not get wet.
• Never disassemble the camera
assembly, or apply any impact on
the camera assembly.
• Playing the vehicle audio system
at high volume may prevent occu-
pants from hearing the FCA warn-
ings.
• Be careful not to apply unneces-
sary force on the sensor. If the sen-
sor is forcibly moved out of proper
alignment, the system may not
operate correctly. In this case, a
warning message may not be dis-
played. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer when the
windshield glass is replaced.
OJF058305
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 39
Driving your vehicle
405
Warning message and warning
light
When the sensor is blocked with dirt,
snow, or debris, the FCA system
operation may stop temporarily.
If this occurs, a warning message will
appear on the LCD display.
The system will operate normally
when such dirt, snow or debris is
removed.
However, the FCA system may not
properly operate in an area (e.g.
open terrain), where any substances
are not detected after turning ON the
engine.
Although a warning message will not
appear on the LCD display, the FCA
may not properly operate.
System malfunction
• When the FCA is not working prop-
erly, the FCA warning light ( ) will
illuminate and the warning mes-
sage will appear for a few seconds.
After the message disappears, the
master warning light ( ) will illu-
minate. In this case, have the vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
• The FCA warning message may
appear along with the illumination
of the ESC warning light.
OQL058372N
OJF058394L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 40
541
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
• The FCA system may not acti-
vate if the driver applies the
brake pedal to avoid the risk
of a collision.
• The brake control may be
insufficient, possibly causing
a collision, if a vehicle in front
abruptly stops. Always pay
extreme caution.
• The FCA system may not acti-
vate depending on road condi-
tions, inclement whether, driv-
ing conditions or traffic condi-
tions. Therefore, the driver
should always pay attention to
the road and be prepared the
apply the brakes at all times.
(Continued)
WARNING
• The FCA is only a supplemen-
tal system for the driver's con-
venience. It is the driver's
responsibility to control the
vehicle operation. Do not
solely depend on the FCA
system. Rather, maintain a
safe braking distance, and, if
necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce the driving
speed or stop the vehicle.
• In certain instances and
under certain driving condi-
tions, the FCA system may
activate unintentionally.
Also, due to sensing limita-
tions, in certain situations, the
front view camera recognition
system may not detect the
vehicle or pedestrians ahead.
The FCA system may not acti-
vate and the warning mes-
sage may not be displayed.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Even if there is any problem
with the brake control func-
tion of the FCA system, the
vehicle's basic braking per-
formance will operate normal-
ly. However, brake control
function for avoiding collision
will not activate.
• If the vehicle in front stops
suddenly, you may have less
control of the brake system.
Therefore, always keep a safe
distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle in front of you.
• Occupants may get injured, if
the vehicle abruptly stops by
the activated FCA system.Pay
extreme caution.
• The FCA system operates
only to detect vehicles in front
of the vehicle.
• The FCA system may not acti-
vate to all types of vehicles.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 41
Driving your vehicle
425
Limitation of the system
The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) system is designed to
monitor the vehicle or pedestrians
ahead in the roadway through cam-
era recognition to warn the driver
that a collision is imminent, and if
necessary, apply emergency brak-
ing.
In certain situations, the camera may
not be able to detect the vehicle or
pedestrians ahead. In these cases,
the FCA system may not operate
normally.The driver must pay careful
attention in the following situations
where the FCA operation may be
limited.
Detecting vehicles
The sensor may be limited when:
• The camera is covered object or
debris
• Inclement weather such as heavy
rain or snow obscures the field of
view of the camera
• The camera recognition is limited
• The vehicle in front is too small to
be detected (for example a motor-
cycle or a bicycle, etc.)
• The vehicle in front is an oversize
vehicle or trailer that is too big to
be detected by the camera recog-
nition system. (for example a trac-
tor, trailer, etc.)
• The camera's field of view is not well
illuminated (either too dark or too
much reflection or too much back-
light that obscures the field of view)
• The vehicle in front does not have
their rear lights properly turned ON
or their rear lights are located
unusually.
• The outside brightness changes
suddenly, for example when enter-
ing or exiting a tunnel
WARNING
• The FCA system does not
operate when the vehicle is in
reverse.
• The FCA system is not
designed to detect other
objects on the road such as
animals.
• The FCA system does not
detect vehicles in the opposite
lane.
• The FCA system does not
detect cross traffic vehicles
that are approaching.
• The FCA system cannot detect
the driver approaching the side
view of a parked vehicle (for
example on a dead end street.)
In these cases, you must main-
tain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce the driv-
ing speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 42
543
Driving your vehicle
• When light coming from a street
light or an oncoming vehicle is
reflected on a wet road surface
such as a puddle in the road.
• The field of view in front is
obstructed by sun glare or head-
light of oncoming vehicle.
• The windshield glass is fogged up.
• The vehicle in front is driving errat-
ically.
• The vehicle is on unpaved or
uneven rough surfaces, or roads
with sudden gradient changes.
• The vehicle is drives inside a build-
ing, such as a basement parking lot
• The camera does not recognize
the entire vehicle in front.
• The camera is damaged.
• The brightness outside is too low
such as when the headlamps are
not on at night or the vehicle is
going through a tunnel.
• Adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• The sensor recognition changes
suddenly when passing over a
speed bump
• The shadow is on the road by a
median strip, trees, etc.
• The vehicle drives through a toll-
gate.
• The rear part of the vehicle in front
is not fully visible.
• The vehicle in front is moving verti-
cally to the driving direction
• The vehicle in front is stopped ver-
tically
• The vehicle in front is driving
towards your vehicle or reversing
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front circles
- Driving on a curve
The performance of the FCA system
may be limited when driving on a
curved road.
On curved roads, the other vehicle
on the same lane is not recognized
and the FCA system's performance
may be degraded.This may produce
the warning message and the warn-
ing alarm prematurely, or it may not
produce the warning message or the
warning alarm at all.
Also, in certain instances the camera
recognition system may not detect
the vehicle traveling on a curved
road.
OJF055025
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 43
Driving your vehicle
445
When driving on a curve, exercise
caution, maintain a safe braking dis-
tance, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe dis-
tance.
The FCA system may recognize a
vehicle in the next lane when driving
on a curved road.
In this case, the system may alarm
the driver and apply the brake.Always
pay attention to road and driving con-
ditions while driving. If necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main-
tain a safe distance.
Also, when necessary depress the
accelerator pedal to prevent the sys-
tem from unnecessarily decelerating
your vehicle.
Always check the traffic conditions
around the vehicle.
- Driving on a slope
The performance of the FCA system
may be limited while driving upward
or downward on a slope and may not
recognize the vehicle in front in the
same lane. It may prematurely pro-
duce the warning message and the
warning alarm, or it may not produce
the warning message and the warn-
ing alarm at all.
When the FCA suddenly recognizes
the vehicle in front while passing
over a slope, you may experience
sharp deceleration.
OJF055026 OJF058027N
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 44
545
Driving your vehicle
Always keep your eyes forward while
driving upward or downward on a
slope, and, if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain distance.
- Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in
front of you, the FCA system may not
immediately detect the vehicle, espe-
cially if the vehicle changes lanes
abruptly.In this case, you must main-
tain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a stopped vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, the FCA sys-
tem may not immediately detect the
new vehicle that is now in front of
you. In this case, you must maintain
a safe braking distance, and if nec-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
OJF055028 OJF055029
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 45
Driving your vehicle
465
- Detecting the vehicle in front of you
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab,
or when the vehicle in front of you
has higher ground clearance, addi-
tional special attention is required.
The FCA system may not be able to
detect the cargo extending from the
vehicle. In these instances, you must
maintain a safe braking distance
from the rearmost object, and if nec-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain distance.
Detecting pedestrians
The sensor may be limited when:
• The pedestrian is not fully detected
by the camera recognition system,
for example, if the pedestrian is
leaning over or is not fully walking
upright
• The pedestrian is moving very
quickly or appears abruptly in the
camera detection area
• The pedestrian is wearing clothing
that easily blends into the back-
ground, making it difficult to be
detected by the camera recogni-
tion system
• The outside lighting is too bright
(e.g.when driving in bright sunlight
or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g.
when driving on a dark rural road
at night)
• It is difficult to detect and distin-
guish the pedestrian from other
objects in the surroundings, for
example, when there is a group of
pedestrians, or a large crowd.
• There is an item similar to a per-
son's body structure
• The pedestrian is small
• The pedestrian has impaired
mobility
• The sensor recognition is limited
• The camera is covered with a for-
eign object or debris
• Inclement weather such as heavy
rain or snow obscures the field of
view of the radar sensor or camera
• When light coming from a street
light or an oncoming vehicle is
reflected on a wet road surface
such as a puddle in the road
• The field of view in front is
obstructed by sun glare
• The windshield glass is fogged up.
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• When the pedestrian suddenly
appears in front of the vehicle
• When the construction area, rail or
other metal object is near the
pedestrian.
OJF058030N
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 46
547
Driving your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
In some instances, the FCA system
may be cancelled when subjected to
electromagnetic interference.
This device complies with
Industry Canada licence-exempt
RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following
conditions:
(1) This device may not cause inter-
ference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
(3) Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to oper-
ate the device.
(Continued)
• Never try to test the operation
of the FCA system. Doing so
may cause severe injury or
death.
• When front bumper or wind-
shield glass is replaced or
repaired, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING
• Do not use the Forward
Collision -Avoidance Assist
(FCA) system when towing a
vehicle. Application of the
FCA system while towing may
adversely affect the safety of
your vehicle or the towing
vehicle.
• Use extreme caution when the
vehicle in front of you has
cargo that extends rearward
from the cab, or when the
vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance.
• The FCA system is designed
to detect and monitor the
vehicle ahead in the roadway
through camera recognition.It
is not designed to detect bicy-
cles, motorcycles, or smaller
wheeled objects such as lug-
gage bags, shopping carts, or
strollers.
(Continued)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 47
Driving your vehicle
485
The cruise control system allows you
to program the vehicle to maintain a
constant speed without depressing
the accelerator pedal.
This system is designed to function
above approximately 30 km/h (20
mph).
If the cruise control is left on,
(CRUISE indicator light in the instru-
ment cluster illuminated) the cruise
control can be switched on acciden-
tally. Keep the cruise control system
off (CRUISE indicator light OFF)
when the cruise control is not in use,
to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
Use the cruise control system only
when traveling on open highways in
good weather.
Do not use the cruise control when
driving in heavy or varying traffic, or
on slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov-
ered) or winding roads or over 6%
up-hill or down-hill roads.
✽✽
NOTICE
• During normal cruise control oper-
ation, when the SET switch is acti-
vated or reactivated after applying
the brakes, the cruise control will
activate after approximately 3 sec-
onds. This delay is normal.
• To activate cruise control, depress
the brake pedal at least once after
turning the ignition switch to the
ON position or starting the engine.
This is to check if the brake switch
which is important part to cancel
cruise control is in normal condi-
tion.
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
WARNING - Misuse of
Cruise Control
Do not use cruise control if the
traffic situation does not allow
you to drive safely at a constant
speed and with sufficient dis-
tance to the vehicle in front.
OJF058445L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:47 AM Page 48
549
Driving your vehicle
To set cruise control speed:
1. Press the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The CRUISE indicator light in
the instrument cluster will illumi-
nate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 30 km/h
(20 mph).
3. Move the lever down (to SET-),
and release it at the desired
speed. The SET indicator light in
the instrument cluster will illumi-
nate. Release the accelerator at
the same time.The desired speed
will automatically be maintained.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down slightly when driving uphill
or speed up slightly while going down-
hill.
To increase cruise control set
speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever up (to RES+) and
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
increase by 10 km/h (5 mph).
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Move the lever up (to RES+) and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will increase by 1.0 km/h (1.0
mph) each time you move the lever
up (to RES+) in this manner.
OJF058038
OJF058446L
OJF058447L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 49
Driving your vehicle
505
To decrease the cruising
speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever down (to SET-) and
hold it. Your vehicle will gradually
slow down.Release the lever at the
speed you want to maintain.
• Move the lever down (to SET-) and
release it immediately.The cruising
speed will decrease by 2 km/h (1.0
mph) each time the lever is operat-
ed in this manner.
To temporarily accelerate with
the cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with the cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
To cancel cruise control, do
one of the following:
• Depress the brake pedal.
• Shift into N (Neutral) with an
Automatic transmission.
• Press the CANCEL switch.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the memory speed by 20
km/h (12 mph).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 25 km/h (15
mph).
OJF058041OJF058446L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 50
551
Driving your vehicle
Each of these actions will cancel
cruise control operation (the SET
indicator light in the instrument clus-
ter will go off), but it will not turn the
system off. If you wish to resume
cruise control operation, move the
lever up (to RES+). You will return to
your previously preset speed.
To resume cruising speed at
more than approximately 30
km/h (20 mph):
If any method other than the
CRUISE ON-OFF switch was used
to cancel cruising speed and the sys-
tem is still activated, the most recent
set speed will automatically resume
when you move the lever up.
It will not resume, however, if the
vehicle speed has dropped below
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).
To turn cruise control off, do
one of the following:
• Press the CRUISE button (the
CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster will go off).
• Turn the ignition off.
Both of these actions will cancel the
cruise control operation. If you want
to resume the cruise control opera-
tion, repeat the steps provided in “To
set cruise control speed” on the pre-
vious page.
OJF058447L
OJF058038
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 51
Driving your vehicle
525
DRIVE mode
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver’s preference
or road condition.
The mode changes whenever the
DRIVE MODE button is pressed.
ECO mode (Active ECO)
Active ECO helps improve
fuel efficiency by control-
ling certain engine and
transaxle system operat-
ing parameters. Fuel effi-
ciency depends on the
driver's driving habit and
road condition.
• When the DRIVE MODE
button is pressed and
the ECO mode is select-
ed, the ECO indicator
(green) will illuminate to
show that the Active
ECO is operating.
• When the Active ECO is
activated, it does not
turn off even though the
engine is restarted
again. To turn off the
system, press the
DRIVE MODE button
again.
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM
COMFORT
SPORT ECO
OJFA055054
■ Type A
■ Type B
OJFA055055
OJFA055053
■ Type C
ECO
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 52
553
Driving your vehicle
When Active ECO is activated:
• The acceleration may slightly be
reduced even though you depress
the accelerator fully.
• The air conditioner performance
may be limited
• The shift pattern of the automatic
transaxle may change.
• The engine noise may get louder.
The above situations are normal
conditions when the Active Eco
System is activated to improve fuel
efficiency.
Limitation of Active ECO opera-
tion:
If the following conditions occur while
Active ECO is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indi-
cator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes nor-
mal.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
the engine torque is restricted.
• When using manual mode:
The system will be limited accord-
ing to the shift location.
• When the accelerator pedal is
deeply depressed for a few sec-
onds:
The system will be limited, judging
that the driver wants to speed up.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode focuses on
dynamic driving by auto-
matically adjusting the
steering wheel, engine
and transaxle system.
• When the DRIVE MODE
button is pressed and
the SPORT mode is
selected, the SPORT
indicator (yellow) will illu-
minate.
• When the SPORT mode
is activated, and the
engine start/stop button
is turned off and on it will
change to NORMAL
mode. To turn on the
SPORT mode press
DRIVE MODE button
again.
SPORT
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 53
Driving your vehicle
545
• If the system is activat-
ed:
- While holding vehicle
speed, it maintains the
gear and RPM for some
time even though the
accelerator pedal is not
depressed.
- Up-shifting is delayed.
✽✽
NOTICE
In Sport drive mode, the fuel effi-
ciency may decrease.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 54
555
Driving your vehicle
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system uses radar sensors in
the rear bumper to monitor and warn
the driver of an approaching vehicle
in the driver's blind spot area.
The system monitors the rear area of
the vehicle and provides information
to the driver with an audible alert and
a indicator on the outside rearview
mirrors.
(1)Blind spot area
The BCW range varies relative to
vehicle speed. Note that if your
vehicle is traveling much faster
than the vehicles around you, the
warning will not occur.
(2)Closing at high speed
The BCW-Closing at high speed
feature will alert you when a vehi-
cle is approaching in an adjacent
lane at a high rate of speed.If the
driver activates the turn signal
when the system detects an
oncoming vehicle, the system
sounds an audible alert. Distance
from approaching vehicle can be
seen differently according to the
relative speed.
(3)RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning)
The RCCW feature monitors
approaching cross traffic from the
left and right side of the vehicle
when your vehicle is in reverse.
The feature will operate when the
vehicle is moving in reverse
below about 10 km/h (6 mph). If
oncoming cross traffic is detected
a warning chime will sound.
Distance from approaching vehi-
cle can be seen differently
according to the relative speed.
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW)
WARNING
• Always be aware of road con-
ditions while driving and be
alert for unexpected situa-
tions even though the BCW
system is operating.
• The BCW is not a substitute
for proper and safe driving.
Always drive safely and use
caution when changing lanes
or backing up the vehicle.The
BCW may not detect every
object alongside the vehicle.
OUM056176L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 55
Driving your vehicle
565
BCW (Blind-Spot Collision
Warning) / LCA (Lane Change
Assist)
Operating conditions
The indicator on the switch will illumi-
nate when the BCW (Blind-Spot
Collision Warning) system switch is
pressed with the ignition switch ON.
If the vehicle speed exceeds 30 km/h
(20 mph), the system will activate.
If you press the switch again, the
switch indicator and system will be
turned off.
If the ignition switch is turned OFF
and ON the system returns to the
previous state.
When the system is not used turn the
system off by pressing the switch.
When the system is turned on the
warning light will illuminate for 3 sec-
onds on the outside rearview mirror.
WARNING
• Always check the road condi-
tion while driving for unex-
pected situations even though
the BCW (Blind-Spot Collision
Warning) system is operating.
• BCW (Blind-Spot Collision
Warning) system is a system
made for convenience. Do not
solely rely on the system but
always pay attention to drive
safely.
• Distance from the approach-
ing vehicle may be inexact
due to the changing relative
speeds of both vehicles.
OJF058309
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 56
557
Driving your vehicle
Warning type
The system will activate when:
1.The system is on
2.Vehicle speed is above 30 km/h
(20 mph)
3.Other vehicles are detected in the
rear side
First stage alert
If a vehicle is detected within the
boundary of the system, a yellow
warning light will illuminate on the
outside rearview mirror.
Once the detected vehicle is no
longer within the blind spot area, the
warning will turn off according to the
driving conditions of the vehicle.
WARNING
• Always check the road condi-
tion while driving for unex-
pected situations even
though the Blind-Spot
Collision Warning System
(BCW) is operating.
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System (BCW) is a
supplemental system to
assist you.Do not entirely rely
on the system. Always pay
attention, while driving, for
your safety.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System (BCW) is not
a substitute for proper and
safe driving. Always drive
safely and use caution when
changing lanes or backing the
vehicle up. The Blind-Spot
Collision Warning System
(BCW) may not detect every
object alongside the vehicle.
OJF055213
1st stage
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 57
Driving your vehicle
585
Second stage alert
A warning chime to alert the driver
will activate when:
1.A vehicle has been detected in the
blind spot area by the radar system
(the warning light will illuminate on
the outside rearview mirror (i.e., in
the first stage alert)
AND
2.The turn signal is applied (same
side as where the vehicle is being
detected).
When this alert is activated, the
warning light on the outside rearview
mirror will also blink.
If you turn off the turn signal indica-
tor, the second stage alert (the warn-
ing chime and the blinking warning
light on the outside rearview mirror)
will be deactivated.
- The second stage alarm can be
deactivated.
• To activate the alarm:
Go to the User Settings Mode →
Driver Assistance and select
“Blind-Spot Collision Warning” on
the LCD display.
• To deactivate the alarm:
Go to the User Settings Mode →
Driver Assistance and deselect
“Blind-Spot Collision Warning” on
the LCD display.
Detecting sensor
The sensors are located inside the
rear bumper.
Always keep the rear bumper clean
for the system to work properly.
OJF055215
2nd stage
CAUTION
The warning chime function
helps alert the driver. Deactivate
this function only when it is nec-
essary, refer to “User Settings
Mode” in chapter 4.
OJF058310
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 58
559
Driving your vehicle
RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning)
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning function monitors approach-
ing cross traffic from the left and right
side of the vehicle when your vehicle
is in reverse.
Operating conditions To operate
• Go to “User Settings → Driving
Assist and select Rear Cross
Traffic Collision Warning” on the
LCD display.
The system will turn on and stand-
by to activate. If you deactivate this
function in the cluster, the system
will stop.
❈For more information, refer to “LCD
Display” in chapter 4.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the vehicle is turned off and on
again, the RCCW system will
return to the state right before the
vehicle was turned off.
• The system will activate when
vehicle speed is below 10 km/h (6.2
mph) and with the shift lever in R
(Reverse).
• The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW) detecting range
is approximately 0.5 m ~ 20 m (1 ft
~ 65 ft) in the direction of both lat-
eral sides of the car.
An approaching vehicle will be
detected if their vehicle speed is
within 4 km/h ~ 36 km/h (2.5 ~
22.5 mph).
Note that the detecting range may
vary under certain conditions. As
always, use caution and pay close
attention to your surroundings
when backing up your vehicle.
OYG056140
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 59
Driving your vehicle
605
Warning type
If the vehicle detected by the sensors
approaches your vehicle, the warn-
ing chime will sound, the warning
light on the outside rearview mirror
will blink and a message will appear
on the LCD display.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The warning chime will turn off:
- When the detected vehicle moves
out of the sensing area or
- If your vehicle is moved away
from the detected vehicle or
- When the vehicle is right behind
your vehicle or
- When the vehicle is not
approaching your vehicle or
- When the other vehicle slows
down.
• The system may not operate prop-
erly due to other factors or cir-
cumstances.
Always pay attention to your sur-
roundings.
• If the sensing area near the rear
bumper is blocked by either a wall
or barrier or by a parked vehicle,
the system sensing area may be
reduced.
WARNING
• When the BCW (Blind-Spot
Collision Warning) system is
being activated, The warning
light on the outside rearview
mirror will illuminate whenev-
er a vehicle is detected at the
rear side by the system.
To avoid accidents, do not
focus only on the warning
light and neglect to see the
surrounding of the vehicle.
• Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a
BCW (Blind-Spot Collision
Warning) system. Do not sole-
ly rely on the system but
check for yourself before
changing lanes.
The system may not alert the
driver in some conditions so
always check the surround-
ings while driving.
(Continued)
OJF058351
OJF055196L
OJF058352
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 60
561
Driving your vehicle
Warning message
The sensor may be limited when the
below conditions.
If there is a problem with the BCW
system, a warning message will
appear and the light on the switch
will turn off. The system will turn off
automatically.
• One or both of the sensors on the
rear bumper is blocked by dirt or
snow or a foreign object.
• Driving in rural areas where the
BCW sensor does not detect
another vehicle for an extended
period of time.
CAUTION
• The system may not work prop-
erly if the bumper has been
replaced or if a repair work has
been done near the sensor.
• The detection area differs
according to the roads width.
If the road is narrow the sys-
tem may detect other vehicles
in the second next lane.
• On the contrary, if the road is
very wide the system may not
detect other vehicles in the
next lane.
• The system might be turned
off due to strong electromag-
netic waves.
OJF058433L
(Continued)
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning system (BCW) and
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW) are not a
substitute for proper and safe
driving practices. Always
drive safely and use caution
when changing lanes or back-
ing up your vehicle.The Blind-
Spot Collision Warning sys-
tem (BCW) may not detect
every object alongside the
vehicle.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 61
Driving your vehicle
625
• When there is inclement weather
such as heavy snow or rain.
• A trailer or carrier is installed. (To
use the BCW system, remove the
trailer or carrier from your vehicle.)
Turn off the system by pressing the
BCW switch and deselecting Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
(RCCW) from the User Settings
mode on the cluster, when using a
trailer or carrier behind your vehicle.
If any of these conditions occur, the
light on the BCW switch and the sys-
tem will turn off automatically.
When the BCW canceled warning
message is displayed in the cluster,
check to make sure that the rear
bumper is free from any dirt or snow
in the areas where the sensor is
located. Remove any dirt, snow, or
foreign material that could interfere
with the radar sensors.
After any dirt or debris is removed,
the BCW system should operate nor-
mally after about 10 minutes of driv-
ing the vehicle.
If the system still does not operate
normally have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
If the system does not work properly,
a warning message will appear and
the light on the switch will turn off.The
system will turn off automatically.
In this case, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
OJF058435L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 62
563
Driving your vehicle
Non-operating condition
Outside rearview mirror may not
alert the driver when:
- The outside rearview mirror housing
is damaged or covered with debris.
- The mirror is covered with dirt, snow,
or debris.
- The window is covered with debris.
- The windows are severely tinted.
Driver's Attention
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations, because the sys-
tem may not detect other vehicles
or objects in certain circumstances.
- When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
- The vehicle drives in inclement
weather such as heavy rain or
snow.
- The sensor is polluted with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
- The rear bumper where the sen-
sor is located is covered with a
foreign object such as a bumper
sticker, a bumper guard, a bike
rack, etc.
- The rear bumper is damaged, or
the sensor is out of the original
default position.
- The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in
the luggage compartment,
abnormal tire pressure, etc.
- When the temperature near the
rear bumper area is high or low.
(Continued)
(Continued)
- When the sensors are blocked
by other vehicles, walls or park-
ing-lot pillars.
- The vehicle drives on a curved
road or through a tollgate.
- The vehicle is driven near areas
containing metal substances
such as a construction zone,
railroad, etc.
- There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as a guardrail, per-
son, animal, etc.
- While going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane
is different.
- When driving through a narrow
road with many trees or bushes.
- When driving on wet surfaces.
- When driving through a large
area with few vehicles or struc-
tures around, such as a desert,
rural area, etc.
- A big vehicle is near such as a
bus or truck.
(Continued)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 63
Driving your vehicle
645
(Continued)
- When other vehicles are close to
your vehicle.
- When the other vehicle
approaches very close.
- When the detected vehicle also
moves back, as your vehicle
drives back.
- While changing lanes.
- If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
- When the other vehicle passes
at a very fast speed.
- When the vehicle in the next
lane moves two lanes away from
you OR when the vehicle two
lanes away moves to the next
lane to you.
- The vehicle is turning left or
right at a crossroads.
This device complies with
Industry Canada licence-exempt
RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following
conditions:
(1) This device may not cause inter-
ference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
(3) Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to oper-
ate the device.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 64
565
Driving your vehicle
The Lane Keeping Assist system is
designed to detect the lane markers
on the road with a front view camera
at the front windshield, and assists
the driver’s steering to help keep the
vehicle in the lanes.
When the system detects the vehicle
straying from its lane, it alerts the
driver with a visual and audible warn-
ing, while applying a slight counter-
steering torque, trying to prevent the
vehicle from moving out of its lane.
✽✽
NOTICE
• LKA helps prevent the driver
from moving out of the lane unin-
tentionally by assisting the dri-
ver’s steering. However, the sys-
tem is just a convenience function
and the steering wheel is not
always controlled. While driving,
the driver should pay attention to
the steering wheel.
• The operation of the LKA can be
cancelled or not work properly
according to road condition and
surroundings. Always be cautious
when driving.
• Do not disassemble a front view
camera temporarily for tinted
window or attaching any types of
coatings and accessories.
If you disassemble the camera and
assemble it again, take your vehi-
cle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked to
need a calibration.
(Continued)
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM
WARNING
• Driver is responsible for being
aware of surroundings and
steering the vehicle for safe
driving practices.
• Do not steer the steering
wheel suddenly when the
steering wheel is being assist-
ed by the system.
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist System
is a supplemental system and is
not a substitute for safe driving
practices. It is the responsibility
of the driver to always pay atten-
tion and drive safely.
OJF058305
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:48 AM Page 65
Driving your vehicle
665
(Continued)
• When you replace the windshield
glass, front view camera or related
parts of the steering, take your
vehicle to an authorized Kia deal-
er and have the system checked to
need a calibration.
• The system detects lane markers
and controls the steering wheel by
a front view camera, therefore, if
the lane markers are hard to
detect, the system may not work
properly. Always be cautious when
using the system.
• When the lane markers are hard
to detect, please refer to “Driver’s
Attention”.
• Do not remove or damage the
related parts of LKA.
• Do not place objects on the crash
pad that reflects light such as mir-
rors, white paper, etc. it may cause
malfunction of LKA if the sunlight
is reflected.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• You may not hear warning sound
of LKA because of the excessive
audio sound.
• If you continue to drive with your
hands off the steering wheel, the
LKA will stop controlling the
steering wheel after the hands off
alarm. After then, if you drive
with your hands on the steering
wheel, the control will be activated
again.
• If the vehicle speed is high, steer-
ing torque for assistance will not
be enough to keep your vehicle
within the lane. If so, the vehicle
may move out of its lane. Obey
speed limit when using LKA.
• If you attach objects to the steer-
ing wheel, the system may not
assist steering.
• If you attach objects to the steer-
ing wheel, hands off alarm may
not work properly.
LKA operation
To activate/deactivate the LKA:
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, press the LKA button locat-
ed on the instrument panel on the
lower left hand side of the driver.
The indicator in the cluster display
will initially illuminate white.
When the indicator(white) activated
in the previous ignition cycle, the
system turns on without any control.
If you press the LKA button again,
the indicator on the cluster display
will go off.
OJF058308
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 66
567
Driving your vehicle
The color of indicator will change
depend on the condition of LKA.
- White : Sensor does not detect
the lane marker or vehicle
speed is less than 64
km/h (40 mph).
- Green : Sensor detects the lane
marker and system is able
to control the steering.
LKA activation
• To see the LKA screen on the LCD
display in the cluster, Tab to the
ASSIST mode ( ).
• For further details, refer to [menu
settings] in chapter 4.
• After LKA is activated, if both lane
markers are detected, vehicle
speed is over 64 km/h (40 mph)
and all the activation conditions are
satisfied, a green steering wheel
indicator will illuminate and the
steering wheel will be controlled.
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist system
is a system to help prevent the
driver from leaving the lane.
However, the driver should not
solely rely on the system but
always check the road condi-
tions when driving.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 67
Driving your vehicle
685
If the speed of the vehicle is over 64
km/h (40 mph) and the system
detects lane markers, the color
changes from gray to white
When the conditions below are met,
LKA will be enable to assist steering.
• Vehicle speed is above 64 km/h
(40 mph).
• Both lane markers are detected by
LKA.
• The vehicle is between the lane
markers.
If LKA can assist steering, a green
steering wheel indicator will illumi-
nate.
Warning
If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane
marker you cross will blink on the
LCD display.
If the vehicle moves out its lane
because steering torque for assis-
tance is not enough, the line indica-
tor will blink.
• If all the conditions to activate LKA
is not satisfied, the system will con-
vert to LDW and warn the driver
only when the driver crosses the
lane markers. In this scenario, the
LDW system does not provide any
steering inputs into the vehicle for
you.Accordingly, you must take the
necessary steps to maintain con-
trol of the vehicle and keep it with-
in the lanes.
OJF058410L/OJF058413L
■ Lane undetected
■ Lane detected
OJF058414L/OJF058415L
■ Left lane
■ Right lane
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 68
569
Driving your vehicle
If the driver takes hands off the steer-
ing wheel for several seconds while
the LKA is activated, the system will
warn the driver.
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after
several seconds, the system will not
control the steering wheel and warn
the driver only when the driver cross-
es the lane markers.
However, if the driver has their hands
on the steering wheel again, the sys-
tem will start controlling the steering
wheel.
WARNING
• If you hold the steering wheel
lightly, the system may gener-
ate a hands off warning
because the Lane Keeping
Assist may not detect the
presence of the driver's
hands on the steering wheel.
• If you hold the steering wheel
lightly, the system would gen-
erate hands off warning
because LKA can treat the sit-
uation as you do not grab the
wheel.
OJF058416L
OJF058417L
WARNING
• The driver is responsible for
accurate steering.
• Even though the steering is
assisted by the system, the
driver may control the steer-
ing wheel.
• Turn off the system and drive
the vehicle in below situa-
tions.
- In bad weather
- In bad road condition
- When the steering wheel
needs to be controlled by the
driver frequently.
• The steering wheel may feel
heavier when the steering
wheel is assisted by the sys-
tem than when it is not.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 69
Driving your vehicle
705
✽✽
NOTICE
• Even though the steering is assist-
ed by the system, the driver may
control the steering.
• The steering wheel may feel heav-
ier when the steering wheel is
assisted by the system than when it
is not.
The system will be cancelled when:
• You change lanes with the turn sig-
nal.
- Using the turn signal to change
lanes.
- If you change lanes without the
turn signal on, the steering wheel
might be controlled.
• LKA can transit to steering assist
mode when the car is near to mid-
dle of the lane after system on or
the lane was changed. LKA can
not assist steering if the vehicle fol-
lows lane marker too close contin-
uously before transition to steering
assist mode.
• The control of ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle
Stability Management) is activated.
• The steering will not be assisted
when you drive fast on a sharp
curve.
• The steering will not be assisted
when vehicle speed is below 64
km/h (40 mph). and over 177 km/h
(110 mph). Always obey all traffic
laws and drive safely.
• The steering will not be assisted
when you change lanes quickly.
• The steering will not be assisted
when you brake suddenly.
• The steering will not be assisted
when the lane is very wide or nar-
row.
• The steering will not be assisted
when only one side lane marker is
detected.
• There are more than two lane
markers such as a construction
area.
• Radius of a curve is too small.
• When you turn steering wheel sud-
denly, the LKA will be disabled
temporarily.
• Driving on a steep slope or hill.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 70
571
Driving your vehicle
DRIVER’S ATTENTION
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations may not work
properly when recognition of the
lane marker is poor or limited :
When lane and road condition is
poor
• It is difficult to distinguish the lane
marker from road when the lane
marker is covered with dust or
sand.
• It is difficult to distinguish the
color of the lane marker from
road.
• There is something looks like a
lane marker.
• The lane marker is indistinct or
damaged.
• The number of lanes increases/
decreases or the lane lines are
crossing (Driving through a toll
plaza/toll gate, merged/divided
lane).
• There are more than two lane
markers.
• The lane marker is very thick or
thin.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The lane marker is not visible due
to snow, rain, stain, a puddle or
other factors.
• A shadow is on the lane marker
because of a median strip,
guardrail, noise barriers and oth-
ers.
• When the lane markers are com-
plicated or a structure substitutes
for the lines such as a construc-
tion area.
• There are crosswalk signs or other
symbols on the road.
• The lane suddenly disappears
such as at the intersection.
• The lane marker in a tunnel is cov-
ered with dirt or oil and etc.
When external condition is inter-
vened
• The brightness of outside changes
suddenly when entering/existing a
tunnel or passing under a bridge.
• The headlamps are not on at night
or in a tunnel, or light level is low.
• There is a boundary structure in
the roadway.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The light of street, sun, oncoming
vehicle and so on reflects from the
water on the road.
• When light shines brightly in the
reverse direction you drive.
• The distance from the vehicle
ahead is very short or the vehicle
ahead drives hiding the lane line.
• You drive on a steep grade or a
sharp curve.
• The vehicle vibrates heavily.
• The temperature near inside mir-
ror is very high due to direct sun
light and etc.
When front visibility is poor
• The lens or windshield is covered
by strange materials.
• The sensor cannot detect the lane
because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
• The windshield is fogged by
humid air in the vehicle.
• Putting something on the crash
pad and etc.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 71
Driving your vehicle
725
LKA malfunction
• If there is a problem with the sys-
tem a message will appear. If the
problem continues the LKA fail
indicator will illuminate.
LKA fail indicator
The LKA fail indicator (yellow) will
illuminate with an audible warning if
the LKA is not working properly. In
this case, have the system checked
by a professional workshop. Kia rec-
ommends to visit an authorized Kia
dealer/service partner.
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist sys-
tem is a system to help prevent
the driver from leaving the lane.
However, the driver should not
solely rely on the system but
always take the necessary
actions for safe driving prac-
tices.
OJF058419L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 72
573
Driving your vehicle
When there is a problem with the sys-
tem do one of the following:
• Turn the system on after turning
the engine off and on again.
• Check if the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
• Check if the system is affected by
the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain,
etc.)
• Check if there is foreign matter on
the camera lens
If the problem is not solved, take your
vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked.
LKA function change
The driver can change LKA to Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) system or
change the LKA mode between
Standard LKA and Active LKA from
the User Settings Mode on the LCD
display.
The driver can choose them by plac-
ing the ignition switch to the ON posi-
tion and by selecting ‘User Settings’,
‘Driver Assistance’, and ‘Lane
Safety’.
The system is automatically set to
Standard LKA when your vehicle is
first delivered from the factory.
Lane Departure
LDW alerts the driver with a visual
and acoustic warning when the sys-
tem detects the vehicle leaving the
lane.In this mode, the steering wheel
will not be controlled.When the vehi-
cle’s front wheel contacts the inside
edge of lane line, LKA issues the
lane departure warning.
Standard LKA
The Standard LKA mode guides the
driver to keep the vehicle within the
lanes. It rarely controls the steering
wheel, when the vehicle drives well
inside the lanes. However, it starts to
control the steering wheel, when the
vehicle is about to deviate from the
lanes.
Active LKA
The active LKA mode provides more
frequent steering wheel control in
comparison with the Standard LKA
mode.Active LKA can reduce the dri-
ver’s fatigue to assist the steering for
maintaining the vehicle in the middle
of the lane.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 73
Driving your vehicle
745
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
system is designed to warn the driv-
er of potentially hazardous driving
situations if it detects inattentive
driving practices.
System setting and activation
System setting
• The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem is set to be in the Normal posi-
tion, when your vehicle is first
delivered to you from the factory.
• To turn ON the Driver Attention
Warning system, turn on the
engine, and then select 'User
Settings → Driver Assistance →
Driver Attention Warning → High
sensitivity/Normal sensitivity/Off'
on the LCD display.
• The driver can select the Driver
Attention Warning system mode.
- Off :The Driver Attention Warning
system is deactivated.
- Normal sensitivity : The Driver
Attention Warning system alerts
the driver of his/her fatigue level
or inattentive driving practices.
- High sensitivity : The Driver
Attention Warning system alerts
the driver of his/her fatigue level
or inattentive driving practices
faster than Normal mode.
• The set-up of the Driver Attention
Warning system will be main-
tained, as selected, when the
engine is re-started.
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 74
575
Driving your vehicle
Display of the driver's attention
level
• The driver can monitor their driving
conditions on the LCD display.
- Select 'User Settings Mode' and
then 'Driver Assistance' on the
LCD display. (For more informa-
tion, refer to “LCD Display” in
chapter 4.)
• The driver's attention level is dis-
played on the scale of 1 to 5. The
lower the number is, the more inat-
tentive the driver is.
• The number decreases when the
driver does not take a break for a
certain period of time.
• The number increases when the
driver attentively drives for a cer-
tain period of time.
• When the driver turns on the sys-
tem while driving, it displays ‘Last
Break time’and level reflected that.
Take a break
• The “Consider taking a break”
message appears on the LCD dis-
play and a warning sounds in order
to suggest the driver to take a
break, when the driver's attention
level is below 1.
• The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem does not suggest the driver to
take a break, when the total driving
time is shorter than 10 minutes.
OJF058423L
OJF058422L
OJF058424L
OJF058426L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 75
Driving your vehicle
765
Resetting the system
• The last break time is set to 00:00
and the driver's attention level is
set to 5 (very attentive) when the
driver resets the Driver Attention
Warning system.
• The driver attention warning sys-
tem resets in the following situa-
tions.
- The engine is turned OFF.
- The driver unfastens the seat belt
and then opens the driver’s door
in stop.
- Stop lasting more than 10 min-
utes.
• The driver attention warning sys-
tem operates again, when the driv-
er restarts driving.
System disabled
The Driver Attention Warning system
enters the ready status and displays
the 'Disabled' screen in the following
situations.
- The camera sensor keeps failing to
detect the lanes.
- Driving speed remains under 64
km/h (40 mph) or over 177 km/h
(110 mph).
OJF058427L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 76
577
Driving your vehicle
System malfunction
When the “Check System” warning
message appears, the system is not
working properly. In this case, take
your vehicle to an authorized Kia deal-
er and have the system checked.
✽✽
NOTICE
The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem utilizes the camera sensor on the
front windshield for its operation.
To keep the camera sensor in the
best condition, you should observe
the followings:
- Do not disassemble camera tem-
porarily for tinted window or
attaching any types of coatings and
accessories. If you disassemble a
camera and assemble it again, take
your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the system checked.
- Do not locate any reflective
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
over the dashboard. Any light
reflection may cause a mal-func-
tion of the Driver Attention
Warning (DAW) system.
- Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera sensor out of water.
- Do not arbitrarily disassemble the
camera assembly, nor apply any
impact on the camera assembly.
WARNING
• The Driver Attention Warning
system is not a substitute for
safe driving practices. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sud-
den situations from occur-
ring. Pay attention to the road
conditions at all times.
• It may suggest a break
according to the driver’s driv-
ing pattern or habits even if
the driver doesn’t feel
fatigued.
• The driver, who feels fatigued,
should take a break, even
though there is no break sug-
gestion by the Driver
Attention Warning system.
OJF058429L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 77
Driving your vehicle
785
• Playing the vehicle audio system
at high volume may offset the
Driver Attention Warning system
warning sounds.
✽✽
NOTICE
The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem does not detect actual driver
fatigue or drowsiness. The system
monitors driving and provides a
warning if it detects inattentive driv-
ing practices.
CAUTION
The Driver Attention Warning
system may not properly oper-
ate with limited alerting in the
following situations:
• The lane detection perform-
ance is limited. (For more
information, refer to “Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) system”
in this chapter.)
• The vehicle is violently driven
or is abruptly turned for obsta-
cle avoidance (e.g. construc-
tion area, other vehicles,fallen
objects, bumpy road).
• Forward drivability of the vehi-
cle is severely undermined
(possibly due to wide varia-
tion in tire pressures, uneven
tire wear-out, toe-in/toe-out
alignment).
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The vehicle drives on a curvy
road.
• The vehicle drives on a bumpy
road.
• The vehicle drives through a
windy area.
• The vehicle is controlled by
the following driver assistance
systems:
- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
system
- forward collision-avoidance
assist (FCA) System.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 78
579
Driving your vehicle
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving, where
you drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how
many kilometers (miles) you can get
from a liter (gallon) of fuel.To operate
your vehicle as economically as pos-
sible, use the following driving sug-
gestions to help save money in both
fuel and repairs:
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a
moderate rate. Don't make "jack-
rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts
and maintain a steady cruising
speed. Don't race between stop-
lights. Try to adjust your speed to
the traffic so you don't have to
change speeds unnecessarily.
Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-
sible. Always maintain a safe dis-
tance from other vehicles so you
can avoid unnecessary braking.
This also reduces brake wear.
• Drive at a moderate speed. The
faster you drive, the more fuel your
vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate
speed, especially on the highway,
is one of the most effective ways to
reduce fuel consumption.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This
can increase fuel consumption and
also increase wear on these com-
ponents. In addition, driving with
your foot resting on the brake pedal
may cause the brakes to overheat,
which reduces their effectiveness
and may lead to more serious con-
sequences.
• Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pres-
sure. Incorrect inflation, either too
much or too little, results in unnec-
essary tire wear. Check the tire
pressures at least once a month.
• Be sure that the wheels are
aligned correctly. Improper align-
ment can result from hitting curbs
or driving too fast over irregular
surfaces. Poor alignment causes
faster tire wear and may also result
in other problems as well as
greater fuel consumption.
• Keep your vehicle in good condi-
tion. For better fuel economy and
reduced maintenance costs, main-
tain your vehicle in accordance
with the maintenance schedule in
chapter 7. If you drive your vehicle
in severe conditions, more frequent
maintenance is required (see
chapter 7 for details).
• Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-
mum service, your vehicle should
be kept clean and free of corrosive
materials. It is especially important
that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be
allowed to accumulate on the
underside of the vehicle.This extra
weight can result in increased fuel
consumption and also contribute to
corrosion.
• Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-
sary weight in your vehicle.Weight
reduces fuel economy.
• Don't let the engine idle longer
than necessary. If you are waiting
(and not in traffic), turn off your
engine and restart only when
you're ready to go.
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 79
Driving your vehicle
805
• Remember, your vehicle does not
require extended warm-up. After
the engine has started, allow the
engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds
prior to placing the vehicle in gear.
In very cold weather, however, give
your engine a slightly longer warm-
up period.
• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.
Lugging is driving too slowly in a
very high gear resulting in engine
bucking. If this happens, shift to a
lower gear. Over-revving is racing
the engine beyond its safe limit.
This can be avoided by shifting at
the recommended speed.
• Use your air conditioning sparingly.
The air conditioning system is
operated by engine power so your
fuel economy is reduced when you
use it.
• Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset
some of this loss, slow down when
driving in these conditions.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating
condition is important both for econ-
omy and safety. Therefore, have an
authorized Kia dealer perform
scheduled inspections and mainte-
nance.
WARNING - Engine off
during motion
Never turn the engine off to
coast down hills or anytime the
vehicle is in motion. The power
steering and power brakes will
not function properly without
the engine running. In addition,
turning off the ignition while
driving could engage the steer-
ing wheel lock resulting in loss
of vehicle steering. Keep the
engine on and downshift to an
appropriate gear for an engine
braking effect.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 80
581
Driving your vehicle
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz-
ards, follow these suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and allow extra
distance for braking.
• Avoid sudden braking or steering.
• When braking with non-ABS
brakes pump the brake pedal with
a light up-and-down motion until
the vehicle is stopped.
Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,
use the second gear. Accelerate
slowly to avoid spinning the drive
wheels.
• Use sand, rock salt, or other non-
slip material under the drive
wheels to provide traction when
stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between R (Reverse) and any
forward gear in vehicles equipped
with an Automatic transmission. Do
not race the engine, and spin the
wheels as little as possible.If you are
still stuck after a few tries, have the
vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to
avoid engine overheating and possi-
ble damage to the transmission.
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
WARNING - Downshifting
Do not downshift with an auto-
matic transmission while driv-
ing on slippery surfaces. The
sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid
and result in an accident.
WARNING - Sudden
Vehicle Movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehi-
cle if people or objects are near-
by. The vehicle may suddenly
move forward or backwards as it
becomes unstuck.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 81
Driving your vehicle
825
The ESC system should be turned
OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration.If
you follow these suggestions, tire
wear will be held to a minimum.
Driving at night
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to
remember:
• Slow down and keep more dis-
tance between you and other vehi-
cles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
CAUTION - Vehicle rocking
Prolonged rocking may cause
engine overheating, transmis-
sion damage or failure, and tire
damage.
CAUTION - Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, espe-
cially at speeds more than 56
km/h (35 mph). Spinning the
wheels at high speeds when the
vehicle is stationary could
cause a tire to overheat which
could result in tire damage that
may injure bystanders.
OJF058062L OJF058063
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 82
583
Driving your vehicle
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's head-
lights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. (On vehicles not
equipped with the automatic head-
light aiming feature.) Dirty or
improperly aimed headlights will
make it much more difficult to see
at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the head-
lights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you’re not
prepared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider
when driving in the rain:
• A heavy rainfall will make it harder
to see and will increase the dis-
tance needed to stop your vehicle,
so slow down.
• Keep your windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.Replace
your windshield wiper blades when
they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
• If your tires are not in good condi-
tion, making a quick stop on wet
pavement can cause a skid and
possibly lead to an accident. Be
sure your tires are in good shape.
• Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large pud-
dles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking
operation returns.
OJF058064L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 83
Driving your vehicle
845
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them sev-
eral times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
Driving off-road
Drive carefully off-road because your
vehicle may be damaged by rocks or
roots of trees. Become familiar with
the off-road conditions where you
are going to drive before you begin
driving.
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pres-
sures will result in overheating and
possible failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction
or tire failure.
Never exceed the maximum tire
inflation pressure shown on the tires.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
High speed travel consumes more
fuel than urban motoring. Do not for-
get to check both the engine coolant
and engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
result in overheating of the engine.
WARNING - Under/over
inflated tires
Always check the tires for proper
inflation before driving.
Underinflated or overinflated
tires can cause poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and sud-
den tire failure leading to acci-
dents, injuries, and even death.
For proper tire pressures,refer to
“Tires and wheels” in chapter 8.
WARNING - Tire tread
Always check the tire tread
before driving your vehicle.
Worn-out tires can result in loss
of vehicle control. Worn-out tires
should be replaced as soon as
possible. For further information
and tread limits, refer to “Tires
and wheels” in chapter 7.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 84
585
Driving your vehicle
Severe weather conditions in the
winter result in greater wear and
other problems. To minimize the
problems of winter driving, you
should follow these suggestions:
Snowy or icy conditions
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
on your tires. If snow tires are need-
ed, it is necessary to select tires
equivalent in size and type of the
original equipment tires.Failure to do
so may adversely affect the safety
and handling of your vehicle.
Furthermore, speeding, rapid accel-
eration, sudden brake applications,
and sharp turns are potentially very
hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause skids to occur.You
need to keep sufficient distance
between the vehicle in operation in
front of your vehicle. Also, apply the
brake gently.
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehi-
cle, make sure they are radial tires of
the same size and load range as the
original tires. Mount snow tires on all
four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
handling in all weather conditions.
Keep in mind that the traction provid-
ed by snow tires on dry roads may
not be as high as your vehicle's orig-
inal equipment tires.You should drive
cautiously even when the roads are
clear. Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and munic-
ipal regulations for possible restric-
tions against their use.
WINTER DRIVING
WARNING - Snow tire size
Snow tires should be equivalent
in size and type to the vehicle's
standard tires. Otherwise, the
safety and handling of your vehi-
cle may be adversely affected.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 85
Driving your vehicle
865
• The use of chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling.
• Do not exceed 30 km/h (20 mph)
or the chain manufacturer’s recom-
mended speed limit, whichever is
lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the
vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel
braking.
Use high quality ethylene gly-
col coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-
ing system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in chapter 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure
that its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in chapter 7. The level of charge in
your battery can be checked by an
authorized Kia dealer or a service
station.
CAUTION - Snow chains
• Chains that are the wrong size
or improperly installed can
damage your vehicle's brake
lines, suspension, body and
wheels.
• Stop driving and retighten the
chains any time you hear them
hitting the vehicle.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 86
587
Driving your vehicle
Change to "winter weight" oil
if necessary
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
oil be used during cold weather. See
chapter 8 for recommendations. If
you aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in chapter 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
sure they are not cracked, worn or
damaged in any way.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice.If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heat-
ed key with care to avoid injury.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instruc-
tions on the container.Window wash-
er anti-freeze is available from an
authorized Kia dealer and most auto
parts outlets. Do not use engine
coolant or other types of anti-freeze
as these may damage the paint fin-
ish.
Don’t let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position.This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice around or near the rear
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If
there is a risk the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily while
you put the gear shift lever in P
(Park, Automatic transmission) and
block the rear wheels so the vehicle
cannot roll.Then release the parking
brake.
Don't let ice and snow accu-
mulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering.When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
vehicle to be sure the movement of
the front wheels and the steering
components are not obstructed.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 87
Driving your vehicle
885
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropri-
ate emergency equipment. Some of
the items you may want to carry
include tow straps or chains, flash-
light, emergency flares, sand, shov-
el, jumper cables, window scraper,
gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan-
ket, etc.
TRAILER TOWING
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 88
589
Driving your vehicle
Tire and loading information
label
The label located on the driver's door
sill gives the original tire size, cold
tire pressures recommended for your
vehicle, the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and vehicle
capacity weight.
Vehicle capacity weight:
410 kg (904 lbs.)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-
mum combined weight of occupants
and cargo.
Seating capacity:
Total : 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
OJFA059273
OJFA059271
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 89
Driving your vehicle
905
Towing capacity:
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants.
Steps For Determining Correct
Load Limit -
1. Locate the statement “The com-
bined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's
placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity.For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 635 kg
(1400 lbs.) and there will be five
68 kg (150 lb) passengers in your
vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity
is 295 kg (650 lbs).
(635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or
1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-
er, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle.Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/17/2019 4:41 PM Page 90
591
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Loose cargo
Do not travel with unsecured
blunt objects in the passenger
compartment of your vehicle
(e.g. suit cases or unsecured
child seats). These items may
strike occupant during a sud-
den stop or crash.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 91
Driving your vehicle
925
C190F03JM
Item Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity 385 kg
Weight (849 lbs)
Subtract Occupant
B Weight
365 kg
73 kg (161 lbs) × 5
(805 lbs)
C
Available Cargo and
20 kg
Luggage weight (44 lbs)
ABC
Example 3
C190F02JM
Item Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity 385 kg
Weight (849 lbs)
Subtract Occupant
B Weight
340 kg
68 kg (150 lbs) × 5
(750 lbs)
C
Available Cargo and
45 kg
Luggage weight (99 lbs)
ABC
Example 2
C190F01JM
Item Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity 385 kg
Weight (849 lbs)
Subtract Occupant
B Weight
136 kg
68 kg (150 lbs) × 2
(300 lbs)
C
Available Cargo and
249 kg
Luggage weight (549 lbs)
Example 1
ABC
Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight
and seating positions.The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's
capacity weight.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 92
593
Driving your vehicle
Certification label
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center pillar.
This label shows the maximum allow-
able weight of the fully loaded vehi-
cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR
includes the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maxi-
mum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
To find out the actual loads on your
front and rear axles, you need to go to
a weigh station and weigh your vehi-
cle.Your dealer can help you with this.
Be sure to spread out your load equal-
ly on both sides of the centerline.
The label will help you decide how
much cargo and installed equipment
your vehicle can carry.
If you carry items inside your vehicle
- like suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else - they are moving as
fast as the vehicle.If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,
the items will keep going and can
cause an injury if they strike the driv-
er or a passenger.
✽✽
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be cov-
ered by your warranty. Do not over-
load your vehicle.
WARNING - Over loading
Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle, the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle and
vehicle capacity weight.
Exceeding these ratings can
affect your vehicle’s handling
and braking ability.
WARNING - Over loading
Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your vehi-
cle's tires and possible tire fail-
ure, increased stopping dis-
tances and poor vehicle han-
dling all of which may result in a
crash.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 93
Driving your vehicle
945
This chapter will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle, to
keep your loaded vehicle weight
within its design rating capability.
Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of the vehi-
cle design performance. Before load-
ing your vehicle, familiarize yourself
with the following terms for determin-
ing your vehicle's weight ratings,
from the vehicle's specifications and
the compliance label:
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or option-
al equipment.
Vehicle curb weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your deal-
er plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross axle weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the compliance label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passen-
gers.
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rat-
ing)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the certification label
located on the driver’s door sill.
VEHICLE WEIGHT
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 5/10/2019 11:49 AM Page 94
What to do in an emergency
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3
• If you have a flat tire while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
• If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4
• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . . 6-8
• Check tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
• Low tire pressure telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
• Low tire pressure position telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
• Changing a tire with TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit). . 6-14
• Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
• Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . 6-16
• Components of the Tire Mobility Kit (TMK). . . . . . 6-18
• Using the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
• Distributing the sealant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
• Checking the tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
• Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
6
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 1
What to do in an emergency
26
ROAD WARNING
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to exer-
cise extreme caution when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emer-
gency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Press the flasher switch with the igni-
tion switch in any position.The flash-
er switch is located in the center
facia panel. All turn signal lights will
flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher oper-
ates whether your vehicle is run-
ning or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
• Care must be taken when using
the hazard warning flasher while
the vehicle is being towed.
OJF065001
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 2
63
What to do in an emergency
If the engine stalls at a cross-
road or crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
If you have a flat tire while
driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
ing:
1.Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immedi-
ately or attempt to pull off the road
as this may cause a loss of con-
trol. When the vehicle has slowed
to such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on firm level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn
on your emergency hazard flash-
ers, set the parking brake and put
the transmission in P (for
Automatic transmission).
3. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
4.When changing a flat tire, follow
the instruction provided later in
this section.
If the engine stalls while driv-
ing
1.Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cau-
tiously off the road to a safe place.
2.Turn on your emergency flashers.
3.Try to start the engine again. If
your vehicle will not start, contact
an authorized Kia dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
✽✽
NOTICE
If there was a check engine light and
loss of power or stall and if safe to do
so, wait at least 10 seconds to restart
the vehicle after it stalls. This may
reset the car so it will no longer run
at low power (limp home) condition.
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 3
What to do in an emergency
46
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
If engine doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
1. If your vehicle has an automatic
transmission, be sure the shift
lever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park)
and the emergency brake is set.
2. Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
3.Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you oper-
ate the starter, the battery is dis-
charged.
4. Check the starter connections to
be sure they are securely tight-
ened.
5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. See instructions for "Jump
starting".
If engine turns over normally
but does not start
1. Check the fuel level.
2.With the ignition switch in the
LOCK position, check all connec-
tors at the ignition coils and spark
plugs. Reconnect any that may be
disconnected or loose.
3. Check the fuel line in the engine
compartment.
4. If the engine still does not start,
call an authorized Kia dealer or
seek other qualified assistance.
WARNING - Push/
pull start
Do not push or pull the vehicle
to start it. Push or pull starting
may cause the catalytic con-
verter to overload and create a
fire hazard.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 4
65
What to do in an emergency
EMERGENCY STARTING
Connect cables in numerical order
and disconnect in reverse order.
(A) : Jumper Cables
(B) : Booster battery
(C) : Discharged battery
Jump starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid
harm to yourself or damage to your
vehicle or battery, follow these jump
starting procedures. If in doubt, we
strongly recommend that you have a
competent technician or towing serv-
ice jump start your vehicle.
CAUTION - Push/pull start
to 12 Volt Battery
Use only a 12-volt jumper sys-
tem. You can damage a 12-volt
starting motor, ignition system,
and other electrical parts
beyond repair by use of a 24-
volt power supply (either two
12-volt batteries in series or a
24-volt motor generator set).
WARNING - Battery
Never attempt to check the elec-
trolyte level of the battery as
this may cause the battery to
rupture or explode.
WARNING - Frozen
batteries
Do not attempt to jump start the
vehicle if the discharged battery
is frozen or if the electrolyte
level is low as the battery may
rupture or explode.
WARNING - Sulfuric acid
risk
When jump starting your vehi-
cle, be careful not to get acid on
yourself, your clothing or on the
vehicle. Automobile batteries
contain sulfuric acid.This is poi-
sonous and highly corrosive.
WARNING - Battery
Keep all flames or sparks away
from the battery. The battery
produces hydrogen gas which
will explode if exposed to flame
or sparks.
OJF065036L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 5
What to do in an emergency
66
Jump starting procedure
1. Make sure the booster battery is
12-volt and that its negative termi-
nal is grounded.
2. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles
to come in contact.
3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
4. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illus-
tration. First connect one end of a
jumper cable to the positive termi-
nal of the discharged battery (1),
then connect the other end to the
positive terminal of the booster
battery (2).
Proceed to connect one end of the
other jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery (3),
then the other end to a solid, sta-
tionary, metallic point (for exam-
ple, the engine lifting bracket)
away from the battery (4). Do not
connect it to or near any part that
moves when the engine is
cranked.
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the cor-
rect battery terminals or the cor-
rect ground. Do not lean over the
battery when making connections.
5. Start the engine of the vehicle with
the booster battery and let it run at
2,000 rpm, then start the engine
of the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
If the cause of your battery discharg-
ing is not apparent, you should have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transmission lock system cannot be
push-started.
Follow the directions in this section
for jump-starting.
WARNING - Tow starting
vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it.
When the engine starts, the
vehicle can suddenly surge for-
ward and could cause a colli-
sion with the tow vehicle.
WARNING - Battery
cables
Do not connect the jumper cable
from the negative terminal of the
booster battery to the negative
terminal of the discharged bat-
tery. This can cause the dis-
charged battery to overheat and
crack, releasing battery acid.
Make sure to connect one end of
the jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery,
and the other end to a metallic
point, far away from the battery.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/17/2019 4:43 PM Page 6
67
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine will probably be
too hot. If this happens, you should:
1.Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2.Place the shift lever in P (for
Automatic transmission) and set
the parking brake. If the air condi-
tioning is on, turn it off.
3.If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is com-
ing out from underneath the hood,
stop the engine. Do not open the
hood until the coolant has stopped
running or the steaming has
stopped. If there is no visible loss
of engine coolant and no steam,
leave the engine running and
check to be sure the engine cool-
ing fan is operating.If the fan is not
running, turn the engine off.
4.Check to see if the water pump
drive belt is missing. If it is not
missing, check to see that it is
tight. If the drive belt seems to be
satisfactory, check for coolant leak-
ing from the radiator, hoses or
under the vehicle. (If the air condi-
tioning had been in use, it is nor-
mal for cold water to be draining
from it when you stop).
5.If the water pump drive belt is bro-
ken or engine coolant is leaking
out, stop the engine immediately
and call the nearest authorized Kia
dealer for assistance.
6.If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to nor-
mal. If coolant has been lost, care-
fully add coolant to the reservoir to
bring the fluid level in the reservoir
up to the halfway mark.
7.Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheat-
ing. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized Kia dealer for
assistance.
Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling system
and this should be checked as soon
as possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING - Under the
hood
While the engine is
running, keep hair,
hands and clothing
away from moving
parts such as the fan
and drive belts to pre-
vent injury.
WARNING - Radiator cap
Do not remove the
radiator cap when the
engine is hot.This may
result in coolant being
blown out of the open-
ing and cause serious
burns.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 7
What to do in an emergency
86
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
(1) Low tire pressure telltale /
TPMS malfunction indicator
(2) Low tire pressure position telltale
(Shown on the LCD display)
Check tire pressure
• You can check the tire pressure in
the information mode on the cluster.
- Refer to “User settings mode” in
chapter 4.
• Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 min-
utes later after driving.
• If tire pressure is not displayed
when the vehicle is stopped, “Drive
to display” message displays. After
driving, check the tire pressure.
• You can change the tire pressure
unit in the user settings mode on
the cluster.
- psi, kPa, bar (Refer to “User set-
tings mode” in chapter 4).
✽✽
NOTICE
• The tire pressure may change due
to factors such as parking condi-
tion, driving style, and altitude
above sea level.
• The tire pressure shown on the
dashboard may differ from the
tire pressure measured by tire
pressure gauge.
• Low tire pressure warning may
sound when a tire’s pressure unit is
equal or lower than nearby tires.
This is a normal occurrence, which
is due to the change in tire pressure
along with tire temperature.
OJFA068002
OJFA068271
OJFA046272
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/17/2019 4:43 PM Page 8
69
What to do in an emergency
Each tire, including the spare (if pro-
vided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehi-
cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-
ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pres-
sure label, you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for
those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pres-
sure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-
cantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and
may affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance,
and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if
under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the
TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS mal-
function indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When
the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approximate-
ly one minute and then remain con-
tinuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehi-
cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-
tion exists. When the malfunction
indicator is illuminated, the system
may not be able to detect or signal
low tire pressure as intended.TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS
to continue to function properly.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 9
What to do in an emergency
106
✽✽
NOTICE
If the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure
indicator does not illuminate for 3
seconds when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, or if they
remain illuminated after coming on
for approximately 3 seconds, take
your vehicle to your nearest author-
ized Kia dealer and have the system
checked.
Low tire pressure
telltale
Low tire pressure position tell-
tale
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illumi-
nated, one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated.
If the telltale illuminates, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cor-
nering and anticipate increased stop-
ping distances. You should stop and
check your tires as soon as possible.
Inflate the tires to the proper pres-
sure as indicated on the vehicle’s
placard or tire inflation pressure label
located on the driver’s side center pil-
lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a
service station or if the tire cannot
hold the newly added air, replace the
low pressure tire with the spare tire.
Then the TPMS malfunction indicator
and the Low Tire Pressure telltale
may turn on and illuminate after
restarting and about 20 minutes of
continuous driving before you have
the low pressure tire repaired and
replaced on the vehicle.
In winter or cold weather, the low tire
pressure telltale may be illuminated if
the tire pressure was adjusted to the
recommended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not mean
your TPMS is malfunctioning
because the decreased temperature
leads to a proportional lowering of
tire pressure.
OJFA068270
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 10
611
What to do in an emergency
When you drive your vehicle from a
warm area to a cold area or from a
cold area to a warm area, or the out-
side temperature is greatly higher or
lower, you should check the tire infla-
tion pressure and adjust the tires to
the recommended tire inflation pres-
sure.
When filling tires with more air, con-
ditions to turn off the low tire pres-
sure telltale may not be met. This is
because a tire inflator has a margin
of error in performance. The low tire
pressure telltale will be turned off if
the tire pressure is above the recom-
mended tire inflation pressure.
TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator
The low tire pressure telltale will illu-
minate after it blinks for approximate-
ly one minute when there is a prob-
lem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System. If the system is
able to correctly detect an underinfla-
tion warning at the same time as sys-
tem failure then it will illuminate both
the TPMS malfunction and low tire
pressure position telltales e.g. if
Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS
malfunction indicator illuminates, but
if the Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear
Right tire is under-inflated, the low
tire pressure position telltales may
illuminate together with the TPMS
malfunction indicator.
Have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible to determine the cause of
the problem.
• The TPMS malfunction indicator
may be illuminated if the vehicle is
moving around electric power sup-
ply cables or radios transmitters
such as at police stations, govern-
ment and public offices, broadcast-
ing stations, military installations,
airports, or transmitting towers,
etc. This can interfere with normal
operation of the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS).
• The TPMS malfunction indicator
may be illuminated if snow chains
are used or some separate elec-
tronic devices such as notebook
computer, mobile charger, remote
starter or navigation etc., are used
in the vehicle. This can interfere
with normal operation of the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS).
WARNING - Low pressure
damage
Do not drive on low pressure
tires. Significantly low tire pres-
sure can cause the tires to over-
heat and fail making the vehicle
unstable resulting in increased
braking distances and a loss of
vehicle control.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 11
What to do in an emergency
126
Changing a tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will come on. Have
the flat tire repaired by an authorized
Kia dealer as soon as possible or
replace the flat tire with the spare
tire.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem.You must
use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-
ommended that you always have
your tires serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Even if you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will remain on until
the low pressure tire is repaired and
placed on the vehicle.
After you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the TPMS
malfunction indicator may illuminate
after a few minutes because the
TPMS sensor mounted on the spare
wheel is not initiated.
Once the low pressure tire is inflated
again to the recommended pressure
and installed on the vehicle or the
TPMS sensor mounted on the
replaced spare wheel is initiated by
an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS
malfunction indicator and the low tire
pressure telltale will turn off within a
few minutes of driving.
If the indicator has not disappeared
after a few minutes of driving, please
visit an authorized Kia dealer.
If an original mounted tire is replaced
with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor
on the replaced spare wheel should
be initiated and the TPMS sensor on
the original mounted wheel should be
deactivated. If the TPMS sensor on
the original mounted wheel located in
the spare tire carrier still activates,
the tire pressure monitoring system
may not operate properly. Have the
tire with TPMS serviced or replaced
by an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION - Repair Agents
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by Kia to
repair and/or inflate a low pres-
sure tire. The sealant not
approved by Kia may damage
the tire pressure sensor.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 12
613
What to do in an emergency
You may not be able to identify a low
tire by simply looking at it. Always
use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to measure the tire's inflation
pressure. Please note that a tire that
is hot (from being driven) will have a
higher pressure measurement than a
tire that is cold (from sitting station-
ary for at least 3 hours and driven
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that
3 hour period).
Allow the tire to cool before measur-
ing the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
Never use tire sealant if your vehicle
is equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System. The liquid
sealant not approved by Kia may
damage the tire pressure sensors.
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors such as
nails or road debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator, apply the brakes grad-
ually and with light force, and slow-
ly move to a safe position off the
road.
✽✽
NOTICE - Protecting TPMS
Tampering with, modifying, or dis-
abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) components may
interfere with the system's ability to
warn the driver of low tire pressure
conditions and/or TPMS malfunc-
tions. Tampering with, modifying,
or disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) compo-
nents may void the warranty for
that portion of the vehicle.
This device complies with
Industry Canada licence-exempt
RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause inter-
ference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 13
What to do in an emergency
146
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT)
Please read the instructions before
using the Tire Mobility Kit.
(1) Compressor
(2) Sealant bottle
The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary
fix to the tire and the tire should be
inspected by an authorized Kia deal-
er as soon as possible.
OJF068011
WARNING - Tire wall
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit
to repair large punctures or
damage to the tire sidewalls. In
these situations, the tire cannot
be sealed completely and air
will leak from the tire. This can
result in tire failure.
WARNING - Speed with
temporary fix
Do not exceed a speed of 80
km/h (50 mph) when driving
with a tire sealed with the Tire
Mobility Kit.While driving, if you
experience any unusual vibra-
tion, ride disturbance or noise,
reduce your speed and drive
with caution until you can safe-
ly pull off the side of the road.
CAUTION - One sealant
for one tire
When two or more tires are flat,
do not use the Tire Mobility Kit
because the canister of sealant
only contains enough sealant
for one flat tire.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 14
615
What to do in an emergency
Introduction
With the Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) you
stay mobile even after experiencing a
tire puncture.
The system compressor and sealing
compound effectively seal most
punctures in a passenger car tire
caused by nails or similar objects and
reinflates the tire.
After you ensure that the tire is prop-
erly sealed, you can drive cautiously
on the tire at a max. speed of 50 mph
(80 km/h) in order to reach a vehicle
or tire dealer to have the tire replaced.
WARNING - Temporary fix
Have your tire repaired as soon
as possible. The tire may lose
air pres-sure at any time after
inflating with the Tire Mobility
Kit.
WARNING - Tire wall
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit
to repair large punctures or
damage to the tire sidewalls. In
these situations, the tire cannot
be sealed completely and airwill
leak from the tire. This can
result in tire failure.
CAUTION
When repairing a flat tire with
the Tire Mobility Kit (TMK),
quickly remove the sealant on
the tire pressure sensor and
wheel. When installing the
repaired tire and wheel, tighten
the wheel nut to a torque value
of 11 ~ 13 kgf·m (24 ~ 28 ft·lb).
OJF068010
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 15
What to do in an emergency
166
It is possible that some tires, espe-
cially with larger punctures or dam-
age to the sidewall, cannot be sealed
completely.
Air pressure loss in the tire may
adversely affect tire performance.
For this reason, you should avoid
abrupt steering or other driving
maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is
heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use.
The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed
or intended as a permanent tire
repair method and is to be used for
one tire only.
This instruction shows you step by
step how to temporarily seal the
puncture.
Read the section "Notes on the safe
use of the Tire Mobility Kit".
Notes on the safe use of the
Tire Mobility Kit
• Park your car at the side of the
road so that you can work with the
Tire Mobility Kit away from moving
traffic.
• To be sure your vehicle will not
move, even when you're on fairly
level ground, always set your park-
ing brake.
• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for
sealing/inflation passenger car
tires.Only punctured areas located
within the tread region of the tire
can be sealed using the Tire
Mobility Kit.
• Do not use on motorcycles, bicy-
cles or any other type of tires.
• When the tire and wheel are dam-
aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit
for your safety.
• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not
be effective for tire damage larger
than approximately 6 mm (0.24 in).
Please contact the nearest Kia
dealership if the tire cannot be
made roadworthy with the Tire
Mobility Kit.
• Do not remove any foreign objects
such as nails or screws that have
penetrated the tire.
• Provided the car is outdoors, leave
the engine running. Otherwise
operating the compressor may
eventually drain the car battery.
• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit
unattended while it is being used.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the
ambient temperature is below -30°C
(-22°F).
WARNING
Do not leave the compressor
running for more than 10 min.at
a time or it may overheat.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 12/16/2019 10:39 AM Page 16
617
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
• If sealant comes into contact
with skin, wash the affected
areas thoroughly. Seek med-
ical attention if irritation
develops and persists.
• If sealant comes into contact
with the eyes, flush eyes with
water for at least 15 minutes.
Seek medical attention if irri-
tation persists.
• If sealant is swallowed, call a
physician or poison control
center immediately.
WARNING
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if
a tire is severely damaged.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 17
What to do in an emergency
186
1. Speed restriction label
2.Sealant bottle and label with
speed restriction
3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to
wheel
4.Connectors and cable for the
power outlet direct connection
5. Holder for the sealant bottle
6. Compressor
7. On/off switch
8. Pressure gauge for displaying the
tire inflation pressure
9. Button for reducing tire inflation
pressure
Connectors and cable are stored in
the compressor housing.
✽✽
NOTICE
The sealant container and insert
hose (3) cannot be reused.
ODE067044
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit (TMK)
WARNING - Sealant
• Keep out of reach of children.
• Avoid contact with eyes.
• Do not swallow.
WARNING - Expired
sealant
Do not use the Tire sealant after
the sealant has expired (i.e.
after the expiration date on the
sealant container). This can
increase the risk of tire failure.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 18
619
What to do in an emergency
Using the Tire Mobility Kit
1. Detach the speed restriction label
(1) from the sealant bottle (2), and
place it in a highly visible place
inside the vehicle such as on the
steering wheel to remind the driv-
er not to drive too fast.
2. Filling the sealant Strictly follow
the specified sequence, otherwise
the sealant may escape under
high pressure.
3. Shake the sealant bottle.
OJF065012 ODEP067048
CAUTION
Before using the tire repair kit,
please read carefully the
instruction attached on the
sealant case. Detach the speed
limit label on the sealant case
and put it on a highly visible
place. Always drive within the
speed limit.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 19
What to do in an emergency
206
4. Connect the filling hose (3) onto
the connector of the sealant bottle.
5. Ensure that button on the com-
pressor is not pressed.
6. Unscrew the valve cap from the
valve of the defective wheel and
screw filling hose (3) of the sealant
bottle onto the valve.
7. Insert the sealant bottle into the
housing (5) of the compressor so
that the bottle is upright.
8. Ensure that the compressor is
switched off.
OJF067055 OJF068013 OJF067057
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 20
621
What to do in an emergency
9. Connect between compressor and
the vehicle power outlet using the
cable and connectors (4).
✽✽
NOTICE
Only use the front passenger side
power outlet.
10. With the engine start/stop button
position on: switch on the com-
pressor and let it run for approxi-
mately 5~7 minutes to fill the
sealant up to proper pressure
(refer to the "Tires and wheels" in
chapter 8). Be careful not to over-
inflate the tire and stay away from
the tire when filling it. When the
tire and wheel are damaged, do
not use Tire Mobility Kit for your
safety.
11. Switch off the compressor.
12. Detach the hose from the sealant
bottle connector and from the tire
valve.
Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor-
age location in the vehicle.
OJFA066038
WARNING
Do not attempt to drive your
vehicle if the tire pressure is
below 200 kPa (29 psi). This
could result in an accident due
to sudden tire failure.
WARNING
Carbon monoxide poisoning
and suffocation is possible if the
engine is left running in a poorly
ventilated or unventilated loca-
tion (such as inside a building).
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 21
What to do in an emergency
226
Distributing the sealant
13. Immediately drive approximately
7 ~ 10 km (4 ~ 6 miles) or, about
10 min to evenly distribute the
sealant in the tire.
When you use the Tire Mobility Kit,
the tire pressure sensors and wheel
may be stained by sealant.Therefore,
remove the tire pressure sensors and
wheel stained by sealant and have
your vehicle inspected by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
Checking the tire inflation
pressure
1.After driving approximately 7 ~ 10
km (4 ~ 6 miles) or about 10 min-
utes, stop at a suitable location.
2.Connect the filling hose (3) of the
compressor (clip mounted side)
directly and then connect the filling
hose (3) (opposite side) to the tire
valve.
3.Connect between compressor and
the vehicle power outlet using the
cable and connectors.
4.Adjust the tire inflation pressure to
200 kPa (29 psi). With the ignition
switched on, proceed as follows.
- To increase the inflation pres-
sure: Switch on the compressor,
position I. To check the current
inflation pressure setting, briefly
switch off the compressor.
- To reduce the inflation pres-
sure: Press the button (9) on the
compressor.
CAUTION - Tire pressure
sensor
When you use the Tire Mobility
Kit including sealant not
approved by Kia, the tire pres-
sure sensors may be damaged
by sealant. The sealant on the
tire pressure sensor and wheel
should be removed when you
replace the tire with a new one
and inspect the tire pressure
sensors at an authorized dealer.
WARNING
Do not let the compressor run
for more than 10 minutes, other-
wise the device will overheat
and may be damaged.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 22
623
What to do in an emergency
Technical Data
System voltage: DC 12 V
Working voltage: DC 10 - 15 V
Amperage rating: max. 15 A ± 1A (at
DC 12V operation)
Suitable for use at temperatures:
-30 ~ +70°C (-22 ~ +158°F)
Max. working pressure:
6 bar (87 psi)
Size
Compressor: 161 x 150 x 55.8 mm
(6.3 x 5.9 x 2.2 in.)
Sealant bottle: 104 x 85 ø mm
(4.1 x 3.3 ø in.)
Compressor weight:
805g ± 30g (1.77 lbs ± 0.07 lbs)
Sealant volume:
300 ml (18.3 cu. in.)
❈ Sealant and spare parts can be
obtained and replaced at an
authorized vehicle or tire dealer.
Empty sealant bottles may be dis-
posed of at home. Liquid residue
from the sealant should be dis-
posed of by your vehicle or tire
dealer or in accordance with local
waste disposal regulations.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 23
What to do in an emergency
246
TOWING
Towing service
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commer-
cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting
and towing procedures are neces-
sary to prevent damage to the vehi-
cle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle
with the rear wheels on the ground
(without dollies) and the front wheels
off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or sus-
pension components are damaged
or the vehicle is being towed with the
front wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
OMC045012
dolly
dolly
WARNING - Side and
curtain Air bag
If your vehicle is equipped with
side and curtain air bag, set the
ignition switch to LOCK or ACC
position when the vehicle is
being towed.
The side and curtain air bag
may deploy when the ignition is
ON, and the rollover sensor
detects the situation as a
rollover.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 24
625
What to do in an emergency
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies :
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the transmission shift lever
in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION - Towing gear
position
Failure to place the transmis-
sion shift lever in N (Neutral)
may cause internal damage to
the transmission.
CAUTION - Towing
• Do not tow the vehicle back-
wards with the front wheels on
the ground as this may cause
damage to the vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
HXD02
HXD03
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 6.qxp 5/10/2019 11:44 AM Page 25
Maintenance
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
• Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Scheduled maintenance service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-14
Checking fluid levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
• Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
• Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
• Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
• Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
• Checking the parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
• Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
• Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
• Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
• For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
• Recharging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
• Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
• Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 7-37
• Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
• Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
• Tire rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
• Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
• Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
• Tire maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
• All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
• Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
• Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
7
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:15 AM Page 1
• Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
• Low aspect ratio tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
• Inner panel fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
• Engine compartment fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
• Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
• Light bulb position (Front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
• Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
• Light bulb position (Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
• Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-72
• Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-73
• Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . 7-74
• Position lamp/Day time running lamp (LED type)
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
• Front fog lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
• Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-75
• Rear turn signal lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-75
• Stop and tail lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
• Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-78
• Back-up lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
• Tail lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
• License plate lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
• High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
• Map lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
• Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
• Room lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
• Personal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . . 7-83
• Glove box lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83
• Trunk lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
Appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90
Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93
• Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93
• Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . . 7-93
• Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-94
7
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:15 AM Page 2
73
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
OJFA078152
■■
THETA 2.4L - GDI
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
6. Negative battery terminal
7. Positive battery terminal
8. Engine oil dipstick
9. Radiator cap
10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:15 AM Page 3
Maintenance
47
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever per-
forming any maintenance or inspec-
tion procedures.
Should you have any doubts con-
cerning the inspection or servicing of
your vehicle, we strongly recom-
mend that you have an authorized
Kia dealer perform this work.
An authorized Kia dealer has factory-
trained technicians and genuine Kia
parts to service your vehicle proper-
ly.For expert advice and quality serv-
ice, see an authorized Kia dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-
cient servicing may result in opera-
tional problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury.
Owner’s responsibility
✽✽
NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsi-
bility.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accor-
dance with the scheduled mainte-
nance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this infor-
mation to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle war-
ranties.
Detailed warranty information is
provided in your Warranty &
Consumer Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
We recommend you have your vehi-
cle maintained and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer. An authorized
Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service
quality standards and receives tech-
nical support from Kia in order to pro-
vide you with a high level of service
satisfaction.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:15 AM Page 4
75
Maintenance
Owner maintenance precau-
tions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems.This section gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this section,
several procedures can be done only
by an authorized Kia dealer with spe-
cial tools.
✽✽
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance dur-
ing the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Warranty & Consumer
Information manual provided with
the vehicle. If you're unsure about
any servicing or maintenance proce-
dure, have it done by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING - Maintenance
work
Do not wear jewelry or loose
clothing while working under
the hood of your vehicle with
the engine running. These can
become entangled in moving
parts, if you must run the
engine while working under the
hood, make certain that you
remove all jewelry (especially
rings, bracelets, watches, and
necklaces) and all neckties,
scarves, and similar loose
clothing before getting near the
engine or cooling fans.
WARNING - Touching
metal parts
Do not touch metal parts
(including strut bars) while the
engine is operating or hot.
Doing so could result in serious
bodily injury.Turn the engine off
and wait until the metal parts
cool down to perform mainte-
nance work on the vehicle.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:15 AM Page 5
Maintenance
67
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be per-
formed by the owner or an author-
ized Kia dealer at the frequencies
indicated to help ensure safe,
dependable operation of your vehi-
cle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your deal-
er as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance Checks
are generally not covered by war-
ranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check the coolant level in coolant
reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Look for low or under-inflated tires.
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steer-
ing effort or looseness in the steer-
ing wheel, or change in its straight-
ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission
occurs, check the transmission
fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission
P (Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
WARNING - Hot coolant
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot
coolant and steam may blow
out under pressure.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:15 AM Page 6
77
Maintenance
At least monthly:
• Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flash-
ers.
• Check the cold inflation pressures
of all tires including the spare.
At least twice a year
(i.e., every Spring and Fall) :
• Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
• Check the windshield washer
spray and wiper operation. Clean
the wiper blades with clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function.
• Check for worn tires and loose
wheel lug nuts.
At least once a year :
• Clean the body and door drain
holes.
• Lubricate the door hinges and
check the hood hinges.
• Lubricate the door and hood locks
and latches.
• Lubricate the door rubber weather-
strips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:15 AM Page 7
Maintenance
87
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Follow the Normal Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually
operated where none of the following
conditions apply.If any of the following
conditions apply, follow the
Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance of
less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal
temperature or less than 16 km (10
miles) in freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low
speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
• Driving in heavy dust condition
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mountain road repeatedly
• Towing a trailer or using a camper,
or roof rack
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use of vehicle towing
• Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph)
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition
If your vehicle is operated in any of
the prior listed conditions, you should
inspect, replace or refill more fre-
quently, using the severe usage
maintenance schedule instead of the
normal usage maintenance sched-
ule.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:15 AM Page 8
79
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance.
Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty.Where both mileage and time are shown, the
frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Drive belts *
1
At first, inspect at 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months,
after that, inspect every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months
Engine oil and engine oil
filter
Theta II 2.4L GDI R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Fuel additives *
2
Add every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months
Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I
Spark plugs Theta II 2.4L GDI Replace every 156,000 km (97,500 miles)
Valve clearance *
3
Theta II 2.4L GDI Inspect every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
1
:The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
*
2
: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*
3
: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the
operation.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:15 AM Page 9
Maintenance
107
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Rotate tires Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)
Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Coolant (Engine)
At first, replace at 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years,
after that, replace every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months
Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
(including booster)
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Drive shaft and boots - I - I - I - I - I - I - I -
Suspension ball joints and mounting
bolts
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor/refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Exhaust system I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models(CONT.)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:15 AM Page 10
711
Maintenance
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Cooling system - - - I - I - I - I - I - I -
Automatic transmission fluid No check, No service required
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap - I - I - I - I - I - I - I -
Fuel tank air filter *
4
- I - I - I - I - I - I - I -
Fuel lines, hoses and connections - - - I - - - I - - - I - - -
Parking brake (Foot Type) - I - I - I - I - I - I - I -
Brake fluid I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I
Cooling system hoses and connections Inspect every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months
Clutch (if equipped) and brake pedal
free play
Inspect every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months
All latch, hinges and locks Inspect every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 12 months
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models (CONT.)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
4
: Fuel tank air filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended as the level of maintenance
will be dependent upon the quality fuel used in the vehicle.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 12/16/2019 10:40 AM Page 11
Maintenance
127
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Engine oil and
engine oil filter
Theta II 2.4L GDI
R
Every 6,000 km (3,750 miles) or 6
months
A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E
Spark plugs
R
More frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K
Automatic transmission fluid
R
Every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)
A, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J
Brake discs and pads, calipers and rotors I More frequently C, D, E, G, H
Parking brake (Foot Type) I More frequently C, D, G, H
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G
Suspension ball joints and mounting bolts I More frequently C, D, E, F, G
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 12
713
Maintenance
Severe driving conditions
A-Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles)
in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freez-
ing temperature
B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-
tances
C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-
spread roads
D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in
very cold weather
E-Driving in heavy dust condition
F-Driving in heavy traffic area
G-Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
H-Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
towing
J -Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph)
K-Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Drive shafts and boots I More frequently
C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter
R
More frequently C, E, G
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 13
Maintenance
147
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe con-
ditions, more frequent oil and filter
changes are required.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked peri-
odically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Fuel filter (for gasoline)
This gasoline powered vehicle is
equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that
is integrated with the fuel tank.
Regular maintenance or replace-
ment is not needed ; however, the
quality of fuel used may impact the
frequency of maintenance needed. If
there are any fuel related problems
like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss
of power, hard starting problem etc,
fuel filter inspection or replacement
may be needed.
The fuel filter be Inspected or
replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-
nections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and dam-
age. Have an authorized Kia dealer
replace any damaged or leaking
parts immediately.
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at the intervals
specified in the maintenance sched-
ule.Make sure that a new vapor hose
or fuel filler cap is installed correctly.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 14
715
Maintenance
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses
Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-
dence of heat and/or mechanical
damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
excessive swelling indicate deterio-
ration.
Pay particular attention to the hose
surfaces nearest to high heat
sources, such as the exhaust mani-
fold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure
that the hoses do not come in con-
tact with any heat source, sharp
edges or moving component which
might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are pres-
ent. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
Air cleaner filter
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is rec-
ommended when the filter is replaced.
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
Valve clearance (if equipped)
Inspect for excessive valve noise
and/or engine vibration and adjust if
necessary. An authorized Kia dealer
should perform this procedure.
Cooling system
Check the cooling system compo-
nents, such as the radiator, coolant
reservoir, hoses and connections for
leakage and damage. Replace any
damaged parts.
Coolant
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the mainte-
nance schedule.
Automatic transmission fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should
not be checked under normal usage
conditions.
But in severe conditions, the fluid
should be changed at an authorized
Kia dealer in accordance to the
scheduled maintenance at the begin-
ning of this chapter.
✽✽
NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid color
is usually red.
As the vehicle is driven, the auto-
matic transmission fluid will begin
to look darker.
This is normal, and you should not
judge the need to replace the fluid
based upon the changed color.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 15
Maintenance
167
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-
ed or damaged parts immediately.
Brake fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the
brake fluid reservoir.The level should
be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks
on the side of the reservoir. Use only
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake pedal
and cables.
Brake discs, pads, calipers
and rotors
Check the pads and discs for exces-
sive wear and calipers for fluid leak-
age.
Exhaust pipe and muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-
rioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con-
nections or replace parts as neces-
sary.
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and engine
off, check for excessive free-play in
the steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or dam-
age. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
CAUTION
Use only specified automatic
transmission fluid. The use of a
non-specified fluid could result
in a transmission malfunction
and failure. (Refer to
"Recommended lubricants and
capacities" in chapter 8.)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 16
717
Maintenance
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
When checking engine oil, engine
coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid,
always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining
any lubricant or fluid. This is espe-
cially important in dusty or sandy
areas and when the vehicle is used
on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine and
other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
CHECKING FLUID LEVELS
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 17
Maintenance
187
ENGINE OIL
Checking the engine oil level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to
reach normal operating tempera-
ture.
3.Turn the engine off and wait for a
few minutes (about 5 minutes) for
the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and reinsert it fully.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should
be between F and L.
If it is near or at L, add enough oil to
bring the level to F. Do not overfill.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil
from being spilled on engine com-
ponents.
Use only the specified engine oil.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
and capacities” in chapter 8.)
CAUTION - Replacing
engine oil
Do not overfill the engine oil. It
may damage the engine.
WARNING - Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may
be hot enough to burn you.
OJF075144L
■ THETA 2.4L - GDI
OJF075147L
■ THETA 2.4L - GDI
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 18
719
Maintenance
Changing the engine oil and
filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized Kia dealer according
to the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
WARNING - Used engine
oil
Used engine oil may cause irrita-
tion or cancer of the skin if left in
contact with the skin for pro-
longed periods of time. Always
protect your skin by washing
your hands thoroughly with
soap and warm water as soon as
possible after handling used oil.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 19
Maintenance
207
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year: at
the beginning of the winter season,
and before traveling to a colder cli-
mate.
Checking the coolant level
• Turn the engine off and wait until it
cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the radiator cap.
Wrap a thick towel around it, and
turn it counterclockwise slowly to
the first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the cool-
ing system.
When you are sure all the pressure
has been released, press down on
the cap, using a thick towel, and
continue turning counterclockwise
to remove it.
• Even if the engine is not operating,
do not remove the radiator cap or
the drain plug while the engine and
radiator are hot. Hot coolant and
steam may still blow out under
pressure, causing serious injury.
WARNING
Removing radiator
cap
Never attempt to remove the
radiator cap while the engine is
operating or hot. Doing so
might lead to cooling system
and engine damage and could
result in serious personal injury
from escaping hot coolant or
steam.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 20
721
Maintenance
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between F and L marks on the side
of the coolant reservoir when the
engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
specified coolant to provide protec-
tion against freezing and corrosion.
Bring the level to F, but do not over-
fill. If frequent additions are required,
see an authorized Kia dealer for a
cooling system inspection.
Recommended engine coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard
water in the coolant filled at the fac-
tory. An improper coolant mixture
can result in serious malfunction or
engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has alu-
minum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycol
with phosphate based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the spec-
ified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze. This would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
OJF075006
WARNING - Cooling fan
Use caution when working near
the blade of the cooling fan.The
electric motor (cooling fan) is
controlled by engine coolant
temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure and vehicle speed. it may
sometimes operate even when
the engine is not running.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 21
Maintenance
227
For mixture percentage, refer to the
following table.
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
OJF075007
Ambient
Temperature
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze Water
-15°C (5°F)
35 65
-25°C (-13°F)
40 60
-35°C (-31°F)
50 50
-45°C (-49°F)
60 40
WARNING
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine and radiator
are hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure which may result in
serious injury or severe burns.
CAUTION
Put a thick cloth or fabric
around the radiator cap before
refilling the coolant in order to
prevent the coolant from over-
flowing into engine parts such
as the alternator.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 22
723
Maintenance
BRAKE FLUID
Checking the brake fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX (Maximum) and MIN
(Minimum) marks on the side of the
reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the
area around the reservoir cap thor-
oughly to prevent brake fluid contam-
ination.
If the level is low, add fluid to the
MAX (Maximum) level. The level will
fall with accumulated mileage.This is
a normal condition associated with
the wear of brake linings. If the fluid
level is excessively low, have the
brake system checked by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
Use only the specified brake fluid.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
and capacities” in chapter 8.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
the vehicle should be inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
When changing and adding brake
fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it
come in contact with your eyes. If
brake fluid should come in contact
with your eyes, immediately flush
them with a large quantity of fresh
tap water. Have your eyes examined
by a doctor as soon as possible.
Brake fluid, which has been exposed
to open air for an extended time
should never be used as its quality
cannot be guaranteed. It should be
disposed of properly.
OJF075008
CAUTION - Brake fluid
Do not allow brake fluid to con-
tact the vehicle's body paint, as
paint damage will result.
CAUTION - Proper fluid
Only use brake fluid in brake
system. Small amounts of
improper fluids (such as engine
oil) can cause damage to the
brake system.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 23
Maintenance
247
WASHER FLUID
Checking the washer fluid
level
The reservoir is translucent so that
you can check the level with a quick
visual inspection.
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-
sary. In warm climate, plain water
may be used if washer fluid is not
available; however, in cold climates
washer fluid with anti-freezing char-
acteristics is required to prevent
freezing.
WARNING - Flammable
fluid
Do not allow the washer fluid to
come in contact with open
flames or sparks.The windshield
washer fluid reservoir is flamma-
ble under certain circumstances.
This can result in a fire.
WARNING - Windshield
fluid
Do not drink the windshield
washer fluid. The windshield
washer fluid is poisonous to
humans and animals.
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control.
OJF075009
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 24
725
Maintenance
Checking the parking brake
Check whether the stroke is within
specification when the parking brake
pedal is pressed with 30 kg (66 lb,
294 N) of force. Also, the parking
brake alone should securely hold the
vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the
stroke is more or less than specified,
have the parking brake adjusted by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Stroke : 6~7 notch
PARKING BRAKE
OJF055017
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 25
Maintenance
267
AIR CLEANER
Filter replacement
The air filter must be replaced when
necessary, and should not be
washed.
While inspecting the air clear ele-
ment, the air filter can be cleaned
using compressed air.
1. Pull out the air cleaner cover.
2. Unlock by turning the locking lever
downward.
3. Pull the air cleaner filter to replace.
4. Lock the cover with the reverse
order.
OJFA078153
OJFA078154
OJFA078155
OJFA078156
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 26
727
Maintenance
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extreme-
ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals. (Refer to
“Maintenance under severe usage
conditions” in this chapter.)
CAUTION - Air filter
maintenance
• Do not drive with the air clean-
er removed; this will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or
dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• Use a Kia genuine part. Use of
a non-genuine part could
damage the air flow sensor.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 27
Maintenance
287
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the
Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle
is operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the fol-
lowing procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
1. Open the glove box and remove
the stoppers on both sides.
2.With the glove box open, pull the
support strap (1).
OJF075014OJF075015
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 28
729
Maintenance
3. Remove the climate control air fil-
ter cover while pressing the lock
on the right side of the cover.
4. Replace the climate control air fil-
ter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
When replacing the climate control
air filter install it properly. Otherwise,
the system may produce noise and
the effectiveness of the filter may be
reduced.
OJFC075125 OJFC075126
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 29
Maintenance
307
WIPER BLADES
Blade inspection
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been
known to make the windshield diffi-
cult to clean.
Contamination of either the wind-
shield or the wiper blades with for-
eign matter can reduce the effective-
ness of the windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commer-
cial car washes. If the blades are not
wiping properly, clean both the win-
dow and the blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, do not attempt
to move the wipers manually.
Aftermarket wiper blades may result
in wiper malfunction and/or failure. It
is recommended to use certified Kia
parts.
1JBA5122
CAUTION - Wiper blades
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 30
731
Maintenance
Front windshield wiper blade
To inspect or replace the windshield
wiper blades and to prevent damag-
ing the hood, move the windshield
wiper blades to the service position
as follows;
After turning off the engine, move the
wiper switch to the single wiping
(MIST) position within 20 seconds
and hold the switch more than 2 sec-
onds until the wiper blade is in the
fully up position.
Type A
1. Raise the wiper arm.
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then
pull down the blade assembly and
remove it.
3. Install the new blade assembly in
the reverse order.
OJF075016
OHM078060
OHM078061
CAUTION - Wiper arms
• Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield,
since it may chip or crack the
windshield.
• Do not pull wiper arm forward,
since arm could chip hood
paint.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 31
Maintenance
327
4. Return the wiper arm on the wind-
shield.
5.Turn ignition to the ON position
and wiper arms will return to the
normal operating position.
Type B
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose
the plastic locking clip.
2. Compress the clip and slide the
blade assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the new blade assembly in
the reverse order.
1JBA7037
1JBA7038
1LDA5023
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 32
733
Maintenance
5. Return the wiper arm on the wind-
shield.
6.Turn ignition to the ON position
and wiper arms will return to the
normal operating position.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:16 AM Page 33
Maintenance
347
BATTERY
For best battery service
• Keep the battery securely mount-
ed.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connec-
tions clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from
the battery immediately with a
solution of water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be
used for an extended time, discon-
nect the battery cables.
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least
15 minutes and get immedi-
ate medical attention.
If electrolyte gets on your
skin, thoroughly wash the
contacted area. If you feel
pain or burning sensation,
get medical attention imme-
diately.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s)
or regulation.
The battery contains lead.Do
not dispose of it after use.
Please return the battery to
an authorized Kia dealer to
be recycled.
Never attempt to recharge the bat-
tery when the battery cables are con-
nected.
WARNING - Risk of
explosion
Keep lit cigarettes and
all other flames or
sparks away from the
battery.
The battery contains
hydrogen -- a highly
combustible gas which
will explode if it comes
in contact with a flame or
spark.
Keep batteries out of the
reach of children
because batteries con-
tain highly corrosive
SULFURIC ACID and
electrolytes. Do not
allow battery acid to
contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
Wear eye protection
when charging or work-
ing near a battery.
Always provide ventila-
tion when working in an
enclosed space.
OJF075020
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 34
735
Maintenance
✽✽
NOTICE
If you connect unauthorized elec-
tronic devices to the battery, the bat-
tery may be discharged. Never use
unauthorized devices.
Recharging the battery
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for exam-
ple, the headlamps or interior
lamps were left on while the vehi-
cle was not in use), recharge it by
slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while
the vehicle is being used, recharge
it at 20-30A for two hours.
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
• The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in an area
with good ventilation.
• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or
flame near the battery.
• Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging
rate if the battery cells begin
gassing (boiling) violently or if the
temperature of the electrolyte of
any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).
• Wear eye protection when check-
ing the battery during charging.
• Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
1.Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
WARNING - Risk of elec-
trocution
Never touch the electrical igni-
tion system while the vehicle is
running. This system works
with high voltage which can
shock you.
WARNING - Recharging
Battery
Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery cables
are connected.
WARNING - Battery lead
compound
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash hands immediately after
handling.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 35
Maintenance
367
• Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the engine.
• The negative battery cable must be
removed first and installed last
when the battery is disconnected.
Reset items
Items should be reset after the bat-
tery has been discharged or the bat-
tery has been disconnected.
• Auto up/down window
(See chapter 4)
• Sunroof (See chapter 4)
• Trip computer (See chapter 4)
• Climate control system
(See chapter 4)
• Driver position memory system
(See chapter 3)
• Audio (See chapter 4)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 36
737
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
Tire care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
Recommended cold tire infla-
tion pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold.“Cold Tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
1.6 km (1 mile).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, top vehi-
cle handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure
refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter
8.
All specifications (sizes and pres-
sures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver’s side center
pillar.
Failure to maintain specified pres-
sure may result in excessive wear,
poor handling, reduced fuel econo-
my, deformation of tire and/or wheel,
harsh ride conditions, possibility for
additional damage from road haz-
ards, or result in tire failure.
OJF085012
WARNING - Tire underin-
flation
Inflate your tires consistent with
the instructions provided in this
manual. Severe underinflation
(70 kPa (10 psi) or more) can
lead to severe heat build-up,
causing blowouts, tread separa-
tion and other tire failures that
can result in the loss of vehicle
control.This risk is much higher
on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 37
Maintenance
387
Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
• Check tire pressure when the tires
are cold. (After vehicle has been
parked for at least three hours or
hasn't been driven more than 1.6
km (1 mile) since startup.)
• Check the pressure of your spare
tire each time you check the pres-
sure of other tires.
• Never overload your vehicle. Be
careful not to overload a vehicle
luggage rack if your vehicle is
equipped with one.
• Warm tires normally exceed rec-
ommended cold tire pressures by
28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not
release air from warm tires to
adjust the pressure or the tires will
be underinflated.
Checking tire inflation pres-
sure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Also, check the tire pressure of the
spare tire.
How to check
Use a good quality gauge to check
tire pressure.You can not tell if your
tires are properly inflated simply by
looking at them. Radial tires may
look properly inflated even when
they're underinflated.
WARNING - Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure. This
could result in loss of vehicle
control and potential injury.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 38
739
Maintenance
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem.Press the tire gauge firm-
ly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement.If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjust-
ment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the rec-
ommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems.
Without the valve cap, dirt or mois-
ture could get into the valve core and
cause air leakage. If a valve cap is
missing, install a new one as soon as
possible.
• Inspect your tires frequently for
proper inflation as well as wear and
damage. Always use a tire pres-
sure gauge.
• Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly causing
poor handling, loss of vehicle con-
trol, and sudden tire failure leading
to accidents, injuries, and even
death. The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the tire
label located on the driver's side
center pillar.
• Remember to check the pressure
of your spare tire.Kia recommends
that you check the spare every
time you check the pressure of the
other tires on your vehicle.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recom-
mended that the tires be rotated
every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage.Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
sure, improper wheel alignment, out-
of-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible.After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter
8.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/15/2019 2:59 PM Page 39
Maintenance
407
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from
front to rear and not from right to left.
Wheel alignment and tire bal-
ance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
WARNING - Mixing tires
• Do not use the compact spare
tire (if equipped) for tire rota-
tion.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circum-
stances. This may cause
unusual handling characteris-
tics.
CAUTION - Wheel weight
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's alu-
minum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
S2BLA790A
CBGQ0707A
Without a spare tire
Directional tires (if equipped)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 40
741
Maintenance
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
Indicator (A) will appear as a solid
band across the tread. This shows
there is less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch)
of tread left on the tire. Replace the
tire when this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replac-
ing the tire.
The ABS works by comparing the
speed of the wheels. The tire size
affects wheel speed.When replacing
tires, all 4 tires must use the same
size originally supplied with the vehi-
cle.Using tires of a different size can
cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake
System) and ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) to work irregularly.
✽✽
NOTICE
• In order to maintain optimal driv-
ing performance, we recommend
replacing tires with the same spec-
ification and type as originally
installed in your vehicle. If not,
driving performance could be
altered.
• When replacing tires (or wheels),
it is recommended to replace the
two front or two rear tires (or
wheels) as a pair.
Replacing just one tire can serious-
ly affect your vehicle's handling.
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
A wheel that is not the correct size
may adversely affect wheel and
bearing life, braking and stopping
abilities, handling characteristics,
ground clearance, body-to-tire clear-
ance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer calibra-
tion, headlight aim and bumper
height.
OUM076204L
CAUTION - Wheel
Wheels that do not meet Kia's
specifications may fit poorly
and result in damage to the
vehicle or unusual handling and
poor vehicle control.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 41
Maintenance
427
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. Slow down whenever there
is rain, snow or ice on the road, to
reduce the possibility of losing con-
trol of the vehicle.
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental charac-
teristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
2.Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replace-
ment tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and num-
bers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designa-
tor could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
P205/55R16 89H
P - Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix “P’’ are
intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; however,
not all tires have this marking).
205 - Tire width in millimeters.
55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
16 - Rim diameter in inches.
OJF085008L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 42
743
Maintenance
89 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with impor-
tant information that you need if you
ever have to replace one.The follow-
ing explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designa-
tion mean.
Example wheel size designation:
6.0JX16
6.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
16 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the dif-
ferent speed ratings currently being
used for passenger vehicles. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire.This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe oper-
ating speed.
3. Checking tire life (TIN :Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of num-
bers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufactur-
ing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four num-
bers indicate week and year manu-
factured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1619 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2019.
S 180 km/h (112 mph)
T 190 km/h (118 mph)
H 210 km/h (130 mph)
V 240 km/h (149 mph)
Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph)
Maximum Speed
Speed
Rating
Symbol
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 43
Maintenance
447
4.Tire ply composition and mate-
rial
The number of layers or plies of rub-
ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply con-
struction; the letter "D" means diago-
nal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-
struction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount of
air pressure that should be put in the
tire.Do not exceed the maximum per-
missible inflation pressure. Refer to
the Tire and Loading Information label
for recommended inflation pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that can
be carried by the tire.When replacing
the tires on the vehicle, always use a
tire that has the same load rating as
the factory installed tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maxi-
mum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 440
TRACTION A
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a compara-
tive rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified govern-
ment test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
half times (1½) as well on the gov-
ernment course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
WARNING - Tire age
Replace tires within the recom-
mended time frame. Failure to
replace tires as recommended
can result in sudden tire failure,
which could lead to a loss of
control and an accident.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 44
745
Maintenance
Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, we recom-
mend that tires be replaced after
approximately six (6) years of normal
service. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicles
may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tires ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on spec-
ified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction perform-
ance.
The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based on straight-ahead brak-
ing traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction char-
acteristics.
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled condi-
tions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of perform-
ance on the laboratory test wheel
than the minimum required by law.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 45
Maintenance
467
Tire terminology and definitions
Air Pressure: The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward on
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in
kilopascal (kPa) or pounds per
square inch (psi).
Accessory Weight: This means the
combined weight of optional acces-
sories. Some examples of optional
accessories are, automatic transmis-
sion, power seats, and air condition-
ing.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a
tire's height to its width.
Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords
that is located between the plies and
the tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing materials.
Bead: The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords that
hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alternate
angles less than 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of
air pressure in a tire, measured in
kilopascals (kPa) or pounds per
square inch (psi) before a tire has
built up heat from driving.
Curb Weight: This means the weight
of a motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil and
coolant, but without passengers and
cargo.
DOT Markings: The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des-
ignator which can also identify the
tire manufacturer, production plant,
brand and date of production.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Front Axle.
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall: The
side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for
air pressure.
Light truck(LT) tire: A tire designat-
ed by its manufacturer as primarily
intended for use on lightweight trucks
or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load Index: An assigned number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corre-
sponds to the load carrying capacity
of a tire.
Load ratings: The maximum load
that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 46
747
Maintenance
Maximum Inflation Pressure: The
maximum air pressure to which a
cold tire may be inflated. The maxi-
mum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating: The load
rating for a tire at the maximum per-
missible inflation pressure for that
tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight: The
number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by 68kg
(150 lbs.).
Occupant Distribution: Designated
seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall: The side
of a asymmetrical tire that has a par-
ticular side that faces outward when
mounted on a vehicle. The outward
facing sidewall bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire
used on passenger cars and some
light duty trucks and multipurpose
vehicles.
Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords
Pneumatic tire: A mechanical
device made of rubber, chemicals,
fabric and steel or other materials,
that, when mounted on an automo-
tive wheel, provides the traction and
contains the gas or fluid that sustains
the load.
Production options weight: The
combined weight of installed regular
production options weighing over 2.3
kg (5 lb.) in excess of the standard
items which they replace, not previ-
ously considered in curb weight or
accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack,
heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Recommended Inflation Pressure:
Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-
ed tire inflation pressure and shown
on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the ply cords that extend to the
beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Rim: A metal support for a tire and
upon which the tire beads are seat-
ed.
Sidewall: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 47
Maintenance
487
Speed Rating: An alphanumeric
code assigned to a tire indicating the
maximum speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction: The friction between the
tire and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called "wear
bars," that show across the tread of a
tire when only 1/16 inch of tread
remains.
UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards, a tire information
system that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, tempera-
ture and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing proce-
dures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-
ber of designated seating positions
multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus the
rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire: Load on an individual tire due
to curb and accessory weight plus
maximum occupant and cargo
weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occu-
pant weight and driving by 2.
Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-
ly attached to a vehicle showing the
original equipment tire size and rec-
ommended inflation pressure.
All season tires
Kia specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good per-
formance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road condi-
tions. All season tires are identified
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud
and Snow) on the tire sidewall.Snow
tires have better snow traction than
all season tires and may be more
appropriate in some areas.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 48
749
Maintenance
Summer tires
Kia specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior perform-
ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-
formance is substantially reduced in
snow and ice. Summer tires do not
have the tire traction rating M+S
(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.
If you plan to operate your vehicle in
snowy or icy conditions, Kia recom-
mends the use of snow tires or all
season tires on all four wheels.
Snow tires
If you equip your car with snow tires,
they should be the same size and
have the same load capacity as the
original tires. Snow tires should be
installed on all four wheels; other-
wise, poor handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4
psi) more air pressure than the pres-
sure recommended for the standard
tires on the tire label on the driver's
side of the center pillar, or up to the
maximum pressure shown on the tire
sidewall, whichever is less.
Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75
mph) when your vehicle is equipped
with snow tires.
WARNING
Do not use summer tires at tem-
peratures below 7°C (45°F) or
when driving on snow or ice. At
temperatures below 7°C (45°F),
summer tires can lose elastici-
ty, and therefore traction and
braking power as well. Change
the tires on your vehicle to win-
ter or all-weather tires of the
same size as the standard tires
of the vehicle. Both types of
tires are identified by the M+S
(Mud and Snow) marking. Using
summer tires at very cold tem-
peratures could cause cracks to
form, thereby damaging the
tires permanently.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 49
Maintenance
507
Radial-ply tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radi-
al-ply tires used on this vehicle are
of belted construction and are select-
ed to complement the ride and han-
dling characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combina-
tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling.The best rule to fol-
low is:identical radial-ply tires should
always be used as a set of four.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval shown in this section
to achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
Low aspect ratio tire
(if equipped)
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
for sporty looks.
Because the low aspect ratio tires
are optimized for handling and brak-
ing, it may be more uncomfortable to
ride in and there is more noise com-
pare with normal tires.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 50
751
Maintenance
• Tire damage can be difficult to
identify; therefore, in the event that
the tire is impacted it is recom-
mended to have the tire checked or
replaced to prevent potential air
leakage.
• If the tire is damaged by driving on
a rough road, off road, pothole,
manhole, or curb stone, it will not
be covered by the warranty.
• You can find out the tire information
on the tire sidewall.
CAUTION
Because the sidewall of the low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than
the normal, the wheel and tire of
the low aspect ratio tire is easi-
er to be damaged. So, follow the
instructions below.
- When driving on a rough road
or off road, drive cautiously
because tires and wheels may
be damaged. And after driv-
ing, inspect tires and wheels.
- When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not dam-
aged.
- If the tire is impacted, we rec-
ommend that you inspect the
tire condition or contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
- To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 3,000 km
(1,900 miles).
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 51
Maintenance
527
FUSES
❈ Left side : Normal , Right side : Blown
A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-
tected from electrical overload dam-
age by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,
one located in the driver’s side panel
bolster, the other in the engine com-
partment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-
sories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will melt.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver’s side
fuse panel.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem.Avoid
using the system involved and imme-
diately consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, car-
tridge type, and multi fuse for higher
amperage ratings.
WARNING - Fuse replace-
ment
• Never replace a fuse with any-
thing but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly a
fire.
• Never install a wire or alu-
minum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a tem-
porary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
a possible fire.
• Do not arbitrarily modify or
add-on electric wiring to the
vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the
system.
OJF075021
■ Blade type
■ Cartridge type
■ Multi fuse
■ BFT
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 52
753
Maintenance
✽✽
NOTICE
• When replacing a fuse, turn the
ignition “OFF” and turn off
switches of all electrical devices
then remove battery (-) terminal.
• The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ from equipped items.
WARNING - Electrical Fire
Always ensure replacements
fuses and relays are securely
fastened when installed. Failure
to do so can result in a vehicle
fire.
CAUTION
• When replacing a blown fuse
or relay, make sure the new
fuse or relay fits tightly into
the clips. Failure to tightly
install the fuse or relay may
cause damage to the wiring
and electric systems.
• Do not remove fuses, relays
and terminals fastened with
bolts or nuts.The fuses, relays
and terminals may not be fas-
tened correctly which may
cause vehicle damage.
CAUTION
• Do not input any other objects
except fuses or relays into
fuse/relay terminals such as a
screwdriver or wiring. It may
cause contact failure and sys-
tem malfunction.
• Do not plug in screwdrivers or
aftermarket wiring into the ter-
minal originally designed for
fuse and relays only.The elec-
trical system and wiring of the
vehicle interior may be dam-
aged or burned due to contact
failure.
• If you directly connect the
wire on the taillight or replace
the bulb which is over the reg-
ulated capacity to install trail-
ers etc., the inner junction
block can get burned.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 53
Maintenance
547
✽✽
NOTICE - Remodeling
Prohibited
Do not rewire your vehicle in any
way as doing so may affect the per-
formance of several safety features
in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehi-
cle may also void your warranty and
cause you to be responsible for any
subsequent vehicle damage which
may result.
✽✽
NOTICE - Window tinting pre-
caution
Window tint (especially metallic
film) might cause communication
errors or poor radio reception, and
malfunctioning automatic lighting
system due to reflections from the
mirror tint inside the vehicle. The
solution used might also leak into
the electronic components, causing
malfunctions or damage.
Inner panel fuse replacement
1.Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
If the switch is located in the “OFF”
position, a caution indicator will be
displayed in the cluster.
To identify the location of a specific
fuse, please refer to the inside of the
fuse panel cover and the description
list in this section.
CAUTION
Visually inspect the battery cap
to ensure it is securely closed.
If the battery cap is not securely
closed, moisture may enter the
system and damage the electri-
cal components.
WARNING
- Electrical wiring repairs
All electrical repairs should be
performed by authorized Kia
dealerships using approved Kia
parts. Using other wiring com-
ponents, especially when retro-
fitting AVN or theft alarm sys-
tem, remote engine control, car
phone or radio may cause vehi-
cle damage and increase the
risk of a vehicle fire.
OJF075022
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 54
755
Maintenance
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool provided
on the engine compartment fuse
panel cover.
4. Check the removed fuse;replace it
if it is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
If you do not have a spare, use a
fuse of the same rating from a circuit
you may not need for operating the
vehicle, such as the power outlet
fuse.
If the head lamp, turn signal lamp,
stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail
lamp, HMSL do not work and the
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse
is blown, it must be replaced.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn sig-
nal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction
even without any problem to the
lamps, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer for assis-
tance.
Fuse switch
Always set the fuse switch to the ON
position before using the vehicle.
If you move the switch to the OFF
position, some items such as audio
and digital clock must be reset and
transmitter (or smart key) may not
work properly. When the switch is
Off, the caution indicator will be dis-
played on the instrument cluster.
OJF075023
OJF075024
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 55
Maintenance
567
✽✽
NOTICE
If the vehicle is going to be unused
for over 1 month, set all switches to
OFF to prevent the batteries from
draining.
Engine compartment fuse
replacement
1.Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling the
cover up.
3. Check the removed fuse;replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized Kia dealer.
OJF075025
CAUTION - Fuse Panel
Covers
The contact points of the
switches may wear out with
excessive use. Please refrain
from excessive use of the
switches (except for long-term
parking for over 1 month).
CAUTION
Always securely install the fuse
panel cover in the engine com-
partment to protect against
electrical failure which may
occur from water contact.
Listen for the audible clicking
sound to ensure fuse panel
cover is securely fastened.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 56
757
Maintenance
Multi fuse
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not disassemble nor assemble the
multi fuse when it is secured with
nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial
assembly torque may cause a fire.
Have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Main fuse
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not disassemble nor assemble the
multi fuse when it is secured with
nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial
assembly torque may cause a fire.
Have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
The electronic system may not func-
tion correctly even when the engine
compartment and internal fuse
box’s individual fuses are not dis-
connected. In such case the cause of
the problem may be disconnection
of the main fuse (BFT type), which is
located inside the positive battery
terminal (+) cap.
Since the main fuse is designed more
intricately than other parts, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
OJF075072 OJF075026
CAUTION
Visually inspect the battery cap
to ensure it is securely closed.
If the battery cap is not securely
closed, moisture may enter the
system and damage the electri-
cal components.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 57
Maintenance
587
Fuse/relay panel description
Driver’s side fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
✽✽
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label on the inside
of the fuse cover. This diagram will
provide you with the specific infor-
mation for your vehicles.
OJFA078159N
OJF075027
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 58
759
Maintenance
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
MODULE 7 10A
Around View Unit, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Rear Seat
Warmer Control Module
MODULE 5 10A
A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Crash Pad Switch, Head Lamp LH/RH, Auto Head Lamp
Leveling Device Module, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Fuel Lid & Trunk Open Switch, Shift Lever Indicator,
Driver IMS Module, Driver IMS Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer
Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module
MODULE 6 10A BCM, Smart Key Control Module
A/CON 10A A/C Control Module, E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)
START 10A
[W/O Smart Key & IMMO.] ICM Relay Box (Burglar Alarm Relay)
[With Smart Key / IMMO.] Transmission Range Switch, PCM (G4KH/G4KJ)
A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection
MODULE 3 10A BCM, ATM Shift Lever, Stop Lamp Switch, DBL Unit, Keyboard, A/C Control Module
MODULE 4 10A Console Switch, Blind Spot Detection Radar LH/RH, AEB Module, Lane Keeping Assist Module
INTERIOR LAMP 10A
Trunk Room Lamp, Ignition Key Ill. & Door Warning Switch, Glove Box Lamp, Driver/Passenger Smart Key
Outside Handle, Front Vanity Lamp Switch LH/RH, Overhead Console Lamp, Center Room Lamp, Center
Personal Lamp, Rear Personal Lamp LH/RH, Driver/Passenger Scuff Lamp
MDPS 10A MDPS Unit (Column/Rack), Steering Angle Sensor
IG1 25A PCB Block (Fuse - TCU 2, ABS 3, ECU 3, VACUUM PUMP 2)
MODULE 9 10A Immobilizer Module, Smart Key Control Module
Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 59
Maintenance
607
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch (Wiper Low & Washer Switch)
MODULE 8 10A A/C Control Module, Driver/Passenger Door Module
CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster (IG1)
MULTI MEDIA 15A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Keyboard
HEATED
STEERING
15A BCM (Steering Wheel Heated)
MODULE 1 10A Console Switch, Key Solenoid, Driver/Passenger Door Module, BCM
DR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay
SMART KEY 15A Smart Key Control Module
A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster (Air Bag IND. Power)
TRUNK 10A Trunk Lid Relay, Fuel Filler & Trunk Open Switch, Trunk Lid Motor, ICM Relay Box (Fuel Filler Open Relay)
SUNROOF 2 20A Sunroof Control Unit (Roller)
MEMORY 1 10A
Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module, Data Link Connector, Wireless Charger, Driver IMS Module, Rain
Sensor, ICM Relay Box (Outside Mirror Folding/Unfolding Mirror Relay), Security Indicator, Auto Light &
Photo Sensor, Driver/Passenger Door Module, Electro Chromic Mirror
S/HEATER RR 25A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module
SUNROOF 1 20A Sunroof Control Unit (Glass)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 60
761
Maintenance
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
S/HEATER FRT 25A Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module
MODULE 2 10A
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Keyboard, Around View Unit, AMP, Power Outside Mirror Switch, Smart
Key Control Module, BCM, Wireless Charger, Rear USB Charger #1/#2, E/R Junction Block (Power Outlet
Relay)
P/WINDOW RH 25A
Power Window RH Relay, Rear Power Window Switch RH, Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Safety
Power Window Module
P/SEAT PASS 25A Passenger Seat Manual Switch, Walk In Relay Module, Passenger Reclining Limit Switch
AMP 25A AMP (JBL)
BRAKE SWITCH 10A Stop Lamp Switch, Immobilizer Module, Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch
P/WINDOW LH 25A
Power Window LH Relay, Rear Power Window Switch LH, Power Window Main Switch, Driver Safety Power
Window Module
P/SEAT DRV 30A Driver Seat Manual Switch, Driver IMS Module
POWER OUTLET 20A Front Power Outlet #1, Front Cigarette Lighter & Power Outlet #2
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 61
Maintenance
627
Engine compartment fuse panel
OJFA078261
OJF075029
■ THETA 2.4L GDI
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 62
763
Maintenance
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
MULTI
FUSE
MDPS 1 80A MDPS Unit (Column)
COOLING
FAN 2
60A [G4KH/G4FJ] Cooling Fan1 Relay, Cooling Fan2 Relay
COOLING
FAN 1
50A [G4KJ] Cooling Fan1 Relay
B+ 3 50A Smart Junction Block (IPS 2 (IPS 5), IPS 3 (IPS 6), IPS 7, IPS 8)
REAR
HEATED
50A Rear Heated Relay
DCT1 40A [G4FJ-DCT] TCM
BLOWER 40A Blower Relay
POWER
OUTLET 1
40A Power Outlet Relay
IG2 30A [W/O Smart Key] Start Relay, Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] Start Relay, PCB Block (IG2 Relay)
MDPS 2 100A MDPS Unit (Rack)
B+1 60A
Smart Junction Block (Fuse - SUNROOF1, SUNROOF2, S/HEATER RR, P/SEAT DRV, P/SEAT PASS,
P/WINDOW LH, P/WINDOW RH, TRUNK)
B+5 60A PCB Block (Engine Control Relay, Fuse - TCU1, ECU2, FUEL PUMP, HORN, WIPER1)
B+2 60A Smart Junction Block (IPS 1, IPS 4, Fuse - AMP, S/HEATER FRT)
ABS 1 40A ESC Module
IG1 40A [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] PCB Block (IG1/ACC Relay)
DCT 2 40A [G4FJ-DCT] TCM
ABS 2 30A ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
Engine room compartment fuse panel
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 63
Maintenance
647
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
FUSE
B+4 40A
Smart Junction Block (Leak Current Autocut Device Fuse - INTERIOR LAMP, MEMORY1, MULTI
MEDIA, Fuse - DOOR LOCK, MODULE1, SMART KEY, BRAKE SWITCH)
E-CVVT 1 40A E-CVVT Relay
VACUUM
PUMP 1
20A Vacuum Pump
DEICER 20A Deicer Relay
AMS 10A Battery Sensor
E-CVVT 2 20A PCM
A/CON 10A A/C Control Module
E-CVVT 3 20A PCM
HEATED
MIRROR
10A A/C Control Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, ECM
WIPER 2 10A BCM, PCM/ECM
H/LAMP HI 20A Head Lamp HI Relay
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 64
765
Maintenance
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
FUSE
FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay
ECU 1 20A PCM/ECM
SENSORS 2 10A
E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay, Cooling Fan 1/2 Relay)
[G4KJ] Oil Control Valve (Exhaust), Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Canister
Close Valve
[G4KH] Oil Control Valve (Exhaust), Purge Control Solenoid Valve, RCV Control Solenoid Valve, Canister
Close Valve
[G4FJ] Oil Control Valve #1/#2, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, RCV Control Solenoid Valve, Canister Close
Valve
TCU 2 15A Transmission Range Switch, TCM
ABS 3 10A ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
POWER
OUTLET 3
20A Rear Power Outlet
B/UP LAMP 10A
PCM/TCM, Transmission Range Switch, Audio, Electro Chromic Mirror, Rear Combination Lamp (IN)
LH/RH
SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)
IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4
ECU 2 10A PCM/ECM
TCU 1 10A PCM/TCM
VACUUM
PUMP 2
10A Vacuum Pump, Vacuum Switch
ECU 3 10A PCM/ECM
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 65
Maintenance
667
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
FUSE
POWER
OUTLET 2
20A Front Power Outlet #1
HORN 20A Horn Relay, ICM Relay Box (Burglar Alarm Horn Relay)
WIPER 1 30A Wiper Power Relay
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 66
767
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
(Battery terminal cover)
✽✽
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label.
OJF075035
OJF078248
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 67
Maintenance
687
LIGHT BULBS
Bulb replacement precaution
Please keep extra bulbs on hand
with appropriate wattage ratings in
case of emergencies.
Refer to “Bulb Wattage” in chapter 8.
When changing lamps, first turn off
the engine at a safe place, firmly
apply the parking brake and detach
the battery’s negative (-) terminal.
• Lamp part malfunction due to
net-work failure
The headlamp, taillight, and fog light
may light up when the head lamp
switch is turned ON, and not light up
when the taillight or for light switch is
turned ON. This may be cause by
network failure or vehicle electrical
control system malfunction. If there is
a problem, we recommend the sys-
tem be serviced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
• Lamp part malfunction due to elec-
trical control system stabilization
A normally functioning lamp may
flicker momentarily. This momentary
occurrence is due to the stabilization
function of the vehicle's electrical
control system. If the lamp stops
flickering after a few moments, the
vehicle does not require service.
However, if the lamp goes out after
the momentary flickering, or the flick-
ering continues, we recommend the
system be serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING - Working on
the lights
Prior to working on the light,
firmly apply the parking brake,
ensure that the ignition switch
is turned to the LOCK position
and turn off the lights to avoid
sudden movement of the vehi-
cle , burns to your skin for fin-
gers, or an electric shock.
CAUTION - Light replace-
ment
Be sure to replace the burned-
out bulb with one of the same
wattage rating. Otherwise, it
may cause damage to the fuse
or electric wiring system.
CAUTION - Headlamp
Lens
To prevent damage, do not
clean the headlamp lens with
chemical solvents or strong
detergents.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:17 AM Page 68
769
Maintenance
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the light bulb or lamp connector
is removed while the lamp is still
on, the fuse box's electronic sys-
tem may log it as a malfunction.
Therefore, a lamp malfunction
incident may be recorded as a
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in
the fuse box.
• It is normal for an operating lamp
to flicker momentarily. This is due
to a stabilization function of the
vehicle’s electronic control device.
If the lamp lights up normally
after momentarily blinking, then
it is functioning as normal.
However, if the lamp continues to
flicker several times or turns off
completely, there may be an error
in the vehicle’s electronic control
device. Please have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia
dealer immediately.
✽✽
NOTICE
We recommend that the headlight
aiming be adjusted after an accident
or after the headlight assembly is rein-
stalled at an authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
You can find moisture inside the lens
of lamps after a car wash or driving
in the rain. It is a natural event
caused by the temperature differ-
ence between the inside and the out-
side of the lamp and does not mean a
problem with its functions.
The moisture inside the lamp would
disappear if you drive the vehicle
with the headlamp turned on, how-
ever, the level at which the moisture
is removed may differ depending on
the size/location/condition of the
lamp. If the moisture continues to
stay inside the lamp, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
If you don’t have the necessary tools,
the correct bulbs and the expertise,
consult an authorized Kia dealer. In
many cases, it is difficult to replace
vehicle light bulbs because other
parts of the vehicle must be removed
before you can get to the bulb.This is
especially true if you have to remove
the headlamp assembly to get to the
bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
If non-genuine parts or substandard
bulbs are used, it may lead to blow-
ing a fuse or other wiring damages.
Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to
the vehicle. If additional lights are
installed, it may lead to lamp mal-
functions and flickering. Additionally,
the fuse box and other writing may
be damaged.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 7/5/2019 11:45 AM Page 69
Maintenance
707
Light bulb position (Front)
(1) Front turn signal lamp (bulb type)
(2) Headlamp (Low) (bulb type)
(3) Headlamp (High) (bulb type)
(4) Day time running lamp/
Position lamp (LED type)
(5) Side marker (LED type)
(6) Front fog lamp (bulb type)
Light bulb position (Rear)
OJFA078237
OJFA078238
OJFA079239C
■ Head lamp
■ Front turn signal lamp (Head lamp)
■ Front fog lamp
OJFA078092
OJFA078040
OJFA078241
■ Rear combination lamp - Type A
■ Rear combination lamp - Type B
■ Rear combination lamp - Type C
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:18 AM Page 70
771
Maintenance
(1) Rear turn signal lamp (bulb type)
(2) Back-up lamp (bulb type)
(3) Stop and tail lamp (bulb type)
(4) Tail lamp (bulb type)
(5) Side marker (bulb type)
(6) Stop and tail lamp (LED type)
(7) Stop and tail lamp (LED type)
(8) Side marker (LED type)
(9) License plate lamp (bulb type)
(10) High mounted stop lamp (LED
type)
Light bulb position (Side)
(1) Side repeater lamp (LED type)
OJFA078131
OJFA078132
■ License plate lamp
■ High mounted stop lamp
OJF075039L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:18 AM Page 71
Maintenance
727
Headlamp (Low beam) bulb
replacement
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
3. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
5. Insert a new bulb into the bulb-
socket.
6. Install the bulb-socket in the head-
lamp assembly by aligning the
tabs on the bulb-socket with the
slots in the headlamp assembly.
Push the bulb-socket into the
headlamp assembly and turn the
bulb-socket clockwise.
7. Install the headlamp bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
Headlamp bulb
OJF078243
WARNING - Halogen
bulbs
Handle halogen bulbs with care.
• Halogen bulbs contain pres-
surized gas that will produce
flying pieces of glass if bro-
ken.
(Continued)
OHD076046
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:18 AM Page 72
773
Maintenance
Headlamp (High beam) bulb
replacement
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
3.Disconnect the headlamp bulb
socket-connector.
4. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
5. Install a new bulb-socket assem-
bly in the headlamp assembly by
aligning the tabs on the bulb-sock-
et with the slots in the headlamp
assembly. Push the bulb-socket
into the headlamp assembly and
turn the bulb-socket clockwise.
6. Install the headlamp bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
(Continued)
• Always handle them carefully,
and avoid scratches and abra-
sions. If the bulbs are lit,avoid
contact with liquids. Never
touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause
the bulb to overheat and burst
when lit. A bulb should be
operated only when installed
in a headlamp.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediate-
ly and carefully dispose of it.
• Wear eye protection when
changing a bulb. Allow the
bulb to cool down before han-
dling it.
OJF078252
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:18 AM Page 73
Maintenance
747
Front turn signal lamp bulb
replacement
If the front turn signal lamp (1) does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Position lamp / Day time run-
ning lamp (LED type) replace-
ment
If the position lamp + DRL (LED) (1)
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit.The LED lamp has
to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the position lamp + DRL
(LED), for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
Front fog lamp bulb replace-
ment
If the front fog lamp (1) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
OJFA078238
OJF078245
■ Head lamp
OJFA078250
■ Front fog lamp
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:18 AM Page 74
775
Maintenance
Side repeater lamp (LED type)
bulb replacement
If the side repeater lamp (LED) does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit.The LED lamp has
to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the side repeater lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
Rear turn signal lamp bulb
replacement
1. Open the trunk lid.
2. Open the service cover.
3. Remove the nuts from the vehicle.
4. Disconnect the rear combination
lamp connector.
OJF075039
OJF075041
OJF075042
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:18 AM Page 75
Maintenance
767
5.Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
6.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
8. Insert a new bulb into the socket
and rotating it until it locks into
place.
9. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehi-
cle.
11. Install the service cover by put-
ting it into the service hole.
Stop and tail lamp bulb
replacement
1. Open the trunk lid.
2. Open the service cover.
OJF075043
OJF075093
OJF075041
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:18 AM Page 76
777
Maintenance
3. Remove the nuts from the vehicle.
4. Disconnect the rear combination
lamp connector.
5.Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
6.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
8. Insert a new bulb into the socket
and rotating it until it locks into
place.
9. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehi-
cle.
11. Install the service cover by put-
ting it into the service hole.
OJF075042
OJF075043
OJF075080
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:18 AM Page 77
Maintenance
787
Stop and tail lamp (LED type)
bulb replacement
If the stop and tail lamp (LED) does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit.The LED lamp has
to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair stop and tail lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
Back-up lamp bulb replace-
ment
1. Open the trunk lid.
2. Loosen the retaining screw of the
trunk lid cover and then remove
the cover.
OJF075040
OJF078247
OJF075081
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:18 AM Page 78
779
Maintenance
3. Remove the nuts from the vehicle.
4. Disconnect the rear combination
lamp (inside) connector.
5.Remove the rear combination
lamp (inside) assembly from the
body of the vehicle.
6.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
8. Insert a new bulb into the bulb-
socket.
9. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Install the rear combination lamp
(inside) assembly to the body of
the vehicle.
11. Install the trunk lid cover.
Tail lamp bulb replacement
1. Open the trunk lid.
2. Loosen the retaining screw of the
trunk lid cover and then remove
the cover.
OJF075082
OJF075083
OJF075094
OJF075081
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 79
Maintenance
807
3. Remove the nuts from the vehicle.
4. Disconnect the rear combination
lamp (inside) connector.
5.Remove the rear combination
lamp (inside) assembly from the
body of the vehicle.
6.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
8. Insert a new bulb into the bulb-
socket.
9. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Install the rear combination lamp
(inside) assembly to the body of
the vehicle.
11. Install the trunk lid cover.
License plate lamp bulb
replacement
1. Open the trunk lid.
2. Loosen the retaining screw of the
trunk lid cover and then remove
the cover.
OJF075082
OJF075083
OJF075084
OJF075081
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 80
781
Maintenance
3.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
5. Insert a new bulb into the bulb-
socket.
6. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
7. Install the trunk lid cover.
High mounted stop lamp (LED
type) bulb replacement
If the high mounted stop lamp (LED)
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit.The LED lamp has
to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair high mounted stop lamp
(LED), for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
Map lamp bulb replacement
If the map lamp (bulb and LED type)
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
OJF075085
OJF075049
OJF075050
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 81
Maintenance
827
Vanity mirror lamp bulb
replacement
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lamp assembly from
interior.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
✽✽
NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Room lamp bulb replacement
WARNING - Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
button is pressed to avoid burn-
ing your fingers or receiving an
electric shock.
OJF075051
OJF075087
OJF075133L
■ Type A
■ Type B
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 82
783
Maintenance
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
✽✽
NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Personal lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement
If the personal lamp (LED) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit.The LED lamp has
to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair personal lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
Glove box lamp bulb replace-
ment
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lamp assembly from
interior.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
✽✽
NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
WARNING - Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiv-
ing an electric shock.
OJF075088 OJF078054
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 83
Maintenance
847
Trunk lamp bulb replacement
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
✽✽
NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
OJF078053
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 84
785
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign mate-
rials. Make sure the drain holes in the
lower edges of the doors and rocker
panels are kept clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, may be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-
oughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure wash-
ers, make sure to maintain suffi-
cient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors
or its surrounding area directly with
a high pressure washer. Shock
applied from high pressure water
may cause the device to not oper-
ate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors as they may be dam-
aged if they come into contact with
high pressure water.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 85
Maintenance
867
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to main-
tain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-
als with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure
to re-wax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not yet need wax-
ing.
Do not apply wax on embossed
unpainted unit, as it may tarnish the
unit.
OJB037800
CAUTION - Wet engine
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical
circuits located in the engine
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water. If braking performance
is impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 86
787
Maintenance
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or replace-
ment, be sure the body shop applies
anti-corrosion materials to the parts
repaired or replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of bright-
metal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preser-
vative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Road salt and other corrosive chemi-
cals are used in cold weather states to
melt snow and prevent ice accumula-
tion. If these chemicals are not regu-
larly removed, they will corrode the
vehicle underbody and over time dam-
age fuel lines, the fuel tank retention
system, the vehicle suspension, the
exhaust system, and even the body
frame.
• Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly during the winter
and whenever your vehicle has
been exposed to such salts or
chemicals.
• Do a thorough washing of the
undercarriage at the end of the
winter.
• Use professional service techni-
cians or governmental inspection
stations to annually inspect for cor-
rosion.
CAUTION - Drying vehicle
• Wiping dust or dirt off the
body with a dry cloth will
scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abra-
sive cleaners, acid detergents
or strong detergents contain-
ing high alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts.
This may result in damage to
the protective coating and
cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 87
Maintenance
887
• Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visually
aware of corrosion flaking or scal-
ing or if you become aware of a
change in vehicle performance,
such as soft or spongey brakes,
fluids leaking, impairment of direc-
tional control, suspension noises
or rattling metal straps.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
They may scratch the finish.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, be sure to clean
the wheels after driving on salted
roads. This helps prevent corro-
sion.
• Avoid washing the wheels with
highspeed vehicle wash brushes.
• Do not use any alkaline or acid
detergents It may damage and cor-
rode the aluminum wheels coated
with a clear protective finish.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, we produce vehicles of
the highest quality. However, this is
only part of the job. To achieve the
long-term corrosion resistance your
vehicle can deliver, the owner's
cooperation and assistance is also
required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corro-
sion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abra-
sion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 88
789
Maintenance
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehi-
cle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated cor-
rosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, partic-
ularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in con-
tact with the vehicle’s surface by
moisture that evaporates slowly.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it dries slowly and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also acceler-
ate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these rea-
sons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other mate-
rials.This applies not only to the vis-
ible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
beginning by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is partic-
ularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, give particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pres-
sure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 89
Maintenance
907
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accel-
erate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This cre-
ates a favorable environment for cor-
rosion. This is particularly true if you
wash your vehicle in the garage or
drive it into the garage when it is still
wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud.Even a heated garage can con-
tribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good con-
dition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the atten-
tion of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as
soon as possible.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause corro-
sion. Check under the mats periodi-
cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.
Use particular care if you carry fertil-
izers, cleaning materials or chemi-
cals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in prop-
er containers and any spills or leaks
should be cleaned up, flushed with
clean water and thoroughly dried.
Interior care
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-
er, and air freshener from contacting
the interior parts because they may
cause damage or discoloration. If
they do contact the interior parts,
wipe them off immediately. If neces-
sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product
instructions for correct usage.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 90
791
Maintenance
Cleaning the upholstery and inte-
rior trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-
ric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-
tion recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots imme-
diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected.Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not proper-
ly maintained.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric’s appearance and fire-
resistant properties.
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken it.
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-
ered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with a
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION - Rear window
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage of the rear
window defroster grid.
CAUTION - Electrical
components
Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
CAUTION - Leather
When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alco-
hol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions
or acid/alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 91
Maintenance
927
Taking care of leather seats
(if equipped)
• Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat.
It will prevent abrasion or damage of
the leather and maintain its quality.
• Wipe the natural leather seat cover
often with dry or soft cloth.
• Sufficient use of a leather protec-
tive may prevent abrasion of the
cover and helps maintain the color.
Be sure to read the instructions
and consult a specialist when
using leather coating or protective
agents.
• Leather with bright colors(beige,
cream beige) is easily contaminat-
ed and clear in appearance. Clean
the seats frequently.
• Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
Cleaning the leather seats
(if equipped)
• Remove all contaminations instant-
ly. Refer to instructions below for
removal of each contaminant.
• Cosmetic products(sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated point.
Wipe off the cream with a wet
cloth and remove water with a dry
cloth.
• Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.)
- Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contami-
nations do not smear.
• Oil
- Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover for natural leather
only.
• Chewing gum
- Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
Fabric seat cover using precau-
tions (if equipped)
Please clean the fabric seats regu-
larly with a vacuum cleaner in con-
sideration of fabric material charac-
teristics. If they are heavily soiled
with beverage stains, etc., use a suit-
able interior cleaner.To prevent dam-
age to seat covers, wipe off the seat
covers down to the seams with a
large wiping motion and moderate
pressure using a soft sponge or
microfiber cloth.
Velcro closures on clothing or sharp
objects may cause snagging or
scratches on the surface of the
seats. Make sure not to rub such
objects against the surface.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 92
793
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the
Warranty & Consumer Information
manual in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control sys-
tem
(2) Evaporative emission control sys-
tem
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained by
an authorized Kia dealer in accor-
dance with the maintenance sched-
ule in this manual.
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from mis-
firing during dynamometer test-
ing, turn the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system off by
pressing the ESC switch.
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system
back on by pressing the ESC
switch again.
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission con-
trol (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery)
system
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmos-
phere.
(The ORVR system is designed to
allow the vapors from the fuel tank to
be loaded into a canister while refu-
eling at the gas station, preventing
the escape of fuel vapors into the
atmosphere.)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 93
Maintenance
947
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister.When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control sole-
noid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evap-
orated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to
the engine.
3. Exhaust emission control
system
The Exhaust Emission Control
System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle per-
formance.
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes.
Therefore, if you smell exhaust
fumes of any kind inside your vehi-
cle, have it inspected and repaired
immediately. If you ever suspect
exhaust fumes are coming into
your vehicle, drive it only with all
the windows fully open. Have your
vehicle checked and repaired
immediately.
WARNING - Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poi-
soning.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 94
795
Maintenance
• Do not operate the engine in con-
fined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the
vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
Operating precautions for catalyt-
ic converters (if equipped)
WARNING - Catalytic
converter
Keep away from the catalytic
converter and exhaust system
while the vehicle is running or
immediately thereafter. The
exhaust and catalytic systems
are very hot and may burn you.
WARNING - Fire
• Do not park, idle or drive the
vehicle over or near flamma-
ble objects, such as grass,
vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under
your vehicle.
• Also, do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust sys-
tem, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle or do not coat the
vehicle for corrosion control.
It may present a fire risk under
certain conditions.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 95
Maintenance
967
Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-
alytic converter emission control
device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunc-
tion, such as misfire or a noticeable
loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the ignition off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the ignition off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission con-
trol system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, dam-
aging the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalyt-
ic converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void
your warranties.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 7.qxp 5/10/2019 11:19 AM Page 96
Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Recommended lubricants and capacities. . . . . . . . 8-7
• Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
8
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 8.qxp 5/10/2019 11:28 AM Page 1
28
DIMENSIONS
Specifications & Consumer information
ENGINE
ITEM mm (in)
Overall length 4,855 (191.1)
Overall width 1,860 (73.2)
Overall height 1,465 (57.6)
Tread
Front
215/55 R17 1,602 (63.1)
235/45 R18 1,597 (62.9)
Rear
215/55 R17 1,609 (63.3)
235/45 R18 1,604 (63.1)
Wheelbase 2,805 (110.4)
Items 2.4 GDI
Displacement
cc (cu. in)
2,359 (143.96)
Bore x Stroke
mm (in.)
88x97 (3.46x3.82)
Firing order 1-3-4-2
No. of cylinders 4, In-line
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 8.qxp 5/10/2019 11:28 AM Page 2
83
BULB WATTAGE
Specifications & Consumer information
Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type
Front
Headlamps (Low) 60W HB3
Headlamps (High) 65W HB3 (9005+)
Front turn signal lamps 28W 2357NALL
Front position lamps 0.9W LED
Daytime running light LED type 14W LED
Front fog lamp 51W HB4
Side Repeater lamps Bulb type 5W LED
Side marker 5W LED
Rear
Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside)
LED type
12W LED
Rear tail lamps (Inside) 6W LED
Rear turn signal lamps 21W PY21W
Back-up lamps 16W W16W
High mounted stop lamp 3W LED
License plate lamps 5W W5W
Side marker
LED type 0.8W LED
Bulb type 5W W5W
(Continued)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 8.qxp 5/10/2019 11:28 AM Page 3
48
Specifications & Consumer information
Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type
Interior
Map lamps
Bulb type 10W FESTOON BULB
LED type 1W LED
Room lamps 10W FESTOON BULB
Personal lamps 1W LED
Vanity mirror lamps 5W FESTOON BULB
Glove box lamp 5W FESTOON BULB
Trunk lamp 5W FESTOON BULB
(Continued)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 8.qxp 5/10/2019 11:28 AM Page 4
85
TIRES AND WHEELS
*
1
: Load Index *
2
: Speed Symbol *
3
: Normal load : Up to 3 persons
Item Tire size Wheel size
Load
Capacity
Speed
capacity
Inflation pressure [kPa (psi)]
Wheel lug
nut torque
[Kgf·m
(lbf·ft, N·m)]
Normal load *
3
Maximum load
LI *
1
Kg SS *
2
Km/h Front Rear Front Rear
Full size tire
215/55 R17 7.0J × 17 94 670 V 240 235 (34) 235 (34) 235 (34) 235 (34)
11 ~ 13
(79 ~ 94,
107 ~ 127)
235/45 R18 7.5J × 18 94 670 V 240 235 (34) 235 (34) 235 (34) 235 (34)
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make them work irregularly.
✽✽
NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 21 kPa (3 psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expect-
ed soon.
Tires typically loose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every -11°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are
expected, re-check your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects
driving performance.
• When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please
check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary.
Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 10.5 kPa (1.5 psi)/km
Specifications & Consumer information
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 8.qxp 5/10/2019 11:28 AM Page 5
68
Specifications & Consumer information
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
LUGGAGE VOLUME
We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.
Items 2.4 GDI
Gross vehicle weight
kg (lbs.)
2040 (4497)
ITEM Volume
SAE 450 L (15.9 cu ft)
Items Weight of Volume Classification
Refrigerant
g (oz.)
2.4 GDI 570 ± 25 (20.1 ± 0.88) R-1234yf
Compressor lubricant
cc (oz.)
100 ± 10 (3.53 ± 0.35) PAG (FD46XG)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 8.qxp 5/10/2019 11:28 AM Page 6
87
Specifications & Consumer information
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
*
1
Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*
2
Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing
the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s
time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil *
1
*
2
(drain and refill)
Recommends
2.4 GDI
4.8 l (5.07 US qt.)
SAE 5W-20 / API Latest (ILSAC Latest)
Automatic transmission
fluid
2.4 GDI
7.1 l (7.50 US qt.)
SK ATF SP-IV, MICHANG ATF SP-IV, NOCA
ATF SP-IV, Kia GENUINE ATF SP-IV
Coolant 2.4 GDI
7.2 l (7.60 US qt.)
Mixture of antifreeze and water
(Ethylene-glycol with phosphate based coolant for
cooling device)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 8.qxp 5/10/2019 11:28 AM Page 7
88
Specifications & Consumer information
Lubricant Volume Classification
Brake fluid
0.45 l (0.47 US qt.)
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
Fuel
70 l (18.5 US gal.)
Unleaded gasoline
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 8.qxp 5/10/2019 11:28 AM Page 8
89
Specifications & Consumer information
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an
effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity
engine oils can provide better fuel
economy and cold weather perform-
ance; however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfacto-
ry lubrication in hot weather. Using
oils of any viscosity other than those
recommended could result in engine
damage. When choosing an oil, con-
sider the range of temperature your
vehicle will be operated in before the
next oil change.Proceed to select the
recommended oil viscosity from the
chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
°C
(°F)
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Gasoline Engine Oil
(
Theta II 2.4 GDI
)
10W-30
5W-20, 0W-30 C2, 5W-30 A5
An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark con-
forms to the international Lubricant Specification
Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only
use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 8.qxp 5/17/2019 4:44 PM Page 9
108
Specifications & Consumer information
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in register-
ing your vehicle and in all legal mat-
ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the front
side wall of the engine room.
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver’s side center
pillar gives the vehicle identification
number (VIN).
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
OJFA085013
■ Frame number
OUM084005
■ VIN label
OJF085003
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 8.qxp 5/10/2019 11:28 AM Page 10
811
Specifications & Consumer information
The tires supplied on your new vehi-
cle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pres-
sures recommended for your vehicle.
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.
ENGINE NUMBERTIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
OJF085012
OUM084007
■ Gasoline engine (THETA 2.4L GDI)
JFa PE CAN(ENG) 8.qxp 5/10/2019 11:28 AM Page 11
Index
I
I
JFa PE CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 5/10/2019 11:27 AM Page 1
Index
2
I
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system. . . . 3-45
Adding equipment to or modifying your
air bag-equipped vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
How does the air bag system operate?. . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Side air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Filter replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90
Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
How vehicle radio works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
Automatic heating and air conditioning. . . . . . . . . 4-128
Checking the amount of air conditioner
refrigerant and compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Automatic transmission operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Recharging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Before driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
BCW (Blind-spot Collision Warning)/
LCA (Lane Change Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Driver's attention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
RCCW (Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning) . . . . 5-59
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Good braking practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
A
B
JFa PE CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 5/10/2019 11:27 AM Page 2
I
3
Index
Parking brake – Foot type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM). . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Checking fluid levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Children always in the rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . 3-38
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . 3-35
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Cruise Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
To cancel cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
To decrease the cruising speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
To resume cruising speed at more than approximately
30 km/h (20 mph) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
To set cruise control speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
To temporarily accelerate with the cruise
control on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
To turn cruise control off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
IC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Impact sensing door unlock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle . . . . . 4-22
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-21
Drive mode integrated control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Drive mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
Resetting the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
System disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77
System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Push-starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
C
D
E
JFa PE CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 5/10/2019 11:27 AM Page 3
Index
4
I
Emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93
Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93
Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . 7-93
Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-94
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6, 7-3
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Checking the coolant level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Checking the engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Engine start/stop button position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Illuminated engine start/stop button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Starting the engine with a smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . . . 7-14
Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Folding key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Limp home (override) procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) system
- Camera type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
FCA sensor (front view camera) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
FCA warning message and system control . . . . . . . 5-36
Limitation of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Opening the fuel filler lid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . 1-3
Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Engine compartment fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58
Inner panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
Gross vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
F
G
JFa PE CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 5/10/2019 11:27 AM Page 4
I
5
Index
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Hood open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
If the engine overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4
If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4
If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit) . . . . . . 6-14
Checking the tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) . . . . . 6-18
Distributing the sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . 6-16
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Using the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Important safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Air bag hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Always wear your seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Control your speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Driver distraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Keep your vehicle in safe condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Restrain all children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing . . . . . . 6-3
If the engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
LCD display control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Transmission shift indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Interior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
Bottle holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
Floor mat anchor (s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
Side curtain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
USB charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
Interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
Trunk room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
H
I
JFa PE CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 5/10/2019 11:27 AM Page 5
Index
6
I
Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Ignition switch position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Illuminated ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
LKA function change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
LKA malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
LKA operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
LCD modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
User settings mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Back-up lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Front fog lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-74
Glove box lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83
Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-73
Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-72
High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
License plate lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
Light bulb position (Front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
Light bulb position (Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Map lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
Personal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . . 7-83
Position lamp/Day time running lamp (LED type)
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
Rear turn signal lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Room lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-75
Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-78
Stop and tail lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
Tail lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
Trunk lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Battery saver function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Check headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
Daytime running light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
High beam assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Turn signals and lane change signals. . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
K
L
JFa PE CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 5/10/2019 11:27 AM Page 6
I
7
Index
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Manual climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Closing the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Sunshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Checking the parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Parking distance warning-reverse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
Non-operational conditions of parking distance
warning-reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
Operation of the parking distance warning-reverse. 4-96
Parking distance warning-reverse precautions. . . . . 4-98
Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
Rear view monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Driver position memory system (for power seat) . . 3-11
Front seat adjustment - manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Front seat adjustment - power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Headrest (for front seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
M
P
O
R
S
JFa PE CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 5/10/2019 11:27 AM Page 7
Index
8
I
Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Smart trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
Driving in flooded areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
Highway driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Electric Power Steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
Tilt and telescopic steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Storage compartments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Disarmed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Changing a tire with TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Check tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Low tire pressure position telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Low tire pressure telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Low aspect ratio tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures. . . . . . . 7-37
Snow tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
T
JFa PE CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 5/10/2019 11:27 AM Page 8
I
9
Index
Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Tire sidewall labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Wheel replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
Trip modes (Trip computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
Trip modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Closing the trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Emergency trunk safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Opening the trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . . . . . . 1-7
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
Certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
Vehicle modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
Warning and indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Checking the washer fluid level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Headlight (Headlamp) escort function. . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Pocket lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
W
V
JFa PE CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 5/10/2019 11:27 AM Page 9
Index
10
I
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140
Defogging logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
Winter driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85
Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary . . . . . . . 5-87
Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86
Check spark plugs and ignition system . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
Don’t let your parking brake freeze. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . . 5-87
Snowy or icy conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85
To keep locks from freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system5-87
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant. . . . . . . . . 5-86
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Blade inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
Front windshield washers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110
Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
JFa PE CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 5/10/2019 11:27 AM Page 10
